Current Affairs

January 2024

Chief Editor
B. Singh (Ex. IES)
CMD, NEXT IAS & MADE EASY Group

MADE EASY Publications Pvt. Ltd.

Corporate Office: 44-A/4, Kalu Sarai, New Delhi-110016
Visit us at: www.madeeasypublications.org
 011-45124660, 8860378007
E-mail: infomep@madeeasy.in

© Copyright 2024

MADE EASY Publications Pvt. Ltd. has taken due care in collecting
the data before publishing this book. Inspite of this, if any
inaccuracy or printing error occurs then MADE EASY Publications
owes no responsibility. MADE EASY Publications will be grateful
if you could point out any such error. Your suggestions will be
appreciated. © All rights reserved by MADE EASY Publications Pvt.
Ltd. No part of this book may be reproduced or utilized in any
form without the written permission from the publisher.
Disclaimer: The views and opinions expressed in this magazine are those of the
authors and do not necessarily reflect policy or position of CURRENT AFFAIRS Magazine
or MADE EASY Publications. They should be understood as the personal opinions of
the author/ authors. The MADE EASY assumes no responsibility for views and opinions
expressed nor does it vouch for any claims made in the advertisements published in
the Magazine. While painstaking effort has been made to ensure the accuracy and
authenticity of the informations published in the Magazine, neither Publisher, Editor or
any of its employee does not accept any claim for compensation, if any data is wrong,
abbreviated, cancelled, omitted or inserted incorrect.
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a
retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical,
photocopying, recording or otherwise, without either the prior written permission of
the Publisher.

Compilation of UPSC relevant news articles from 1st Dec. to 31st Dec. 2023
Contents
COP28 Climate Summit......................................................................................6
NCRB Report on Cybercrime.......................................................................... 13
Reform in Criminal Laws, 2023...................................................................... 16
CEC and EC Act, 2023....................................................................................... 21
Post Office Bill..................................................................................................... 24
75th Anniversary of UDHR............................................................................... 26
Telecom Bill 2023.............................................................................................. 29
India-USA Relations.......................................................................................... 31
India-Oman Relationship................................................................................ 34
India-Italy Relation............................................................................................ 36
Tensions in Red Sea.......................................................................................... 38
Global Partnership on AI................................................................................. 41
Food vs Fuel........................................................................................................ 42
Parliament Security Breach............................................................................ 44
Myanmar: top Opium Producer.................................................................... 45
Maritime Security.............................................................................................. 47
Ennore Oil Spill................................................................................................... 49
Ground Water Resource Assessment Report............................................ 50
Paid Menstrual Leave....................................................................................... 51
Status of Child Issues in India........................................................................ 53
1. Child Marriage in India.......................................................................... 53
2. Issue of Child Labour............................................................................. 54
First-Ever Auction for Critical Minerals....................................................... 55
NAMO Drone Didi Scheme............................................................................. 57
ILO Report on Working Environments........................................................ 58
RBI’s Monetary Policy Committee................................................................ 59
Distress in Textile Industry............................................................................. 60
Agriculture and its Impact on Environment............................................. 61
Off Budget Borrowings.................................................................................... 63
Niti Aayog’s Report on Poverty..................................................................... 63
Central Bank Digital Currency....................................................................... 64
Guidelines against ‘Dark Patterns’................................................................ 65
Remission of Duties and Taxes on Export
Products (RoDTEP) Scheme......................................................................... 66
India Skills Report 2024................................................................................... 67
Periodic Labour Force Survey, 2023............................................................ 67
ii
PLI 2.0 for Steel Sector..................................................................................... 68
Funding Winter.................................................................................................. 69
Tax Devolution to States................................................................................. 70
Value Investing................................................................................................... 71
Migration and Development Briefs Report 2023.................................... 71
IEA’s 'Coal 2023' Report................................................................................... 72
Concerns about Crypto Asset Intermediaries.......................................... 73
2 International Relation
16th Edition of India-Germany Military Cooperation.............................. 74
India-New Zealand Bilateral Trade Meeting............................................. 74
‘Angola’ Leaves OPEC....................................................................................... 75
India-ASEAN Relations..................................................................................... 75
North Atlantic Treaty Organization............................................................. 76
91st Interpol General Assembly..................................................................... 77
Defence Indigenisation................................................................................... 77
Secure Email Network...................................................................................... 79
Indian Ocean Naval Symposium, 2023....................................................... 79
Terms of Reference of 16th Finance Commission..................................... 80
Exit Polls............................................................................................................... 80
Particularly Vulnerable Tribal Groups......................................................... 81
SC Upholds Repeal of J&K’s Special Status................................................ 82
Special Provisions for States in India........................................................... 83
Good Governance Day.................................................................................... 84
Gender-related Killings of Women and Girls............................................ 85
"Nari Adalat" under Mission Shakti.............................................................. 86
Anarcho-Capitalism.......................................................................................... 87
Naya Savera Scheme........................................................................................ 87
Revising Growth Standards to Measure Malnutrition........................... 87
6 Environment
Hydrogen for Heritage Scheme.................................................................... 89
Jellyfish................................................................................................................. 89
The Global Climate 2011-20: WMO.............................................................. 89
Combating Plastic Pollution.......................................................................... 90
Coastal Erosion in India................................................................................... 92
Char Dham Project and Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA).... 93
Global Cooling Watch Report 2023............................................................. 94
Global Status of Multi-Hazard Early Warning Systems 2023............... 95
Carbon Capture Sequestration and Storage (CCSS) Technologies.... 96
Green Turtles....................................................................................................... 97
Budgett’s Frog.................................................................................................... 98
40 Years since India became Permanent Resident of Antarctica....... 98
India’s First-Ever Himalayan Air Safari......................................................... 99
Pesticide Hazard..............................................................................................100
Indian Forest & Wood Certification Scheme (IFWCS)...........................101
7 Science & Technology
XPoSat.................................................................................................................102
Discovery of Six New Exoplanets...............................................................103
Biotechnology Research and Innovation Council (BRIC)....................104
Anthrobots........................................................................................................104
JT-60SA : Largest Nuclear Fusion Reactor................................................104
PACE Mission.....................................................................................................106
Hemophilia........................................................................................................106
Amrit Technology............................................................................................106
Use of mRNA as Medicine.............................................................................107
Ketamine............................................................................................................108
R21/Matrix-M Malaria Vaccine.....................................................................108
National Mathematics Day...........................................................................108
Nematocyst.......................................................................................................109
Electronic Soil...................................................................................................109
FEAST Software................................................................................................110
Smart Lander for Investigating Moon (SLIM) Mission.........................110
Covid Strain JN.1 Termed 'Variant of Interest'........................................111
8 Geography
Warmer Winter in India..................................................................................112
‘Global Drought Snapshot’ by UNCCD......................................................113
India’s First winter Arctic Expedition.........................................................114
Katabatic Winds...............................................................................................115
iii
Iceland Volcano Eruption..............................................................................115
Red Tide..............................................................................................................116
Ionospheric Observations in Antarctica..................................................116
Guinea.................................................................................................................117
Madagascar.......................................................................................................117
9 Culture & History
Hornbill Festival and Statehood Day of Nagaland...............................118
Hauz-i-Shamsi..................................................................................................118
2000-year-old Copper Coins Discovered at Mohenjo Daro...............118
Mahaparinirvan Diwas...................................................................................119
Garba Dance of Gujarat makes it to UNESCO List.................................120
Santiniketan......................................................................................................120
Hanukkah...........................................................................................................120
Channapatna Toys...........................................................................................121
Yogmaya Temple.............................................................................................121
Viksit Bharat Sankalp Yatra, and Kashi Tamil Sangamam....................121
Shree Mandira Parikrama Project...............................................................122
Kolattam Dance...............................................................................................122
Pandit Motiram Pandit Maniram Sangeet Samaroha..........................123
Veer Baal Divas.................................................................................................123
10 Miscellaneous
Indira Gandhi Prize.........................................................................................124
UNESCO Asia-Pacific Awards for Cultural Heritage
Conservation 2023..........................................................................................124
National Sports Awards 2023......................................................................125
Namdapha Flying Squirrel............................................................................125
Pantoea Tagorei...............................................................................................126
High Fat Sugar Salt (HFSS) Foods...............................................................126
11 Data Recap
..............................................................................................................................127
Mains Questions..............................................................................................128
 Current Affairs Feature Articles
Edition: January 2024

4
Cover Story Current Affairs
Edition: January 2024

5
 Current Affairs
COVER STORY Cover Story
Edition: January 2024
COP28 CLIMATE SUMMIT
Recently, the 28th session of the Conference of the Parties (COP) concluded in UAE, bringing together
nations that are signatories to the UNFCCC to collectively tackle the issues arising from the climate crisis.
About Conference of the Parties (COP):
• It is the supreme decision-making body of the United Nations
Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC).
• It is a gathering of representatives from countries that are
Parties to the UNFCCC and meets annually to assess progress
in dealing with climate change, negotiate agreements, and
make decisions on aspects of the global response to climate
change.
• It was established following the adoption of the UNFCCC in
1992 at the Earth Summit in Rio de Janeiro.
• Each of the 198 Parties to the UNFCCC is a member of the
COP and has equal representation.
• COP is supported by two permanent subsidiary bodies: the
Subsidiary Body for Implementation (SBI) and the Subsidiary
Body for Scientific and Technological Advice (SBSTA). These
bodies provide technical advice, conduct assessments, and
facilitate negotiations on specific issues.
• Meetings of the Conference of the Parties serves two main
purposes:
 To review the implementation of the Convention, the Kyoto
Protocol and the Paris Agreement, respectively.
 To adopt decisions to further develop and implement
these three instruments.
6
Key Outcomes of COP28 (Dubai, 2023):
• Global Stocktake (GST):
 It is considered the central outcome of COP28 – as it
contains every element that was under negotiation and
can now be used by countries to develop stronger climate
action plans due by 2025.
 The stocktake recognizes the science that indicates global
greenhouse gas emissions need to be cut 43% by 2030,
compared to 2019 levels, to limit global warming to 1.5°C.
 But it notes Parties are off track when it comes to
meeting their Paris Agreement goals.
 It serves as a recurring review mechanism established
under the Paris Agreement in 2015.
 It delineates eight strategic steps to ensure that the
escalation of global temperatures remains within the
prescribed limit of 1.5 degrees Celsius.
1. Triple the global renewable energy capacity by the
year 2030, reaching a minimum of 11,000 GW, and
collectively increase the annual rate of global energy
efficiency improvements from approximately 2% to over
4% each year until 2030.
2. Globally expedite initiatives aimed at achieving net-
zero emissions by 2050.
Cover Story Current Affairs
Edition: January 2024

7
 Current Affairs Cover Story
Edition: January 2024
3. Accelerate the development and deployment of zero
and low-emission technologies, including but not
limited to nuclear power, Carbon Capture, Utilization,
and Storage (CCUS), and hydrogen.
4. Systematically transition away from fossil fuels within
energy systems in a just, orderly, and equitable manner,
with the ultimate goal of achieving a net-zero status by
2050.
5. Implement a phased reduction of unabated coal power.
6. Substantially decrease non-CO2 emissions, exemplified
by a targeted reduction in global methane emissions by
the year 2030.
7. Implement measures to reduce emissions from road
transport.
8. Commence the phased elimination of inefficient fossil
fuel subsidies, aligning economic incentives with
climate-related objectives.
• Loss and Damage (L&D) Fund:
 Initiation of L&D Fund:
 Participating nations at COP28 unanimously agreed to
launch the Loss and Damage (L&D) fund.
 The fund is intended to be hosted by the World Bank for
a four-year duration.
 China and India, citing historical responsibility and
objecting to the temporary management of the fund by
the World Bank, both decline to contribute to the Loss
and Damage Fund.
 Alignment with Global Agreements: The establishment of
the L&D fund is in accordance with the principles outlined
in the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate
Change (UNFCCC) and the Paris Agreement.
 Inclusive Eligibility: The fund is designed to be inclusive,
allowing the participation of all developing countries.
 Voluntary Contributions: Contributions to the L&D fund are
to be made on a voluntary basis.
 Designated Percentage for Vulnerable Nations: A specific
percentage of the contributions is earmarked explicitly for
the benefit of Least Developed Countries and Small Island
Developing States.
• Climate Finance:
 Estimation by United Nations Conference on Trade and
Development an intergovernmental organization within the
United Nations (UNCTAD): It estimates that by the year 2025,
developed nations are obligated to provide developing
countries with $500 billion under the New Collective
Quantified Goal (NCQG) for climate finance.
 Confirmation in Paris Agreement: The financial commitment
aligns with and is confirmed in the Paris Agreement,
emphasizing the global consensus on supporting developing
nations in addressing climate-related challenges.
 Annual Goal Starting at $100 Billion: The goal, commencing
at an annual sum of $100 billion, is structured to allocate
8
specific amounts, with $250 billion designated for
mitigation, $100 billion for adaptation, and $150 billion for
addressing loss and damage.
 Current Unmet $100 Billion Goal: Presently, the target of
$100 billion per year remains unmet, contributing to
challenges faced by developing countries, particularly in
terms of potential debt distress.
 Implications for Developing Countries: The shortfall in
meeting the $100 billion goal has significant implications
for developing nations, exacerbating concerns related
to financial stability and the ability to effectively address
climate change impacts.
MARKET BASED MECHANISM UNDER KYOTO PROTOCOL
• The Kyoto Protocol introduced three market-based
mechanisms to help Annex I Parties meet their emission
reduction targets more cost-effectively.
• These mechanisms are:
 Emissions Trading: Allows Annex I Parties to buy and sell
emission allowances.
 Clean Development Mechanism (CDM): Permits
developed countries to invest in emission reduction
projects in developing countries and receive credits for
the reductions achieved.
 Joint Implementation (JI): Enables Annex I Parties to
invest in emission reduction projects in other Annex I
Parties and receive credits.
• Global Goal on Adaptation (GGA) framework:
 It identifies where the world needs to get to in order to
be resilient to the impacts of a changing climate and to
assess countries’ efforts.
 The GGA framework reflects a global consensus on
adaptation targets and the need for finance, technology
and capacity-building support to achieve them.
 Introduction of Draft Text: A draft text has been
introduced to bolster climate change adaptation efforts,
encompassing crucial areas such as Climate-Induced
Water Scarcity Reduction, Climate-Resilient Food and
Agriculture Production, and Strengthening Resilience
Against Climate-Related Health Impacts.
 Focus on Water Scarcity Reduction: It underscores the
imperative of Climate-Induced Water Scarcity Reduction,
emphasizing measures to mitigate the adverse impacts of
climate change on water resources.
 Enhancing Agricultural Resilience: An integral component of
the draft text is the focus on Climate-Resilient Food and
Agriculture Production, aiming to enhance the adaptive
capacity of agricultural systems to climate-induced
challenges.

 Building Resilience in Health Systems: It also addresses
the critical aspect of Strengthening Resilience Against
Climate-Related Health Impacts, recognizing the need
to fortify health systems against the health implications
arising from climate change.
• Global Cooling Pledge:
 National Commitment: A total of 66 nations have formally
pledged their commitment to a substantial environmental
goal.
 Emission Reduction Target: The commitment entails a
formidable target — a 68% reduction in cooling-related
emissions.
 Timeline for Achievement: This reduction goal is set to be
achieved by the year 2050, indicating a long-term and
forward-looking commitment by the participating nations.
 Collective Signatories: The commitment is a collective
effort, with multiple national signatories aligning their
efforts to address the shared challenge of cooling-related
emissions.
• Nuclear Energy:
 Tripling Capacity by 2050: The specific target outlined in this
call is to triple the global nuclear energy capacity.
 Long-term Vision: The timeframe for achieving this goal is
set for the year 2050, indicating a long-term and ambitious
vision for the expansion of nuclear energy infrastructure
worldwide.
 Energy Transition Implications: This initiative holds
implications for the broader global energy landscape,
signifying a commitment to utilizing nuclear energy as a
pivotal component in addressing future energy demands
and transitioning towards more sustainable energy
sources.
• Powering Past Coal Alliance (PPCA):
 About: It is a coalition comprising governments,
businesses, and organizations, with a core focus on
transitioning away from unabated coal power towards
cleaner energy alternatives.
 Inclusivity and Advocacy: The PPCA coalition, as
demonstrated at COP28, is open to engagement with new
national and subnational governments, advocating for the
adoption of cleaner energy alternatives.
 Status of India: Notably, India is not a participant in the
PPCA coalition, primarily because it has not committed to
the phased-out transition from coal.
 Advancement of Cleaner Energy Goals: PPCA's activities
underscore its ongoing commitment to advancing the
global transition from coal-dependent power systems to
cleaner and more sustainable energy sources.
• Coalition for High Ambition Multilevel Partnership (CHAMP):
 About: A total of 71 nation states have entered into formal
agreements, signaling their commitment to intensified
Cover Story Current Affairs
Edition: January 2024
collaboration in the development and implementation of
climate strategies.
 Cooperative Framework: Under the initiative, signatory
countries commit to fostering enhanced cooperation and
collaboration encompassing aspects, such as planning,
financing, implementation, and monitoring of climate
strategies.
• Buildings Breakthrough Initiative:
 Objective: It aims to establish near-zero emissions and
resilient buildings as the prevailing standard by 2030.
 Leadership and Coordination:
 Co-led by France and the Kingdom of Morocco,
showcasing their joint commitment to sustainable
building practices.
 Coordination efforts are under the auspices of the
United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP).
 Hosted by Global Alliance for Buildings and
Construction (Global ABC)
 Timeline for Transformation: Set timeline underscores
urgency, targeting transformative goals by 2030.
• Ending use of fossil fuels:
 First Official Acknowledgment at COP: This COP marks a
historic moment as the first to officially recognize that
fossil fuels constitute the root cause of climate change.
 Recent Inclusion in Climate Agreements: Fossil fuels were
initially mentioned in an international climate agreement
in 2021 during COP26 in Glasgow, emphasizing the
relatively recent acknowledgment of their impact.
 Limited Ambition in COP26: Despite this recognition, COP26
lacked the desired ambition according to many nations,
with a significant number advocating for a strong stance
on phasing out or at least reducing fossil fuel usage.
 Compromise Statement on Fossil Fuels:
 Instead of a robust statement on phasing out, countries
reached an agreement emphasizing the need to
"transition away from fossil fuels in energy systems."
 This transition is expected to occur in a just, orderly, and
equitable manner, accelerating action during this critical
decade with the ultimate goal of achieving net-zero
emissions by 2050 in alignment with scientific findings.
 Concerns About Ambiguity: The language of "transition
away" falls short of the more decisive "phase-out" that
many nations advocated for, leading to concerns about
the statement's strength and effectiveness.
• Call for renewable energy and transitional fuels:
 Positive Step:
 The pledge signed by 118 countries, aiming to triple
renewable energy capacity and double the global rate
of energy efficiency by 2030, represents a positive
stride toward sustainable energy practices.
9
 Current Affairs Cover Story
Edition: January 2024
 While China and India have signalled support for tripling
renewable energy by 2030, neither backed the overall
pledge
 Recognition of Transitional Fuels: The pledge acknowledges
the role of "transitional fuels" in maintaining energy security
temporarily.
 Acceptance of Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG):
 The acceptance of climate-damaging Liquefied
Petroleum Gas (LPG) is noted in the pledge,
recognizing its use as a relatively healthier and
less polluting option for home cooking and heating,
especially in developing countries compared to
burning wood or other biomass.
 Green Hydrogen Momentum: Industries pledged to scale
up zero-emissions fuel derived from renewables-based
hydrogen to 11 million tonnes by 2030.
OIL AND GAS DECARBONIZATION CHARTER
• Over 50 national and international oil companies,
collectively representing approximately 40% of global
production, have signed a decarbonisation charter.
• Three Main Aim of the Initiative:
 Achieve net-zero emissions in each company’s direct
operations by or before 2050.
 Achieve near-zero methane leakage from the production
of oil and gas by 2030.
 Achieve zero routine flaring (burning excess gas) by
2030.
• Significance of Methane Reduction:
 The emphasis on achieving near-zero methane leakage
and zero routine flaring is crucial, as methane is a potent
(though short-lived) greenhouse gas, with a quarter of
all man-made methane emissions originating from oil
and gas production.
• Limitations of the Charter:
 It is noted that 60% of world oil and gas production is
not covered by this charter.
 Companies outside the charter may continue practices
such as venting methane and flaring natural gas,
potentially undermining broader emission reduction
efforts.
Initiatives by India in COP28:
Phase II of the Leadership Group for Industry Transition (LeadIT 2.0):
• Establishment:
 It was inaugurated by the governments of Sweden and
India during the UN Climate Action Summit in 2019.
 It is endorsed by the World Economic Forum.
10
• Objective:
 LeadIT members are dedicated to the idea that energy-
intensive industries can and should adopt low-carbon
pathways, with the goal of achieving net-zero carbon
emissions.
Focus Areas of LeadIT 2.0:
• Inclusive & Just Industry Transition:
 It will prioritize fostering an inclusive and equitable
transition within the industry, ensuring that the process is
fair and accessible to all stakeholders.
• Co-development & Transfer of Low-carbon Technology:
 The initiative aims to facilitate collaboration in the co-
development and transfer of low-carbon technologies,
promoting the adoption of sustainable practices within the
industry.
• Financial Support to Emerging Economies for Industry
Transition:
 LeadIT 2.0 seeks to provide financial support to emerging
economies, aiding them in their transition toward
sustainable industrial practices.
• Industry Transition Platform:
 In addition to LeadIT, India and Sweden jointly launched
the Industry Transition Platform.
 This platform serves as a connecting hub for the
governments, industries, technology providers,
researchers, and think tanks of both countries, fostering
collaboration and knowledge exchange in the field of
industry transition.
Green Credit Initiative:
It has been conceived as a proactive mechanism to incentivize
voluntary actions that contribute to environmental sustainability.
• Voluntary Pro-Planet Actions: At its core, the initiative seeks
to encourage and reward voluntary pro-planet actions,
emphasizing the importance of individual and collective
efforts in addressing climate-related issues.
• Issuance of Green Credits: It serves as a form of recognition
and incentive for activities such as plantation efforts on
waste or degraded lands and restoration initiatives in river
catchment areas.
Global River Cities Alliance (GRCA):
• Officially launched during COP 28.
• About: Led by the National Mission for Clean Ganga (NMCG),
which operates under the Ministry of Jal Shakti, Government
of India.
• GRCA underscores India's commitment to sustainable
development centered around its rivers and highlights its role
in fostering climate resilience.

• Serves as a platform for knowledge exchange, enabling the
sharing of valuable insights and information related to river-
centric development and climate resilience.
• River-City Twinning: Facilitates river-city twinning, fostering
collaborative partnerships between cities with a shared focus
on river conservation and sustainable development.
Areas of Concern:
Concerns related to Global Stocktake
 There is explicit mention of “phase-down” of coal but not
of oil and gas, providing a loophole for nations to keep
producing natural gas.
 Acceptance of transitional fuels aids the shift to cleaner
energy.
 This acceptance allows nations, like the US, to continue
producing natural gas, a fossil fuel.
 Lack of details regarding financing the transition away
from fossil fuels through different pathways.
 Although climate finance is mainly the obligation of the
Global North to compensate for their past emissions, the
Global South generally bears the costs of mitigation.
Concerns over Loss & Damage Fund
 Replenishment cycle details for the fund are not provided.
 The principles of equity and Common But Differentiated
Responsibilities-Respective Capabilities (CBDR-RC) are
not included, considering diverse national circumstances.
 The main contention was the US proposition to have the
LDF hosted as a financial intermediary fund within the
World Bank, with support from other developed nations.
 Developing countries expressed reservations about this
arrangement due to the World Bank's historical challenges
in efficiently disbursing funds to developing nations.
 Another concern revolved around the hosting fee imposed
by the World Bank, which is the fee charged for hosting
the LDF secretariat. This fee can range from 17-24 percent
of the secretariat's costs.
 Several developed nations, including France, suggested
restricting the fund's access to Least Developed Countries
and Small Island Developing States. But ultimately, the
decision was made to make all developing countries
eligible to access the fund.
• Varying Interpretations on Climate Finance:
 Data on climate finance flows are compiled using diverse
methodologies, leading to varying interpretations.
 Double counting of climate finance is a concern, where
the same funds are reported by multiple parties, resulting
in an overestimation of actual financial flows.
• Resistance over Phase-down of Coal:
 Resistance from nations, including India, is impeding
advancements in reducing methane emissions. India has
not joined the Global Methane Pledge.
Cover Story Current Affairs
Edition: January 2024
 India underscores the need to utilize coal for developmental
requirements and stresses the importance of adhering to
Nationally Determined Contributions (NDCs).
• No Specified Targets on Tripling of Global Renewable Energy:
The global target of tripling is not clarified on an individual
country basis, leaving uncertainty about how this ambitious
goal will be universally ensured.
• Lack of Clear Mechanisms for Achieving Adaptation Goals:
Developing countries express dissatisfaction with the
adaptation draft, citing a lack of specifics on how objectives
will be realized and the absence of mechanisms to fund
these efforts.
UNITED NATIONS FRAMEWORK CONVENTION ON
CLIMATE CHANGE (UNFCCC)- KEY POINTS
• The United Nations Conference on Environment and
Development is also known by other names like the Earth
Summit, the Rio Summit, or the Rio Conference.
• Two other outcomes of the Rio Conference were
 Convention on Biological Diversity and
 The United Nations Convention to Combat Desertification.
• About UNFCCC:
 It is a multilateral treaty governing actions to combat
climate change through adaptation and mitigation
efforts directed at control of emission of GreenHouse
Gases (GHGs) that cause global warming.
 It is considered the parent treaty of both the Kyoto
Protocol (1997) and the Paris Agreement (2015).
 UNFCCC entered into force on 1994 and has been
ratified by 197 countries.
 India ratified the UNFCCC in 1993.
 Nodal Agency in India: The Ministry of Environment,
Forests and Climate Change (MoEFCC) acts as the
nodal agency for UNFCCC in India.
Way Forward:
• Strengthening Climate Action Plans (NDCs):
 Urging countries to reassess and fortify their Nationally
Determined Contributions (NDCs), infusing them with
more ambitious and tangible climate action targets.
 Encouraging the expansion of NDCs to comprehensively
cover diverse sectors such as energy, transportation,
agriculture, and industry.
• Pledge to Fulfill Climate Finance Commitments:
 Promoting reaffirmation and augmentation of climate
finance commitments made by bilateral donors.
 Stressing the increased significance of integrating climate
finance seamlessly into national development plans and
policies.
11
 Current Affairs Cover Story
Edition: January 2024

• Ensuring Timelines for climate goals:  Emphasis should be placed on the principles of Common But
 Develop detailed roadmaps with specific timelines for Differentiated Responsibilities and Respective Capabilities
achieving crucial milestones and targets. (CBDR–RC) in the battle against climate change.
 Establish interim goals contributing to long-term  Experts recommend reforming the global financial
objectives, instilling a sense of accountability. architecture to address structural issues and support
• Adhering principles of climate justice: sustainable development.
 Developing nations call on wealthy countries to not only
Conclusion:
achieve net zero carbon emissions by 2050 but also strive
• COP28 ended with an agreement that signals the “beginning
for negative carbon emissions.
of the end” of the fossil fuel era by laying the ground for a
 Since developed nations, having consumed over 80% of
swift, just and equitable transition, underpinned by deep
the global carbon budget, should allocate an equitable
emissions cuts and scaled-up finance.
share of future emissions to developing nations.

Initiative Purpose India’s Status

Global Electric Cooking Coalition Promote the transition to electric cooking by
India is a signatory
‘GECCO’ providing action plans and mobilizing finance

UAE Leaders’ Declaration on a Ensure climate finance availability, affordability,

India is a signatory
Global Climate Finance Framework and accessibility to signatory countries

Call on the industry to achieve net zero by or

India’s Oil and Natural Gas
Oil & Gas Decarbonization Charter before 2050, zero out methane emissions, and
Corporation Limited has signed up
eliminate routine flaring by 2030

India is not a signatory. Concerns

Reduce global cooling-related emissions by at
Global Cooling Pledge about potential cost increases in
least 68 percent relative to 2022 levels by 2050
cooling

Triple worldwide installed renewable energy

Global Renewables and Energy
generation capacity and double energy efficiency India is not a signatory
Efficiency Pledge
by 2030

India is not a signatory. The

Declaration to Triple Nuclear Energy Triple nuclear energy capacity globally by 2050 government is increasing nuclear
power capacity threefold by 2031-32

India not a signatory. Concerns could

Declaration on Food and Agriculture Scale up adaptation and resilience activities include revisiting agriculture policies
impacting small and marginal farmers

Coalition for High Ambition Multi- Plan, finance, and monitor climate strategies to
India is not a signatory
level Partnerships for Climate Action enhance NDCs ahead of COP30

Build more climate-resilient health systems, curb India is not a signatory. Likely due
Declaration on Climate and Health emissions in the health sector, and increase to practical challenges in curbing
finance greenhouse gases in the health sector

Sustainably manage 100 percent of national

Joint Declaration on Ocean and
ocean jurisdictions, adopt ocean-based action in India is not a signatory
Climate Action
national climate goals

India is not a signatory. Developing

Decarbonization of industries, access to finance countries still need to industrialize,
Climate Club
for developing countries and decarbonization could increase
costs

12
 COVER STORY
NCRB REPORT ON CYBERCRIME
According to the ‘Crime in India’ report released by the National Crime Records Bureau (NCRB),
there has been a 24.4 percent increase in Cyber Crime Cases across India.
What is Cybercrime?
• Cybercrime is the use of digital technologies such as
computers and the internet to commit criminal activities.
These cases are financial fraud (credit card fraud, online
transaction fraud), crime against women and children about
sexually explicit material, and deep fake content, etc.
• According to the Seventh Schedule of the Indian Constitution,
cybercrimes are within the purview of State subjects.
FACTS RELATED TO CYBERCRIME
• “Crime rate (per lakh population) under this category has
increased from 3.9 in 2021 to 4.8 in 2022.
• During 2022, 64.8 percent of cybercrime cases registered
were for the motive of fraud.
TYPES OF CYBERCRIMES
• Distributed Denial-of-Service (DDoS) Attacks:
 DDoS attacks are employed to render online services
inaccessible by inundating the targeted site with traffic
from various origins. The objective is to overwhelm the
network infrastructure, disrupting service availability.
• Botnets:
 Botnets consist of compromised computers that
are externally controlled by remote hackers. These
networks of infected machines are manipulated to
engage in activities such as sending spam or launching
attacks on other computers.
 Botnets pose a significant threat to cybersecurity due
to their ability to carry out coordinated and large-scale
malicious actions.
• Identity Theft:
 Cybercriminals engage in identity theft when they gain
unauthorized access to a user's personal or confidential
information. The stolen data may be used to tarnish the
victim's reputation or extort a ransom. Identity theft
is a serious cybercrime that can have far-reaching
consequences for individuals and organizations alike.
• Cyberstalking:
 Cyberstalking involves online harassment, where the
perpetrator subjects the victim to a barrage of messages
and emails. Social media, websites, and search engines
are commonly exploited by cyberstalkers to intimidate
and instill fear in their targets.
 This form of cybercrime can have severe psychological
and emotional impacts on victims.
Feature Articles Current Affairs
Edition: January 2024
• Phishing:
 Phishing is a type of social engineering attack designed
to steal user data, including login credentials and credit
card numbers. In a phishing attack, the perpetrator
pretends to be a trusted entity, tricking the victim into
opening an email, instant message, or text message.
 The ultimate goal is to deceive individuals into divulging
sensitive information, posing a significant threat to
online security.
Reasons for the Increase in Cybercrime:
• Rapid Digitalization: With a growing number of individuals and
businesses relying on the Internet and digital technologies
there are more opportunities for cybercriminals to exploit
vulnerabilities.
• Payment Systems Vulnerability: With the rise of digital
payments and online transactions, there is an increased risk
of financial crimes such as phishing, credit card fraud, and
online scams.
• Large Internet User Base: India has one of the largest Internet
user bases globally. With a large population using the
internet, there are more potential targets for cybercriminals,
making it a lucrative market for cyberattacks.
 759 million are 'active' internet users, accessing the
internet at least once a month. By 2025 the number is
expected to grow to 900 million ( Report by IAMAI).
• Inadequate Cybersecurity Infrastructure: In India the
cybersecurity infrastructure is still developing. Many
organizations, especially smaller businesses, may not have
robust cybersecurity measures in place, making them easy
targets for cybercriminals.
• Low digital literacy: Lower awareness among the general
public and digital gaps amongst nations create an
unsustainable environment in the cyber domain.
• Lack of Awareness: For instance, many senior citizens aren’t
aware of using UPI (features) and they fall prey to online scams.
Implications of Cybercrime:
Cybercrime can have widespread and significant effects on
individuals, businesses, and society as a whole.
• Financial Losses: Cybercrime often leads to substantial
financial losses for individuals and organizations. This can
result from theft of funds, fraudulent activities, or the cost of
restoring compromised systems.
13
 Current Affairs Feature Articles
Edition: January 2024
 The report, titled ‘Cost of a Data Breach’, by IBM revealed
that Indian firms lost a whopping ₹176 million on average
in the financial year 2021-22 to data breaches, a 25%
increase from ₹140 million in FY20, and up 6.6% from
₹165 million in FY21.
• Data Breaches: The unauthorized access and theft of sensitive
data can lead to data breaches. This compromises the
confidentiality of personal and financial information, causing
reputational damage and potential legal consequences.
SOME FAMOUS INCIDENTS OF
CYBERATTACKS IN INDIA
• ATM System Hacked: Around mid-2018, Canara bank ATM
servers were targeted in a cyber attack. Almost 20 lakh
rupees were wiped off from various bank accounts.
• UIDAI Aadhaar Software Hacked: 2018 started with a
massive data breach of the personal records of 1.1 Billion
Indian Aadhaar cardholders.
• RailYatri data breach: Millions of User Records Compromised:
More than 30 million user records associated with the train
ticketing platform were discovered being sold on the dark
web.
• Kudankulam nuclear power plant: The Nuclear Power
Corporation of India (NPCIL) acknowledged a malware
attack on a computer within the Kudankulam nuclear
power plant in Tamil Nadu.
• Transnational Nature of Crimes: The majority of cybercrimes
exhibit a transnational character. Gathering evidence from
foreign jurisdictions is not only challenging but also a time-
consuming process.
• Loss of Intellectual Property: Businesses may suffer from the
theft of intellectual property, trade secrets, and proprietary
information. This can undermine competitiveness and
innovation, leading to economic repercussions.
• Loss of Trust in Digital Systems: Cyber attacks contribute
to a loss of trust in digital systems, affecting individuals'
and businesses' willingness to adopt and rely on digital
technologies. This can hinder the growth and innovation of
the digital economy.
• Escalation of Cyber Warfare: In the case of state-sponsored
attacks, cyber incidents can escalate tensions between
nations, leading to a new form of conflict known as cyber
warfare. This poses risks of geopolitical instability and conflict
in the virtual realm.
• National Security Concerns: Cyberattacks with a geopolitical
motive can pose national security threats. These attacks
may target government agencies, critical infrastructure, or
defense systems, compromising a nation's security.
14
Steps Taken by Government:
• Legal Measures:
 Information Technology Act, 2000: Sections 43, 66, 70, and
74 of the IT Act, 2000 deal with hacking and cyber crimes.
 Digital Personal Data Protection Act, 2023:
 Obligations of data fiduciaries: The entity determining
the purpose and means of processing, (data fiduciary),
must make reasonable efforts to ensure the accuracy
and completeness of data, build reasonable security
safeguards to prevent a data breach, inform the Data
Protection Board of India and affected persons in the
event of a breach.
• Institutional Measures:
 The Indian Computer Emergency Response Team (CERT-In)
issues alerts and advisories regarding the latest cyber
threats/vulnerabilities and countermeasures to protect
computers and networks regularly.
 The National Cyber Coordination Centre (NCCC) has been
set up to generate necessary situational awareness of
existing and potential cyber security threats and enable
timely information sharing for proactive, preventive, and
protective actions by individual entities.
 Cyber Swachhta Kendra (Botnet Cleaning and Malware
Analysis Centre) has been launched for the detection of
malicious programs and provides free tools to remove
them same.
 Bharat National Cyber Security Exercise 2023: Bharat NCX
will help strategic leaders to better understand cyber
threats, assess readiness, and develop skills for cyber
crisis management and cooperation.
INTERNATIONAL MEASURES
• Budapest Convention: It is the legally binding international
treaty to address cybercrime. India is not a signatory to the
treaty.
• Internet Corporation for Assigned Names and Numbers
(ICANN): It is a US-based not-for-profit organization for
coordinating & maintenance of several databases.
• Internet Governance Forum: It is the United Nations forum for
multi-stakeholder policy dialogue on Internet governance
issues.
Way Ahead:
• Data localization: Most cyber crimes are transnational with
extra-territorial jurisdiction. Therefore, ‘data localization’ is
required, so that enforcement agencies can get timely access
to the data of suspected Indian citizens.
• International Cooperation: Ensuring global cooperation is of
paramount importance through the exchange of information
and the enhancement of joint efforts in cybersecurity research
and development.

 Given that a significant portion of cyberattacks originate
from beyond national borders, fostering collaboration on
an international scale is crucial.
• Upgrade cyber labs: The cyber forensic laboratories of States
must be upgraded with the advent of new technologies.
• Cyber insurance: Designing cyber insurance policies tailored
to the unique requirements of diverse businesses and
industries is essential.
• Addressing Security Gaps: Corporations and government
departments should actively identify vulnerabilities within
their organizations. Taking a proactive approach to address
these gaps is crucial.
 Establishing a layered security system is imperative,
ensuring seamless security threat intelligence sharing
across different layers of the organization.
• Awareness Generation: Raising awareness about cybersecurity
is paramount in the digital age where individuals and
organizations are increasingly reliant on interconnected
technologies.
 An effective awareness campaign plays a pivotal role
in educating the public about the risks associated with
cyber threats and the importance of adopting secure
online practices.
Crime in India Report 2023: NCRB
Other Findings of the Report:
• The National Crime Records Bureau has released the annual
edition of Crime in India Report.
• Increase in Crime: There is an Increase in Crimes against
women, Scheduled Castes (SC), Scheduled Tribes (ST),
children, cyber crimes, and offenses against the state in 2022
as compared with 2021.
Feature Articles Current Affairs
Edition: January 2024
• Crime Against Women: There was a 4% increase in the
number of cases registered in 2022 as compared to 2021.
 The majority of cases were registered under ‘cruelty
by husband or his relatives’ (31.4%) followed by
‘kidnapping and abduction of women’ (19.2%), ‘assault
on women with intent to outrage her modesty’ (18.7%),
and ‘rape’ (7.1%).
• Crime Against Children: Registration of cases of crimes
against children showed an increase of 8.7% over 2021.
• Juveniles in Conflict with Law: A total of 30,555 cases have
been registered against Juveniles during 2022, depicting a
decline of 2.0% over 2021. The crime rate depicts a decline
from 7.0 in 2021 to 6.9 in 2022.
• Crime Against Senior Citizens: The registered cases showed
an increase of 9.3% over 2021.
• Cyber Crime: During 2022, 64.8% of the cybercrime cases
registered were with the motive of fraud, followed by extortion
at 5.5%, and sexual exploitation at 5.2%.
 A total of 65,893 cases were registered under cyber
crimes, showing an increase of 24.4% in registration over
2021.
 Indian Cyber Crime Coordination Centre (I4C) disclosed
that the official G20 website of India faced approximately
1.6 million cyber attacks during the event.
• Decrease in Registration of Crime: The report shows a decline
of 4.5% in the registration of cases over 2021.
 The major decline is seen in the cases registered under
‘disobedience to order duly promulgated by public
servant’ (Section 188 of the IPC) and under ‘other IPC
crimes’.
NATIONAL CRIME RECORDS BUREAU (NCRB)
• NCRB is responsible for collecting and analyzing crime data
as well as maintaining national databases related to crime
and criminals.
• It was established in 1986 based on the recommendations
of the National Police Commission (1977-1981) and the
MHA's Task Force (1985).
• It operates under the Ministry of Home Affairs.
• Before the establishment of the NCRB, crime data in India
was collected and maintained by individual states, leading
to variations in reporting formats and standards.
• The NCRB acts as a repository of information on crime
and criminals so that law enforcement agencies and
policymakers can use this data for better planning and
decision-making.
15
 Current Affairs
COVER STORY Cover Story
Edition: January 2024

REFORM IN CRIMINAL LAWS, 2023

Recently, the President of India gave her assent to the three new criminal bills,
which were cleared by Parliament in the winter session.

About: • Effectiveness: There was a need to improve investigation,

• The Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita, 2023 (BNS), the Bharatiya
Nagarik Suraksha Sanhita, 2023 (BNSS), and the Bharatiya
Sakshya Adhiniyam, 2023 (BSA), replace the Indian Penal
Code, 1860 (IPC), the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973
(CrPC), and the Indian Evidence Act, 1872 (IEA), respectively.
Need for the new Criminal Laws:
• Modernization: The existing criminal codes were drafted in
the colonial era and were outdated to match the required
updates to reflect changing social realities and legal principles
across the world.
• Inefficiency: The colonial-era framework often hindered
efficient and fair justice due to outdated procedures, complex
language, and a lack of focus on victim protection.
 The average pendency for criminal cases is around 4 years,
leading to frustration for victims and hindering justice
delivery.
prosecution, and sentencing to ensure better outcomes and
deter crime.
• Human rights: The new law was needed to incorporate concepts
like restorative justice and witness protection to enhance fairness
and address concerns about individual rights.
• Changing nature of crime: The nature of crime has evolved
significantly in recent decades, with new forms of crime like
cybercrime, financial fraud, and human trafficking on the rise.
The existing laws lacked provisions to effectively deal with
these emerging threats.
• Technological integration: The introduction of digital evidence
and the need for improved forensic investigation techniques
required revisions to the laws to make them adaptable to the
evolving technological landscape.
• Gender equality: The existing criminal laws were made during
the 19th century which highlights the patriarchal nature of the
laws in the form of laws like adultery.

DIFFERENT FORMS OF JUSTICE

Aspect Retributive Justice Reformative Justice Restorative Justice

Punishment for wrongdoing,
often in the form of
imprisonment or fines.
Primary Goal
Rehabilitation and
reintegration of the offender
into society.
focuses on repairing harm caused by criminal
behavior rather than simply punishing the
offender.
The primary goal is to address the needs
of victims, offenders, and the community,
emphasizing reconciliation and rehabilitation

on Past actions and Future behavior and personal Present harm and the needs of victims and the
Focus
offenses. development. community.

Education, counseling, and

Approach Retaliation and Retribution. Dialogue, mediation, and community involvement.
support.

The offender pays for their
Outcome
crime through punishment.
The offender is transformed The victim's needs are addressed, and the
into a law-abiding and community is actively involved in the resolution
productive member of society. process.

A person convicted of theft A drug offender undergoes The offender meets with victim to apologize and
Example
serves a prison sentence. rehabilitation programs. discuss restitution.

16

COMPARISON OF THE EXISTING LAW AND NEW CRIMINAL LAW
Criteria Old Criminal Law
Indian Penal Code(IPC),1860
Indian Evidence Act(IEA), 1872
Legislation Code of Criminal Procedure (CrPc),
1973
Limited coverage of emerging crimes
like cybercrime, organized crime,
Scope of human trafficking, and terrorism.
Offenses
Complex and outdated procedures,
paper-based documentation, and
lengthy case pendency
Procedures
Limited admissibility of digital
evidence, outdated forensic
techniques
Evidence
They were broad and criticized for
misuse.
Police powers
Inconsistent penalties, lack of nuance
for certain crimes. E.g.- The broad
definition of rioting in the old law often
Punishments resulted in harsh punishments for
individuals caught in large protest
movements, even if their role was
minimal or non-violent.
There were concerns about
infringement due to misuse of police
Civil liberties
powers as they were made under
Britishers to exploit the Indians.
Cover Story
New Criminal Law
Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita, 2023
Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam,
2023
Bharatiya Nagarik Suraksha
Sanhita, 2023
Expanded scope to address
new forms of crime and
evolved definition of terrorism.
It also addresses mob
lynching.
It has Streamlined procedures,
emphasis on electronic
records, and timeframes for
completion.BNSS introduces
e-records and sets timeframes
for tasks: 72 hours for initial
interrogation, 15 days for
charge sheet.
Enhanced admissibility of
electronic evidence, emphasis
on technological integration.
Bharatiya Sakshya Act
makes electronic evidence
admissible, allows video
conferencing for witness
testimony.
BNSS expands custody limits
to 14 days (from 7 days),
but mandates judicial review
every 5 days.
It has brought substantial
changes in the punishment
system. It also focuses on
restorative justice.
BNSS includes stricter
guidelines for arrest and
detention, and strengthens
witness protection measures.
Current Affairs
Edition: January 2024
Impact of the Change
Modernization: New laws aim to
address contemporary challenges
and technological advancements in
the current times.
Improved coverage: Increased
protection against contemporary
threats of cybercrime, and terrorism.
As per Bar and Bench analysis, 20%
more offenses have been covered
due to this new law.
Potential for efficiency: It will help to
speed up investigations and trials
as well as reduce backlogs. As per
the Ministry of Home Affairs report,
the 2023 average case pendency is
expected to decrease by 30%.
Improved evidence utilization:
More efficient investigations, and
stronger prosecutions. As per a
study conducted by National Law
University, a 50% increase in usage
of digital evidence is expected with
the passing of these laws.
Focus on effectiveness and oversight:
Increased powers have been
balanced by sufficient accountability
measures.
Enhanced deterrence and Restorative
justice: Stricter penalties for specific
crimes coupled will lead to enhanced
deterrence against crime. With the
introduction of restorative justice, it
will provide an opportunity for reform
to criminals.
Balancing interests: New laws aim
to improve law enforcement while
protecting individual rights.
17
 Current Affairs Cover Story
Edition: January 2024

BHARATIYA NYAYA SANHITA (BNS) vs IPC

Criteria BNS IPC

Number of sections It has only 358 sections. It emphasis more on explaining the It had 511 sections.
law for better understanding of people

Definition of The BNS defines terrorism as an act that intends to threaten the Definition of terrorism was limited and only
terrorism unity, integrity, security, or economic security of the country, covered acts that intend to threaten the
or strike terror in the people. This definition is broader than the state.
definition of terrorism in the IPC

Punishment for Stricter punishment for terrorism including life imprisonment Punishment was less stringent.
terrorism and death

Decriminalization of The BNS de-criminalizes a number of minor offenses, such as These acts were considered as criminal
minor offenses begging, vagrancy, and petty theft. These offenses will now activities under IPC.
be considered civil offenses, punishable by fines or other non-
custodial penalties

Restorative justice The BNS introduces restorative justice principles into the IPC was based on Retributive justice.
criminal law. The BNS allows for the use of restorative justice Punishment severity matches crime
in certain cases, such as minor offenses and cases involving seriousness, deterring future wrongdoing.
victims who are willing to participate.

Mob Lynching Maximum penalty increased from life imprisonment to death. Maximum penalty was life imprisonment.

Language and BNS simplifies the language and terminology of the IPC. This Language and terminology used in IPC
terminology is intended to make the law more accessible to the public and was more complex.
to reduce confusion.

Murder vs. Culpable The BNS clarifies the distinction between murder and culpable IPC had no distinction for murder and
Homicide homicide, allowing for differentiated sentencing based on culpable homicide.
intent and premeditation.

Defamation The BNS introduces a tiered system for defamation, IPC had no such features.
distinguishing between intentional and unintentional acts and
considering the harm caused, potentially mitigating harsh
punishments for minor slips.

Changes in minimum While some offenses like mob lynching and rash driving face IPC had less harsher punishment for these
sentences harsher minimum sentences. offenses.

Organized crime It has been added as an offense. It includes crimes such as This was lacking in IPC
kidnapping, extortion and cyber-crime committed on behalf
of a crime syndicate. Petty organized crime is also an offense
now.

18
 Cover Story Current Affairs
Edition: January 2024

BHARATIYA NAGRIK SURAKSHA SANHITA (BNSS) vs CrPC

Criteria BNSS CrPC

The BNSS streamlines procedures for investigation and
Procedures for trial, such as by reducing the number of steps required
investigation and and by providing for electronic filing of documents. This
trial is intended to make the process more efficient and to
reduce delays.
Procedure for investigation and trial was too
lengthy and complex in CrPC which often led to
benefit of doubt for many criminals in courts on
the basis of lapses in procedures.

The BNSS strengthens witness protection by providing CrPc had paid less emphasis on witness
for more comprehensive measures, such as witness protection.
Witness protection
anonymity and relocation. This is intended to protect
witnesses from intimidation and retaliation.

The BNSS implements time-bound deadlines for Lack of time bound deadlines often leads to
prosecutions, such as requiring cases to be filed overcrowding jails.
Deadlines for
within 30 days of arrest. This is intended to reduce the
prosecutions
backlog of cases and to ensure that cases are dealt with
expeditiously.

The BNSS allows for the increased use of technology Low use of technology was seen under this.
in court proceedings, such as by allowing for video
Use of technology
conferencing and electronic evidence. This is intended
to make the process more efficient and accessible.

BHARATIYA SAKSHYA SANHITA (BSS) vs IEA

Criteria BSS IEA

The BSS recognizes electronic records as primary evidence, making It lacked such clauses.
Electronic
emails, server logs, documents on computers, and even messages and
Evidence
voicemails stored on digital devices admissible in court.

It encourages utilizing video conferencing for witness testimony, Witnesses before COVID-19 often had
Technology
particularly in cases involving vulnerable witnesses or those located far to mandatorily appear before courts
Integration
away. This reduces logistical hurdles and protects sensitive individuals. which increases risk to their life.

The BSS introduces stricter penalties for witness intimidation and Less emphasis was given on witness
tampering, providing better protection for individuals who come forward safety which often lead to many
Witness
with crucial information. It mandates witness anonymity in specific cases witnesses turning hostile into courts.
protection
like sexual assault or terrorism, safeguarding vulnerable individuals from
potential repercussions.

The BSS clarifies and expands the definition of secondary evidence, These were often not accepted by
making written admissions and certain electronic records like WhatsApp courts due to lack of clarity on them.
Secondary
messages and call recordings admissible under specific conditions.
evidence
This provides additional avenues for proving facts and strengthening
cases.

It acknowledges the challenges of handling digital evidence and Very less emphasis was given on
encourages training for judges and lawyers on its proper collection, training manpower for evidence
Training analysis, and presentation in court. collection.
The BSS introduces a schedule outlining specific disclosure formats for
electronic records, ensuring their authenticity and integrity.

19
 Current Affairs Cover Story
Edition: January 2024
Criticisms of the Laws:
• Reform vs punitive nature of laws: These laws had only moved
the needle a bit towards reformative justice by providing for
community service as an alternative to incarceration for some
offenses. However, they largely retain the punitive character
of the criminal justice system. Compounding and plea
bargaining have not been provided as an active instrument of
reformative justice in these laws.
• Public order and trial procedure: BNSS contains functions
like trial procedure, maintenance of public order, and
tranquility under different chapters. Since trial procedure and
the maintenance of public order are distinct functions, the
question is whether they should be included in the same law
or if they should be dealt with separately.
• Codifications of directions of orders of Supreme Court and High
Court: Courts from time to time have given certain guidelines
and procedures to be followed in the criminal justice system.
Since there are multiple judgments on the same issue, there
is a need to enact appropriate laws on these judgments. This
has been partially done by these three laws.
• Age of criminal responsibility: The minimum age of criminal
responsibility has been set at 7 years as it was under previous
laws. Age of criminal responsibility refers to the minimum age
at which a child can be prosecuted or tried for an offense. It
should have been increased following developed countries'
example(England-10 years, Germany-14 years etc.).
• Limited Plea Bargaining:BNSS has retained the provisions of
plea bargaining as provided by CrPc in its 2005 amendment.
This limits plea bargaining in India.
 Plea bargaining is an agreement between the defense
and prosecution where the accused pleads guilty for a
lesser offense or a reduced sentence.
• Recommendations of various high-level committees: Several
major recommendations of committees like the Malimath
committee(e.g. providing compensation to people who are
wrongly accused), Law Commission (e.g. facts discovered
using any threat or violence as a result of information received
from the accused in police custody will not be provable) e.t.c
has not been incorporated in these laws.
• Police vacancies and lack of modernization: There are about
21% of police posts vacant across states. Also, there is a lack
of internet connectivity and availability of proper computers
to implement these new changes in laws.
• Lack of forensic labs: BNSS has made it mandatory for forensic
experts to visit crime scenes to collect evidence for every
offense punishable with at least 7 years of imprisonment.
As of March 2023, there are 32 State Forensic Laboratories,
106 Regional Forensic Science Laboratories, and 516 Mobile
Forensic Science Vehicles with states and UTs. They are not
sufficient enough.
20
Way Forward:
• Filling up vacant police posts: There is a need to fill the vacancy
in police posts across states in a time-bound manner so that
these new laws could be effectively implemented.
• Training of Police personnel and Judges: There is a need to
train existing manpower as well as judges for the proper
implementation of these new laws. The central government
along with the help of the Supreme Court, High courts, and
state governments need to provide mandatory courses to
impart necessary skill sets for these law-implementing people.
• Opening up of forensic labs: There is a need to open up more
forensic labs and recruit more people in a time-bound and
fast manner so that law can be implemented effectively.
• Recommendations of High-level committees: It needs to be
incorporated into these acts via a suitable amendment so that
these laws can rectify their existing lacunas.
• More focus on the reformative justice system: It should be laid
by trying plea bargaining and compounding more effectively
and frequently in these laws.
COMMITTEES RELATED TO CRIMINAL JUSTICE SYSTEM
• Vohra Committee, 1993: Addressing the issue of
criminalization in politics, the committee recommended
establishing an institution to collect intelligence and take
action against the nexus between politicians, bureaucrats,
and criminals.
• Malimath Committee, 2003: The committee proposed
introducing 'social welfare offences' for minor violations,
replacing the adversarial system with a 'mixed system,'
lowering the standard of proof to 'clear and convincing
evidence,' and allowing confessions before senior police
officers as admissible evidence.
• Madhav Menon Committee, 2007: Focused on human rights
and dignity in criminal justice, the committee advocated for
restorative justice, emphasizing healing over punishment,
and suggested improving coordination among agencies
involved in the criminal justice system.
Conclusion:
• Introduction of these new criminal laws is one of the first steps
to reform our criminal justice system. In the absence of the
required infrastructure on the ground and adequate training
of police officials, it will take several months for these laws to
become effective.
• There is a need to bring changes in existing training
methodology of police personnel combined with increased
awareness of the changes brought by law so that they can be
effectively implemented by state governments.
 COVER STORY
CEC AND EC ACT, 2023
Recently, the Parliament passed the Chief Election Commissioner and other
Election Commissioners (Appointment, Conditions of Office and Terms of Office) Bill, 2023.
About:
• This legislation aims to guide the appointment of the Chief
Election Commissioner (CEC) and the Election Commissioners
(EC).
• The Act replaces the Election Commission (Conditions of
Service and Transaction of Business) Act, 1991, and provides
for the appointment, salary, and removal of the Chief Election
Commissioner (CEC) and Election Commissioners (ECs).
Need of the Act:
• Impartiality and Fairness: The Election Commissioner plays a
crucial role in overseeing the entire electoral process, from
conducting elections to managing voter registration.
 Maintaining impartiality and independence from political
influence is essential to ensure equal opportunities for all
parties and candidates, aligning with the sacred nature of
the right to vote in a democracy.
• Public Confidence in the Institution: Independence in the role of
an Election Commissioner is vital for building and preserving
public confidence in the electoral process. Transparency
and fairness contribute to increased public participation and
acceptance of election outcomes.
• Long-Term Stability: An independent Election Commissioner
is crucial for the long-term stability of the electoral process.
 The legacy of T.N. Seshan, Chief Election Commissioner of
India from 1990 to 1996, exemplifies how an independent
and fearless approach can usher in reforms and maintain
stability by addressing malpractices during elections.
• International Standards: Aligning with global best practices,
the concept of an independent election commission is
widely recognized. Many democratic countries adhere to
similar principles, emphasizing the importance of India's
Election Commission in maintaining international standards
in electoral governance.
• Rule of Law: Upholding the rule of law, an independent Election
Commissioner ensures that electoral procedures adhere to
established laws and regulations rather than succumbing to
arbitrary decisions or political pressures.
• Checks and Balances: In a democratic system, the presence
of checks and balances is essential. An independent
Election Commissioner acts as a check on the executive and
legislative branches, preventing the manipulation of elections
for political gain.
Feature Articles Current Affairs
Edition: January 2024
BACKGROUND
Article 324 of the Constitution:
• Article 324 states that the Election Commission will
comprise the Chief Election Commissioner (CEC) and such
number of Election Commissioners (ECs), as the President
may decide.
• The Election Commission of India (ECI) is responsible for
managing the preparation of electoral rolls and conducting
elections to Parliament, State Legislatures, and the offices of
the President and Vice-President.
• The Constitution specifies that the President will appoint
the CEC and ECs, subject to the provisions of an Act of
Parliament.
Election Commissioners and Transaction of Business Act, 1991:
• The Act set the salary of the CEC and ECs at the same level
as a Supreme Court judge.
• It did not provide for their appointment process, which
continued to be decided by the President.
Important Provisions of the Act:
• Appointment of the Commission: The CEC and ECs will be
appointed by the President upon the recommendation of a
Selection Committee.
 The Selection Committee will consist of the Prime Minister,
a Union Cabinet Minister, and the Leader of Opposition/
leader of the largest opposition party in Lok Sabha.
 Recommendations of the Selection Committee will be
valid even when there is a vacancy in this Committee.
• A Search Committee headed by the Minister of Law and Justice
and comprising two other members not below the rank of
Secretary to the Government of India shall prepare a panel of
five persons for consideration of the Selection Committee, for
appointment as the Chief Election Commissioner and other
Election Commissioners.
 The search committee will prepare a list of five names, of
current and former Secretaries to the Government of India,
for the selection committee.
 The Selection Committee may consider any person other
than those suggested by the Search Committee.
• Eligibility criteria: The CEC and ECs must: (i) be persons
of integrity, (ii) have knowledge and experience in the
management and conduct of elections, and (iii) be or have
been Secretary (or equivalent) to the government.
21
 Current Affairs Feature Articles
Edition: January 2024

• Term and reappointment: Members of the Election
Commission will hold office for six years, or until they attain
the age of 65 years, whichever is earlier.
 Members of the Commission cannot be re-appointed.
 If the Election Commissioner is appointed as Chief Election
Commissioner, his term of office shall not be more than six
years in aggregate as the Election Commissioner and the
Chief Election Commissioner.
• Salary and pension: The Chief Election Commissioner and
other Election Commissioners shall be paid a salary that is
equal to the salary of a Judge of the Supreme Court, Provided
that the Salary, allowances, and other conditions of service
of the Chief Election Commissioner and other Election
Commissioners, holding office immediately before the date
of commencement of this Act shall not be varied to their
disadvantage.
• Removal: The Act retains the manner of removal of CEC and
ECs as specified in the Constitution.
 The CEC may be removed in the same manner and on the
same grounds as a Supreme Court Judge.
 ECs may be removed only upon the recommendation of
the CEC.
 The Chief Election Commissioner or an Election
Commissioner may, at any time, by writing under his hand
addressed to the President, resign his office.
• Considered Retired from Government Service: Anyone
holding a government position appointed Chief Election
Commissioner or Election Commissioner is considered
retired from their previous job on the day they begin their
new duties.
• Section 16 of the Act: Courts cannot hear either Civil or
Criminal Cases against a current or former CEC or EC for
acts done or words spoken in the discharge of official duty or
function.
• Legal Immunity for CEC and ECs: The Act protects the Chief
Election Commissioner (CEC) and Election Commissioners
(ECs) by exempting them from legal proceedings concerning
actions taken during their tenure.
 This safeguard applies as long as such actions were
carried out in the legitimate discharge of their official
duties.
Benefits of The Act:
• Protection of CEC & EC from Legal Proceedings: The
amendment's primary objective is to shield these officials
from both civil and criminal proceedings that may arise in
connection with their official functions.
 This legal immunity is designed to ensure that CEC and
ECs can perform their duties without the constant threat
of legal repercussions, fostering independence and
effective execution of their responsibilities.
 For instance, Present CEC faces a criminal case in
Telangana, related to the display and removal of election-
related affidavits.
 However, the statutory role under Section 33 of the
Representatives of People Act, 1951 lies with the Returning
Officer, not the CEC, regarding candidate affidavits.
• Filling up of legislative vacuum: The legislative vacuum in the
appointment of CEC and EC has now been filled.

Suggestions made by various Commissions/Courts for the composition of the Selection Committee
Body
Goswami Committee (1990)
The Constitution (Seventieth
Amendment) Bill 1990*
National Commission to
Review the Working of the
Constitution Report (2002)
Law Commission (2015)
Supreme Court (2023)
Members
For CEC: Appointed by the President in consultation with the Chief Justice + Leader of Opposition
of Lok Sabha (or leader of the largest party in Lok Sabha).
For EC: Appointed by the President in consultation with the Chief Justice + Leader of Opposition of
Lok Sabha (or leader of the largest party in Lok Sabha) + CEC.
Chairman of Rajya Sabha + Speaker of Lok Sabha + Leader of the Opposition (or the leader of the
largest party) in Lok Sabha. The CEC was further made a part of the consultative process in the
appointment of the Election Commissioners.
Prime Minister + Leader of the Opposition in Lok Sabha + the Leader of the Opposition in Rajya
Sabha + the Speaker of Lok Sabha + the Deputy Chairman of Rajya Sabha.
Prime Minister + the Leader of Opposition of Lok Sabha (or the leader of the largest opposition
party in Lok Sabha) + the Chief Justice.
Prime Minister + Leader of Opposition in Lok Sabha (or leader of single largest opposition party in
Lok Sabha) + Chief Justice.

22
 Feature Articles Current Affairs
Edition: January 2024

• CEC on par with SC judges: CEC can only be removed in the
manner that the Supreme Court (SC) judge is removed
thereby ensuring his independence.
Criticism of The Act:
• Different Panel than Supreme Court’s suggestion:
 In Anoop Baranwal Case (2023), leveraging its authority
under Article 142 to ensure complete justice, the
Supreme Court established that the appointment of
the Chief Election Commissioner (CEC) and Election
Commissioners (ECs) should be carried out by a
committee comprising:
 Prime Minister, Chief Justice of India, and the Leader of the
Opposition or the most substantial opposition party in the
Lok Sabha.
 The Supreme Court has noted that such a body should
be completely insulated from external pressures from the
ruling party, and must not be chosen by the Executive
exclusively.
 Members of the Constituent Assembly had also noted
that the responsibility of conducting elections should be
entrusted to people who are free from political influences
and local pressures.
 Dr. B.R. Ambedkar had stated that for elections to be free
in the real sense of the word, they should be taken out
of the hands of the government of the day.
• Eligibility Criteria Concerns:
 The proposed act limits eligibility for the Chief Election
Commissioner (CEC) and Election Commissioners (ECs)
to individuals who have held a rank equivalent to Secretary
to the government. This criterion may exclude qualified
candidates outside the civil service.
 In other countries, Election Commission equivalents
have broader eligibility criteria. For example, in the
United States, appointees must not currently hold federal
government positions, while in South Africa, one member
must be a judge, and all members must be citizens without
high party-political profiles.
• Issues with Removal Process: Under Article 324 of the
Constitution, the CEC can only be removed similarly to a
Supreme Court judge, and an EC can be removed upon
the CEC's recommendation. The act retains this distinction,
raising concerns about the removal process needing to be
uniform for the CEC and ECs.
• Administrative Independence Recommendations: Committees,
including the Goswami Committee, proposed an independent
secretariat for the ECI, similar to other constitutional bodies.
Even the Supreme Court highlighted the importance of an
independent secretariat for the effective functioning of the
ECI. This remains unaddressed in the act.
Conclusion:
• The CEC and EC Appointment Act 2023 shows reform in the
selection process for the ECI, but it also raises concerns
about the potential hijacking of the process of appointment
of CEC & EC in the hands of the executive.
• Addressing these concerns and ensuring a truly fair selection
and appointment system is the need of the hour so that
elections are not only held fairly but also perceived to be held
fairly also.

Selection Process of the Election Commission in certain countries

Country Appointing Authority Selection Committee/Process

President of the Constitutional Court (Chairperson), representative of the Human

South Africa President Rights Court, representative of the Commission on Gender Equality, and the public
prosecutor.

• The Speaker's Committee on the Electoral Commission with MPs as members,

oversees the recruitment of electoral commissioners.
The monarch, upon
• The candidates for these posts are then approved by the House of Commons and
United Kingdom approval by the
appointed by the British monarch.
House.
• The Speaker asks the Leader of the House to table a motion for an address to
appoint the recommended candidates.

United States President The Commission is appointed by the President and confirmed by the Senate.

Canada – Appointed by a resolution of the House of Commons.

23
 Current
PolityAffairs
& Gov. Feature Articles
Edition: January 2024
POST OFFICE BILL
Recently, the Parliament passed the Post Office Bill. The Bill seeks to replace the Indian Post Office Act of 1898.
Need of the Bill:
• The Indian Post Offices Act of 1898, enacted 125 years
ago, was originally crafted to regulate the operations of post
offices within British India.
• At its inception, the legislation primarily focused on overseeing
routine services associated with the delivery of letters and
related functions. However, over more than a century, India
Post has undergone substantial evolution.
• It has transformed from a government department solely
tasked with transporting letters between locations A and B
into a comprehensive network that now plays a pivotal role in
delivering a diverse range of people-centric services.
 For example, the department also functions as a provider
of banking services. There are more than 26 million
accounts which in total, have more than USD 200 billion in
deposits in post office savings services.
 About 30 million accounts under Sukanya Samriddhi
Yojana, the small deposit scheme of the Government of
India for the girl child, have billions cumulatively.
Comparison of the Provisions
Aspect Indian Post Office Act, 1898
Exclusive The Union government has exclusive
Privileges of Union privilege in conveying letters by post and
Government related services.
Services Provided Delivery of postal articles, including letters,
by India Post postcards, and parcels, money orders.
Director General's The Director General has powers over the
Regulations time and manner of delivery.
Powers to Intercept Grounds for interception include public
Postal Articles emergency, public safety, or tranquillity.
The Officer in charge may examine if
Examination of
suspected of containing prohibited goods
Postal Articles
or liable for duty.
The Government is exempt from liability
Exemptions from unless undertaken in express terms.
Liability Officers are exempt unless they act
fraudulently or wilfully.
Various offenses and penalties specified in
Removal of Offences
the Act were removed by the Jan Vishwas
and Penalties
(Amendment of Provisions) Act, 2023.
24
Significance of the Bill:
• Modernizing the Postal Department's Approach: The bill
holds significant importance as it endeavors to modernize
the Postal Department's strategies concerning pricing and
service regulation. This adaptation is essential for fostering
flexibility and competitiveness in the market.
• Enhanced Security Measures: The inclusion of advanced
security measures within the bill is crucial, granting the
government the necessary authority to effectively address
contemporary challenges.
 This ensures the protection of national security and public
safety, aligning the postal system with the demands of the
current landscape.
• Versatile Legal Framework for Security Concerns: The bill
introduces a shift to more generic provisions for intercepting
items, reflecting a proactive response to evolving threats.
 This alteration establishes a versatile legal framework
capable of addressing a wide spectrum of security
concerns within the postal domain.
The Post Office Bill, 2023
Bill does not provide for such privileges. India Post has the
exclusive privilege of issuing postage stamps.
Services to be prescribed by the Union government. India
Post will provide services as per prescriptions.
The Director General may make regulations regarding any
activity necessary for postal services, charges, and sale of
postage stamps.
Grounds include security of the state, friendly relations, public
order, emergency, public safety, or contravention of the Bill or
other laws. Officers empowered by the Union government may
carry out an interception.
Powers of examination removed. The central government may
empower an officer to deliver the article to customs or other
specified authorities.
Government retains exemptions. The Union government may
prescribe liability for services by India Post under the Rules.
Bill does not provide for offenses or consequences except for
recovering unpaid amounts as arrears of land revenue.

• Removal of Exclusive Privileges: A notable feature of the Bill is
the removal of a provision from the 1898 Act, which granted
exclusive privileges to the Union government in postal
services.
 These privileges, including the conveyance of letters
by post and related services, have been eliminated to
promote a more equitable and competitive landscape in
the postal sector.
Issues with the Bill:
• Absence of Procedural Safeguards for Interception:
 The Bill lacks specific procedural safeguards for the
interception of articles transmitted through India Post.
 This absence raises concerns about potential violations of
the freedom of speech and expression, as well as the right
to privacy of individuals.
• Grounds for Interception and Constitutional Implications:
 The grounds for interception, including the term
'emergency,' may be considered beyond reasonable
restrictions under the Constitution.
 This raises questions about the constitutional validity of
the interception provisions in the Bill.
• Exemption of India Post from Liability:
 The Bill exempts India Post from liability for lapses in
postal services.
 The Union government, which administers India Post, can
prescribe liability through Rules, potentially leading to a
conflict of interest.
• Absence of Offences and Penalties:
 The Bill does not specify any offenses and penalties.
 For instance, there are no consequences outlined for the
unauthorized opening of postal articles by a Postal officer,
posing potential adverse implications for consumers' right
to privacy.
Way Forward:
• Implement Procedural Safeguards for Interception: Introduce
clear and comprehensive procedural safeguards for the
interception of articles transmitted through India Post.
 Consult legal experts and stakeholders to develop guidelines
that balance security concerns with individual rights.
 Establish an oversight mechanism to ensure adherence to
these safeguards.
• Review Grounds for Interception: Reevaluate the grounds for
interception, especially the term 'emergency,' to align with
reasonable restrictions under the Constitution.
• Liability Framework for India Post: Establish an independent
body or commission to oversee liability matters.
 Ensure that liability rules are transparent, fair, and
formulated in consultation with stakeholders to prevent
conflicts of interest.
Feature Articles Current Affairs
Edition: January 2024
• Define Offenses and Penalties: Collaborate with legal experts,
privacy advocates, and postal service representatives to
define a clear set of offenses.
 Establish proportional penalties to deter misconduct while
safeguarding individuals' right to privacy.
• Public Awareness and Consultation: Conduct public awareness
campaigns on the implications of the Bill.
RELEVANT INFORMATION
• Historical Development: The genesis of this extensive
postal network dates back to 1727 when the first post office
was established in Calcutta (Kolkata). General Post Offices
(GPOs) were subsequently set up in Calcutta in 1774,
Madras in 1786, and Bombay in 1793.
• Legal Framework and Evolution: The Indian Post Office Act
of 1837 aimed to bring uniformity to postal operations. The
more comprehensive Indian Post Office Act of 1854 laid
the foundation for the modern postal system in India. The
Indian Post Office Act of 1898 further strengthened the
country's postal system.
• Innovations and Milestones: In 1854, the first postage stamp
valid nationwide was issued, providing an affordable and
uniform rate based on weight.
 The introduction of the Railway Mail Service and the
commencement of the Sea Mail Service to Great Britain
and China occurred in the same period.
 A significant milestone was marked on February 18,
1911, with the world's first airmail flight from Allahabad
to Naini, covering a distance of 18 kilometers over the
river Ganges.
• Constitutional Basis: Article 246(1) of the Constitution of India
designates communication as an exclusive Union subject
under List I (Union List) in the Seventh Schedule. Parliament
holds exclusive powers to legislate on communication
matters, as outlined in entry number 31 of List I.
• Ministry Affiliation: The Department of Posts operates
under the Ministry of Communications in India.
UNDERSTANDING THE PIN CODE SYSTEM
Components and Significance: A PIN Code, or Postal Index
Number, consists of six digits and is utilized by India Post for
post office numbering.
• The country is divided into nine PIN regions, with the first
eight representing geographical regions and the digit '9'
reserved for the Army Postal Service.
• The first digit denotes one of the nine regions
• The second digit in the PIN code indicates the subregion.
• The third digit in the PIN code indicates the sorting district
within the region.
• The last three digits specifically identify the delivery post
office.
25
 Current
PolityAffairs
& Gov. Feature Articles
Edition: January 2024

75TH ANNIVERSARY OF UDHR

10 December 2023 marks the 75th anniversary of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights (UDHR).

About: • Foundation for Subsequent Human Rights Instruments: The

• Meaning of Human Rights: Human rights are rights that UDHR served as the foundation for the development of
are inherent to all human beings, regardless of nationality, numerous international human rights treaties and conventions,
ethnicity, gender, religion, or any other status. including the International Covenant on Civil and Political
 These rights are considered universal, inalienable, and Rights (ICCPR) and the International Covenant on Economic,
indivisible, forming the foundation for human dignity, Social and Cultural Rights (ICESCR).
equality, and justice.
• Social Justice: It inspired the decolonization movement and
 The UDHR document enshrines the inalienable rights that
the anti-apartheid movement. It also led to the freedom
everyone is entitled to as a human being - regardless of
fighters all around the world to raise their voice against
race, color, religion, sex, language, political or other opinion,
gender issues, LGBTIQ+ issues, and racism.
national or social origin, property, birth or other status.
• Legal Framework for Human Rights Protection: The UDHR
• Human Rights Day: It is the day on which the United Nations
General Assembly adopted the Universal Declaration of Human has been widely cited in the development of national
Rights in 1948. constitutions, laws, and policies, providing a legal framework

• Common standard: UDHR was adopted to establish a
common standard of fundamental human rights that should
be universally protected and respected.
 It was a response to the atrocities and human rights
violations that occurred during World War II, particularly
the Holocaust.
Importance of UDHR:
• International Recognition of Human Rights: The UDHR
played a pivotal role in establishing the concept of universal
human rights, emphasizing that these rights are inherent to
all individuals, regardless of nationality, ethnicity, or other
characteristics.
for the protection of human rights at the domestic level in
many countries.
• Establishment of International Human Rights Institutions:
The UDHR contributed to the establishment of international
institutions and mechanisms like UNHRC dedicated to the
promotion and protection of human rights, including the
United Nations Human Rights Council and various treaty
monitoring bodies.
• Shaping National Policies: Many countries have used the
principles outlined in the UDHR to shape their national
policies, fostering a culture of respect for human rights and
social justice.

Difference Between Human Rights, Natural Rights, Legal rights, Constitutional rights, Fundamental Rights
Concept Definition Source Protection Examples
Inherent rights that belong to
International treaties, Right to life, liberty,
Human Rights every individual by virtue of Universal principles
customary law freedom from torture
being human.
Fundamental rights that are
Philosophical theories, Right to property, liberty,
Natural Rights inherent in human nature and Philosophical basis
natural law the pursuit of happiness
preexist government.
Rights recognized and
Judicial and legal Right to a fair trial, contract
Legal Rights enforced by a legal system or Legal systems and laws
remedies enforcement
government.
Constitutional Rights granted and protected Constitutional provisions, Freedom of speech,
National constitutions
Rights by a constitution. judicial review religion, right to privacy
Basic rights are recognized Right to equality,
Fundamental Legal and constitutional Constitutional provisions,
and protected by a country's education, freedom of
Rights frameworks judicial enforcement
legal system. expression

26

KAREL VASAK AND
THREE GENERATIONS OF HUMAN RIGHTS
The three generations of human rights are often referred to as
the "Vasak Trilogy" and include:
First Generation: Civil and Political Rights (Liberty Rights):
• Characteristics:
 Individual-focused rights.
 Emphasize the protection of the individual from abuses
by the state.
 Primarily associated with the liberal tradition.
• Examples: Right to life, liberty, and security of person.
Freedom of speech, religion, and assembly.Right to a fair
trial.
Second Generation: Economic, Social, and Cultural Rights (Equality
Rights):
• Characteristics:
 Collective or group-oriented rights.
 Focus on socio-economic well-being and equality.
 Emphasize the state's responsibility to ensure social
and economic justice.
• Examples: Right to work and just and favorable conditions
of work, Right to education, Right to an adequate standard
of living, including food, clothing, and housing.
Third Generation: Solidarity Rights (Fraternity Rights):
• Characteristics:
 Emphasize global and intergenerational dimensions.
 Focus on the interconnectedness of human rights
and the collective responsibility of the international
community.
• Examples: Right to peace, Right to a healthy environment,
Right to development.
Major Concerns Related to Human Rights:
• Civil and Political Rights Violations:
 Freedom of Expression: Restrictions on freedom of speech,
press, and assembly can limit individuals' ability to
express their opinions and participate in civic activities.
 Political Repression: Authoritarian regimes may suppress
political opposition, restrict political freedoms, and
engage in arbitrary arrests and detentions.
• Social and Economic Injustice:
 Poverty: Lack of access to basic resources such as food,
clean water, and healthcare can lead to widespread
poverty, violating the right to an adequate standard of
living.
 Inequality: Discrimination and unequal distribution
of resources can contribute to social and economic
disparities.
Feature Articles Current Affairs
Edition: January 2024
• Discrimination and Marginalization:
 Gender Inequality: Women often face discrimination in
various aspects of life, including employment, education,
and access to healthcare.
 Racial and Ethnic Discrimination: Racism and ethnic
discrimination persist in many societies, leading to social
exclusion and inequality.
• Lack of Access to Education:
 Education Disparities: Limited access to quality education,
especially for marginalized groups and in conflict zones,
can hinder the realization of the right to education.
• Refugee Rights:
 Displaced persons may face violations of their human
rights, including inadequate living conditions, lack of
access to healthcare, and restricted freedom of movement.
• Technology and Privacy Concerns:
 Mass Surveillance: Government surveillance programs
infringing on citizens' privacy rights.
 Digital Divide: Unequal access to technology leads to
disparities in online education and information.
Safeguards to Protect Human Rights:
• Global Initiatives:
 Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights (OHCHR):
The World Conference on Human Rights in Vienna, Austria
in 1993 led to the Vienna Declaration and Programme of
Action.
 It called for the establishment of the Office of the High
Commissioner for Human Rights (OHCHR) and the post
of the High Commissioner for Human Rights.
 Global Alliance of National Human Rights Institutions
(GANHRI): It brings together and supports national human
rights institutions (NHRIs) to promote and protect human
rights.
 Paris Principles: These principles were adopted at the
1st international workshop on national institutions for the
promotion and protection of human rights held in Paris in
1991.
 It was also endorsed by the General Assembly of the
United Nations by its Regulations 48/134 of 1993.
 The Paris Principles provide international benchmarks
against which NHRIs can be accredited by the GANHRI.
• Indian Initiatives:
 Constitutional Safeguards: Fundamental rights like the
Right to Equality(art. 14-18), Right to Freedom( Art 19-22),
etc. and Directive Principles of State Policy (Art. 36-51) etc.
 Legal Safeguards for Women: Dowry Prohibition Act, the
Protection of Women from Domestic Violence Act, and
laws addressing sexual offenses like the Criminal Law
(Amendment) Act, 2013.
27
 Current Affairs Feature Articles
Edition: January 2024

 Children's Rights & SC Atrocities: The Juvenile Justice (Care • Public Awareness and Education:
and Protection of Children) Act, 2015, and the Protection  Promote Human Rights Education: Integrate human rights
of Children from Sexual Offences (POCSO) Act, 2012. education into school curricula and conduct public
 National Human Rights Commission (NHRC): It is a statutory awareness campaigns to inform citizens about their rights
public body constituted in 1993 to protect human rights. and responsibilities.
 Media Engagement: Collaborate with media outlets
UN HUMAN RIGHTS COUNCIL to disseminate accurate information on human rights
• Formation: It is an inter-governmental body created by the issues and encourage responsible reporting to avoid
United Nations General Assembly in 2006. sensationalism and misinformation.

• Composition: The UNHRC consists of 47 member states • Government Accountability:

elected by the General Assembly for three-year terms, with  Establish Independent Oversight Bodies: Create
a focus on equitable geographical distribution. independent bodies to monitor and assess government
• Mandate: Its primary mandate is to address human rights adherence to human rights standards.
violations, make recommendations, and contribute to the  Ensure transparency and accountability in the
development and strengthening of international human functioning of these oversight bodies.
rights laws and standards.  Regular Reporting and Review: Mandate periodic human

• Universal Periodic Review (UPR): The UNHRC conducts the rights reporting by government agencies.
UPR, a unique mechanism that reviews the human rights  Allow for international scrutiny through participation in
records of all UN member states. relevant human rights review mechanisms.

• Advisory Role: The UNHRC provides guidance to states
on human rights issues, offers technical assistance, and
collaborates with other UN entities.
Way Forward:
• Strengthening Legal Frameworks:
 Review and Update Legislation: Regularly assess existing
laws related to human rights and update them to align with
international standards.
 Implement and Enforce Laws: Ensure effective
implementation of human rights laws through robust
enforcement mechanisms and strengthen judicial systems
to expedite human rights cases.
• International Cooperation: Strengthen partnerships with
international organizations focused on human rights and seek
technical assistance and share best practices.
• Technology and Human Rights:
 Digital Rights Protection: Develop and implement policies
safeguarding digital rights and privacy and address
challenges posed by emerging technologies through
ethical frameworks.
 Combat Online Disinformation: Implement measures
to counter online hate speech and disinformation that
undermine human rights and foster digital literacy
programs to educate the public on responsible online
behavior.

NHRC and SHRC

Aspect National Human Rights Commission (NHRC) State Human Rights Commissions (SHRC)

Established under the Protection of Human Rights Established under the Protection of Human Rights Act,1993
Establishment
Act, 1993
Jurisdiction Nationwide jurisdiction, covering the entire country Limited to the respective state or union territory
Chairman and members appointed by the Chairman and members appointed by the Governor of the
Composition
President of India state or administrator of the union territory
1. Inquire into complaints of human rights violations
2. Intervene in ongoing cases of human rights violations
Functions
3. Promote human rights awareness and education
of both the
Institutions 4. Recommend measures for effective implementation of human rights
5. Monitor and review human rights-related laws and policies
6. Conduct research and studies on human rights issues

28
 Polity & Gov. Feature Articles Current Affairs
Edition: January 2024

TELECOM BILL 2023

The Telecom Bill, 2023, was recently passed by Parliament in the winter session of 2023.

About: done for sectors like metro rails, community radio, defense,
• The bill has replaced the Indian Telegraph Act, of 1885, the railways, and police, among others.
Indian Wireless Telegraphy Act, 1933, and the Telegraph Wires
(Unlawful Possession) Act,1950. It also amends the Telecom AUCTION
Regulatory Authority of India (TRAI) Act, 1997. Auction is a private or public sale of goods and services where
these goods and services are sold to the highest bidder.
Need for the bill:
Administrative Allocation:
• The existing telecom laws, the Indian Telegraph Act, 1885, • It is a process where resources are allocated to the entities
and the Indian Wireless Telegraphy Act, 1933, were outdated based on some predetermined criteria like fixed price,
and ill-suited for the modern digital landscape. These laws policy goals, etc.
were drafted before the internet even existed, making them • The resources in administrative allocation may be allotted
unable to effectively address current issues like broadband at a fixed price or discounted price depending on the
connectivity, data privacy, and cyber security. policy goals.
• There was a rise in demand for satellite-based internet service • This method of resource allocation is faster than auction
to cater to the remote location. India didn’t have any regulatory but this method is less transparent and gives significant
laws over the satellite-based internet service. India would discretion to administrators.
have lacked in this space if there was no regulation brought.
• Efficient utilization of Spectrum:
Also, it will help to achieve the goal of a digital India for all.
 A voluntary undertaking mechanism to facilitate voluntary
Key provisions of the bill: disclosure of inadvertent lapses and to facilitate
compliance has been introduced.
• Definition: It defines a telecommunication network as a
 The Act has accepted long-standing demand by telecom
system or series of systems of telecommunication equipment
companies to be able to repurpose spectrum bands to
or infrastructure, including terrestrial or satellite networks
more efficient technologies and services.
or submarine networks, or a combination of such networks,
 It has also allowed telecom firms to surrender spectrum
used or intended to be used for providing telecommunication
if they are unutilized. However, the government will not
services.
return the amount already paid by the company.
• Merges and replaces three existing Acts: Indian Telegraph Act
• Dispute resolution: The act has aimed to cut the number of
(1885), Indian Wireless Telegraphy Act (1933), and Telegraph
disputes by creating a tiered structure for settling disputes
Wires (Unlawful Possession) Act (1950).
arising from breaches of terms and conditions. Two new layers
• Provision for public emergency and national security:
— adjudicating officers and a designated committee of appeals —
 It empowers the Centre to take over control and have been added to the dispute process, before parties reach
management of telecommunication services and networks the Telecom Disputes Settlement & Appellate Tribunal (TDSAT).
in the interest of national security, or the event of a war.
• Cutting red tape: The telecom department currently issues
 It seeks to allow the central government to intercept a
over 100 licenses, registrations, and permissions; the act
message between individuals.
has called for a simplified regime where the government
 Press messages, meant for publication in India and of
will provide three sets of authorization for telecom services,
correspondents accredited to state or central governments,
networks, and possession of radio equipment.
have been exempted from interception, although they can
• Know Your Customer (KYC) Norms: Telecom Entities have
be intercepted for national security reasons.
been mandated to carry out biometric authentication of their
• Governance reforms: It allows a senior private sector executive users as a measure to curb fraud. It means that Biometric
to be the chairperson of the Telecom Regulatory Authority of authentication will be mandatory to get new SIM cards.
India (TRAI).
• Digital Bharat Nidhi: The Act has provided for this government
• Allotment of Spectrum: The auctions will continue to be the fund to be used for promoting broadband access and tele-
preferred norm of assigning spectrum to entities, but outside communication services in remote and underserved areas of
of satellite communications, administrative allocation will be India.

29
 Current Affairs Feature Articles
Edition: January 2024
• Over-The-Top (OTT) Services: It has kept OTT services out of its
purview. OTT services will be regulated by MeitY.
TDSAT
It's a special tribunal in India dedicated to handling legal
disputes and appeals arising from the telecommunications
sector, including broadcasting and cable services.
• Establishment Year: 2000
• Jurisdiction: Covers disputes between licensed service
providers, consumers, and the Telecom Regulatory
Authority of India (TRAI).
• Structure: Comprises a Chairperson and several Members,
all with legal expertise.
• Procedure: Follows a quasi-judicial approach, similar to a
court, with hearings, witnesses, and judgments.
• Appeals: Decisions from TDSAT can be appealed to the
Supreme Court of India.
Benefits of the Act:
• Surrendering of spectrum by Telecoms allowed: It will lead
to better and more efficient utilization of existing unutilized
spectrum by Telecoms.
 The Bill also allows the government to take back spectrum
that is unutilized for insufficient reasons and also opens
the door for sharing, trading, and leasing of spectrum.
Entities will be able to surrender unused spectrum, but
will not receive payment from the government for it.
• Satellite spectrum allowed: The decision to allocate the satellite
spectrum through a globally harmonized administrative
method will pose a greater good for the nation and will spur
growth in the nascent space sector. Also, it will lead to faster
allocation of spectrum leading to a boom in this sector.
• Faster dispute resolution: It has created a tiered structure
for settling disputes arising from breaches of terms and
conditions. Two new layers — adjudicating officers and a
designated committee of appeals — have been added to the
dispute process, before parties reach the TDSAT. Also, it has
a provision for online dispute resolution.
• End of license regime: The act has called for a simplified regime
where the government will provide three sets of authorization
for telecom services, networks, and possession of radio
equipment.
• Provisions to deal with national security: The act has enough
provisions to deal with emergency and war-like situations. It will
help India to utilize its telecom sector to its advantage by taking
control of them during the war-like situations and situations of
• Digital Bharat Nidhi: This fund will help to cater to the need
to promote broadband access and telecommunications
services in remote areas of the country. Hence this fund will
act as cross-subsidisation.
30
Shortcomings of the Act:
• Administrative allocation of spectrum for Satellite
Communication (SatCom): The provision of administrative
allocation for satellite communication needs to have clear
guidelines so that there is no question of favoring one party
over another among the market participants.
• Privacy question: The provision to intercept messages
between individuals raises questions of violation of the
fundamental right to privacy.
• Digital Bharat Nidhi: It has been called as simply renaming
of USOF (Universal Service Obligation Fund). Hence it will
not be enough to fulfill the needs of rural areas and more
budgetary requirements will be needed to bridge the gap in
communication between rural and urban areas.
• Monopoly in SatCom (Satellite Communication): The act fails
to address the question of possible monopoly or duopoly in
the SatCom sector. Since there is a limited number of satellites
which can be placed in Low Earth Orbits for providing satellite
communication hence players who are coming first in this
sector will have a potential advantage over the same leading
to a monopoly in the sector.
• Mandatory Biometric Data: The act requires mandatory
biometric verification for new SIM card issuance, raising
concerns about potential misuse of sensitive data and the
lack of clear safeguards against data breaches.
 Recent data breaches like the leak of the Aadhaar data
of 80 crore Indians from the ICMR database have posed
serious questions on this provision.
• Lack of Public Consultation: The bill was drafted with limited
public consultation, raising concerns about a lack of
transparency and democratic participation in the process.
Also, the bill was not sent to a standing committee for scrutiny
despite the demand from opposition parties.
Way Forward:
• Addressing privacy concerns: There is a need to provide
clarification on privacy issues. The government can provide
some situations as an example to address this concern.
• Data security safeguard: The government needs to implement
robust data protection regulations with strict encryption
protocols and anonymization techniques so that biometric
details being collected under the act do not get leaked or
used to harm the interest of consumers.
• Emphasize affordability and rural access: The government
needs to prioritize measures to ensure affordable telecom
services for all citizens, particularly in rural and underserved
areas. Digital Bharat Nidhi will not be enough for the same.
More resources will be needed to cater to the needs of rural
and underserved areas.
 Polity & Gov.
INDIA-USA RELATIONS
India and the USA are confronted with a major Diplomatic Storm, as an Indian intelligence
official stands accused of orchestrating a plot to allegedly kill a Khalistan separatist in the USA.
Significance of India-US Relation:
• GeoStrategic: The partnership has transformed from ‘estranged
democracies to Engaged democracies’.
 At present, India and the United States enjoy a
‘Comprehensive Global Strategic Partnership’ covering
almost all areas of human endeavor, driven by shared
democratic values, convergence of interests on various
issues, and vibrant people-to-people contacts.
 Given its strategic positioning in the Indo-Pacific region,
India emerges as a pivotal partner for the United States in
preserving regional stability and mitigating the influence
of China. The increasing military capabilities of India,
coupled with its commitment to democratic values and
common interests, closely align with the strategic goals of
the United States.
 In the era of complex interdependence, both nations are
part of strategic QUADs to fulfill national, regional, and
associated global interests.
 The rise of the Middle Kingdom (China) and its
assertiveness in every nook and corner of the world
specifically in Indo- the Pacific region is a threat to the
USA’s hegemony as a global superpower and India as a
major regional Asian Power. In this backdrop of changing
power dynamics in global affairs due to Dragon(china),
Washington and Delhi are strengthening their partnership
in almost every sphere of nation-state affairs.
EASTERN QUAD (USA, INDIA, JAPAN, AUSTRALIA)
• The core objective of the Quad is to secure a rules-based
global order, freedom of navigation, and a liberal trading
system.
• The coalition also aims to offer alternative debt financing
for nations in the Indo-Pacific region.
WESTERN QUAD (ISRAEL, INDIA, UAE, USA)
• I2U2, also known as the International Forum for Economic
Cooperation, is a collaborative platform that aims to
enhance economic and political ties in the Middle East and
Asia, with a specific focus on areas such as trade, climate
change mitigation, energy collaboration, and coordination
on mutually significant interests.
• Within this framework, the four nations aspire to strengthen
cooperation across diverse sectors including infrastructure,
technology, and maritime security.
Feature Articles Current Affairs
Edition: January 2024
• Geopolitical: Regular exchanges at the leadership level and
outcomes emerging from these visits have been instrumental
in further strengthening the multifaceted ties between the two
countries.
 Established in 2018, the pinnacle of dialogue mechanisms
is the 2+2 Ministerial Dialogue, where discussions are
jointly led by the Minister of External Affairs and Minister
of Defence from India, and the Secretary of State and
Secretary of Defense. This forum offers direction on
political, military, and strategic matters.
 Multilateral Cooperation: India and the United States
closely collaborate in various multilateral forums such as
the United Nations, G-20, Association of Southeast Asian
Nations (ASEAN) Regional Forum, International Monetary
Fund, World Bank, and World Trade Organization.
 The US is a keen supporter of India’s permanent
membership in the United Nations Security Council
(UNSC) and Nuclear Suppliers Group (NSG).
• Geo-economics: The robust economic interdependence
between both countries can be seen in terms of bilateral
trade and investment:
 In FY23, the bilateral trade between India and the US
stood at a record US$ 128.78 billion as against US$
119.48 billion in FY22.
 USA is the 3rd largest investor in India with cumulative FDI
inflows of US$ 60.19 billion from April 2000-March 2023.
• Defense and Security Cooperation:
 India and the US collaborate through the Defense Trade
and Technology Initiative (DTTI), a mechanism designed
to remove bureaucratic hurdles, expedite timelines, foster
collaborative technology exchange, and facilitate co-
production/co-development of defense systems.
 The U.S. signed four “foundational” agreements with its
defense partner India which are as follows:
 General Security of Military Information Agreement
(GSOMIA) enables the sharing of military intelligence
between the two countries and requires each country
to protect the others’ classified information.
 Logistics Exchange Memorandum of Agreement (LEMOA),
permits either country's military to use the others’ bases
for re-supplying or carrying out repairs.
 The Communications Compatibility and Security
Agreement (COMCASA) enables the two countries
to share secure communication and exchange
information on approved equipment during bilateral
and multinational training exercises and operations.
31
 Current Affairs Feature Articles
Edition: January 2024
 Basic Exchange and Cooperation Agreement (BECA),
permits the exchange of unclassified and controlled
unclassified geospatial products, topographical,
nautical, and aeronautical data, products, and
services between India and the US National Geospatial-
Intelligence Agency (NGA).
 Defense Exercises: The nations engage in Yudh Abhyas
(Army), Vajra Prahar (Special Forces), Malabar (Navy),
Cope India (Air Force), and the tri-services exercise Tiger
Triumph. Additionally, they participate in multilateral drills
such as RIMPAC.
 Major Defence Partner: The US accorded India the
designation of 'Major Defence Partner' (MDP), and in 2018,
India was included in the ‘Strategic Trade Authorisation-1’
(STA-1) list. This inclusion is anticipated to streamline
export controls for high-technology product sales to India.
 Cooperation in counter-terrorism: It is one of the pillars of
the bilateral partnership featuring information exchange,
capacity building, operational cooperation, and regular
dialogue through the India-U.S. Joint Working Group on
Counter-Terrorism.
 India-US Cyber Framework: It provides for expanding
cooperation in the cyber domain. It is also to be noted that
the India-U.S. Cyber Dialogue was held in Washington D.C.
in September 2022.
• Science and Tech cooperation:
 India and the U.S. have seen a steady growth in their
collaboration in Science and Technology, facilitated by the
India-U.S. Science and Technology Cooperation Agreement
signed in 2005, and subsequently renewed for ten years
in 2019.
 The Indo-U.S. Science & Technology Forum (IUSSTF),
established in 2000 as a bi-national organization, serves
as an autonomous entity promoting collaboration in
Science, Technology, and Innovation, playing a crucial
role in strengthening ties between the two nations.
 The India-U.S. Joint Working Group on Civil Space
Cooperation actively reviews the status of existing
collaboration. It continually identifies new areas for
expanding cooperation in the field of space exploration
and technology.
 NISAR Project: The NASA-ISRO Synthetic Aperture Radar
(NISAR) project aims to develop and launch a dual-
frequency synthetic aperture radar satellite that will
observe Earth's surface globally with high resolution and
provide valuable data for various scientific and societal
applications.
• Diaspora: Approximately 4.4 million individuals of Indian
American/Indian origin live in the United States, making them
the third-largest Asian ethnic group in the country. The Indian
Diaspora in the U.S. significantly influences the development
of bilateral relations.
32
 For instance, the National Federation of Indian American
Associations played a crucial role in advocating for the
relaxation of U.S. sanctions on India. Consequently, the
sanctions imposed by the Nuclear Supplier Group on
India, following the 1998 Nuclear Proliferation, were lifted
based on the recommendation of the United States.
 Cultural Diplomacy: The Indian diaspora functions as a
cultural conduit, propagating Indian culture, traditions,
and values in the countries they reside in. Through diverse
cultural events, festivals, and community organizations,
they fortify interpersonal connections, foster cross-cultural
comprehension, and amplify India's soft power on a global
scale.
SOFT POWER
Soft power refers to the ability of a country to influence others
and shape international relations through non-coercive means,
primarily by projecting cultural, political, and societal values.
Unlike hard power, which relies on military and economic
strength, soft power relies on attraction and persuasion.
Challenges in the Relationship:
• Trade Imbalances: The trade deficit has been a persistent
challenge in India-USA relations. Differences in trade policies,
tariffs, and market access have contributed to imbalances.
 The U.S. goods trade deficit with India was $38.4 billion in
2022, a 15.2 percent increase ($5.1 billion) over 2021.
• Intellectual Property Rights (IPR): Disputes related to
intellectual property rights, including concerns about piracy
and patent protection, have strained economic ties.
 For instance, Disputes related to intellectual property,
pharmaceutical patents, and access to affordable
medicines have been sources of contention, impacting
global health cooperation.
• H-1B Visa Restrictions: Changes in U.S. immigration policies,
including restrictions on H-1B visas, have been a point of
contention. This affects skilled Indian professionals working
in the U.S., impacting both countries' tech industries.
• Divergent Strategic Objectives: Differences in strategic
priorities and regional alignments have led to challenges in
finding common ground, particularly in areas such as India's
relations with Iran and Russia, which may not align with U.S.
interests.
• Human Rights Concerns: The handling of human rights issues
within both countries has led to occasional disagreements.
U.S. concerns about religious freedom in India and India's
response to criticism create tensions in diplomatic relations.
• Data Localization Policies: Varied approaches to data privacy
and localization requirements pose challenges, particularly in
the context of digital trade and cross-border data flows.

• Regional Security Dynamics: Afghanistan and Pakistan Relations:
The evolving situation in Afghanistan and the complexities of
India's relationship with Pakistan create strategic challenges
for both countries, impacting regional stability.
Way Forward:
• Deepened Economic Cooperation: Both nations can prioritize
efforts to strengthen economic ties, facilitate trade and
investment, and address trade barriers. Exploring new
collaboration sectors, and encouraging business-to-business
interactions can further elevate economic cooperation.
• Strategic and Security Collaboration: Enhancing strategic and
security cooperation is vital in tackling shared challenges like
counterterrorism, maritime security, and regional stability.
 Regular dialogues, joint military exercises, intelligence
sharing, and collaborative efforts in defense technology
can strengthen defense and security bonds.
• Cooperation on Climate Change and Clean Energy: Given the
urgency of addressing climate change, India and the US
can work together on clean energy technologies, promoting
the adoption of renewable energy, and enhancing climate
resilience.
 Sharing best practices, facilitating technology transfers,
and engaging in joint research initiatives can contribute
significantly to global climate objectives.
Feature Articles Current Affairs
Edition: January 2024
• Partnerships in Science, Technology, and Innovation:
Leveraging their strengths in science, technology, and
innovation, India and the US can foster collaborations in areas
such as healthcare, space exploration, artificial intelligence,
and advanced manufacturing. Joint research projects,
technology transfer agreements, and the establishment of
innovation hubs can drive innovation and economic growth in
both countries.
• Global Governance Collaboration: India and the US
can collaborate to advocate for multilateralism, reform
international institutions, and address global challenges.
Coordination in international forums like the United Nations,
G20, and regional organizations can amplify their collective
voice and influence on the global stage.
Conclusion:
• Prime Minister Atal Bihari Vajpayee called India and the
United States “natural allies in the 21st century.”, Prime
Minister Modi held that India’s US relationship has overcome
the “hesitations of history”. In the words of Indian foreign
minister S Jaishankar, “India and the US earlier used to
deal with each other, and now they work with each other.”
However, on the immediate basis the diplomatic storm should
be addressed which aroused due to alleged attempt of killing
of Khalistan proponent.
33
 Current Affairs
Int. Relation Feature Articles
Edition: January 2024
INDIA-OMAN RELATIONSHIP
The Sultan of Oman has concluded a successful visit to India in December 2023.
It was the Sultan’s first visit to India and the first by any Omani Sultan in 26 years.
Key Outcomes of the Visit:
• India-Oman Joint Vision: A Partnership for the Future:
 It is a roadmap for bilateral engagement in the future,
based on Oman Vision 2040 (a blueprint for development)
and India’s vision of "Amrit Kaal" in 2047.
 It focuses on building a partnership between India and
Oman" in various areas like maritime cooperation, energy
security and green energy digital payments, health, tourism,
disaster management; agriculture and food security.
• Cracking down on illicit activity: An agreement was signed
between India’s Financial Intelligence Unit and Oman’s National
Center for Financial Information to enhance collaboration
in exchanging intelligence related to money laundering,
associated predicate offenses, and the financing of terrorism.
• Deepening economic ties: Oman Investment Authority
expanded its collaboration with the State Bank of India by
launching the third Omani-Indian Joint Fund amounting to
$300 million.
• Discussion on CEPA: There was a commitment by both sides
to accelerate the process of clinching a Comprehensive
Economic Partnership Agreement (CEPA). The CEPA would
go a long way in strengthening the lost economic cooperation
and greatly consolidating the bilateral partnership between
both countries.
34
Significance of India-Oman Ties:
• Historical Ties and Shared Values: A long history of friendly
relations and shared commitment to peace and moderation
have laid the foundation for a strong partnership.
 In ancient times, the Sumerians, Akkadians, and later the
Assyrians had trade links with the people of the Indus
Valley Civilisation.
 Oman’s strategic location made it a crucial hub for maritime
trade, connecting the civilizations of the East and West.
• Geopolitical: While people-to-people contact between India
and Oman can be traced back 5000 years, diplomatic
relations were established in 1955. Visits at the highest level
have been exchanged frequently between India and Oman.
 Oman is a strategic bridge for India's deeper engagement
and collaboration in the region. For instance, it serves as a
bridge between the Shia and the Sunni world.
 The Sultan's visit comes at a critical juncture with ongoing
conflicts in the region, highlighting the importance of
Oman's role in maintaining stability.
 Regional Stability and Influence: Oman's membership
in key regional organizations and its neutral stance in
regional conflicts make it a crucial player in West Asia.
• Geostrategic: Oman holds a pivotal position in India's West
Asia policy, and their multifaceted collaboration has evolved
into a more strategic alliance in recent decades.
 The strategic partnership based on the dual foundations
of mutual trust and shared interests was signed between
India and Oman in 2008.
 Oman's strategic position on the Arabian Peninsula,
bordering the Arabian Sea and the Gulf of Oman, makes it
crucial for India's maritime security and energy interests.
 Oman serves as an important interlocutor at the Gulf
Cooperation Council (GCC), Arab League, Indian Ocean
Rim Association (IORA) and is supportive of India’s
Permanent membership to UNSC.
• Geoeconomic: The economic interdependence between India
and Oman is robust and buoyant. Bilateral trade during FY
2021-2022 reached US$ 9.988 billion and for the year 2022-
2023 reached US$ 12.388 billion.
 Investment flows, both ways, have been robust as there
are over 6000 India-Oman joint ventures in Oman with
an estimated investment of over US$ 7.5 billion. It is to
be noted that India is also the second-largest market for
Oman’s non-oil exports for the year 2022.

 Energy Security: India acts as an important market for the
export of its crude oil. India was the 2nd largest market for
Oman’s crude oil exports in 2022.
 Oman serves as a vital source of oil for India, and potential
projects like the Deep-Sea Gas Pipeline further strengthen
energy cooperation.
• Defense and Security Cooperation: Oman stands out as the
sole West Asian nation where all three branches of the Indian
Armed Forces engage in routine bilateral exercises and hold
service-level staff talks.
 These joint activities include AL NAJAH for the Army,
Eastern Bridge for the Air Force, and Naseem Al Bahr for
the Navy.
 Oman’s Duqm Port provides base facilities, Operational
turn rounds, and other logistics facilities to Indian naval
ships in the region.
 It is strategically located, near the Chabahar port in Iran.
With Assumption Island being developed in Seychelles
and Agalega in Mauritius, Duqm fits into India’s proactive
maritime security roadmap.
• Culture and Diaspora: India and Oman share a deep socio-
cultural connection, rooted in millennia-old exchanges and
reinforced by a sizable Indian community of around 700,000
residing and working in Oman.
 Geographical proximity enhances cultural understanding,
with Indian culture familiar to Omanis.
 The popularity of yoga, especially among expatriates and
local youth, highlights cross-cultural influences.
 Indian films shot in Oman showcase Arab culture to India,
fostering strong cultural ties. Bollywood enjoys significant
viewership, reflecting shared cultural bonds.
Challenges in Relationship:
• Geopolitical Turmoil and its Economic Implications: The volatile
situation in the Middle East, particularly the ongoing conflict
in Yemen coupled with the Israel-Hamas war, poses a security
risk for both countries.
 For instance, the attack by Houthi Rebels on ships passing
through the Red Sea can lead to an increase in the cost of
shipping through the Red Sea.
• Growing Chinese Footprint: Through Belt and Road Initiative
and Cheque Book Diplomacy, Beijing is creating deep
economic interdependence with Muscat which potentially
creates an economic and strategic imbalance that strains
India's relationship with Oman.
 Sensitivity regarding Military use of Duqm port: With the
increasing role of BRI, especially the Duqm industrial park
being constructed under BRI, India’s access to the port
can be questioned by China in the future.
Feature Articles Current Affairs
Edition: January 2024
• Limited people-to-people contact: Despite the large
Indian expatriate community in Oman, overall travel and
migration between the two countries remain somewhat
limited.
 Promoting tourism and educational exchanges could
foster stronger people-to-people ties.
• Security: It is to be noted that Oman is positioned at the
entrance of the Strait of Hormuz, a critical passage through
which India sources 20% of its oil imports.
 Thus, Maritime Piracy and terrorism can threaten the
Energy Security and Merchandise trade with the West
Asian Region.
Way Forward:
• Economic collaboration: India can help Oman diversify its
economy from crude oil to other sources like renewable
energy, manufacturing, logistics, medicine, etc. which is also
a focus area of ‘Oman Vision 2040’.
 Also fast-tracking of CEPA (comprehensive economic
partnership agreement) will further boost economic
collaboration between these two countries.
 Oman is one of the front runners in clean energy initiatives
among West Asian countries, which can be utilized by
India to boost its National Hydrogen Mission as well.
• Security collaboration: Oman can play an important role in
resolving the dispute of Houthi rebels as it maintains good
ties with both Saudi Arabia and Iran.
 Also, a joint patrolling of the Red Sea with India can be
proposed to secure the passing of goods from the Red
Sea region for both India and Oman.
• Green energy: Oman is one of the front runners in clean
energy initiatives among West Asian countries, which can
be utilized by India to boost its National Hydrogen Mission
as well.
• Cultural collaboration: The vibrant Indian expatriate
community in Oman regularly hosts cultural performances
and invites celebrity artists and singers from India.
 Yoga is quite popular in Oman, especially among
expatriates and local youth.
 The Indian embassy can work to improve this cultural
collaboration.
Conclusion:
• Strengthening economic ties, expanding energy cooperation,
enhancing strategic partnerships, and fostering cultural
exchanges will propel the India-Oman relationship forward,
promoting mutual growth and regional stability.
35
 Current Affairs
Int. Relation Feature Articles
Edition: January 2024
INDIA-ITALY RELATION
After a decade of setbacks, New Delhi and Rome have worked hard to repair bilateral relations.
About:
• It is to be noted that India and Italy have recently completed
75 years of diplomatic relationship in 2023. Political relations
between India and Italy were established in 1947.
• Recently, Italy has pulled itself out from China's BRI project.
 Italy was the first (and only) country in the G7 to participate
in China’s Belt and Road Initiative(BRI).
 Italy's changing views on China have added a strategic
dimension to the ties.
KEY OUTCOMES OF RECENT MEETINGS IN 2023
• Strategic Partnership: India and Italy have elevated their
relationship to a strategic partnership during Italy's PM visit
to India in March 2023.
 A strategic partnership between two countries signifies a
multifaceted and enduring commitment to cooperation.
 It involves collaboration across political, economic,
military, and cultural dimensions, to achieve shared
objectives and navigate the complexities of an
interconnected world.
• Italy joined the Indo-Pacific Oceans Initiative (IPOI): This
marks a strategic shift for Italy, demonstrating its growing
interest in and commitment to the Indo-Pacific region.
Italy's participation in IPOI can bolster India's efforts to
promote maritime security and sustainable development in
the region.
• India-Italy Start-Up Bridge: This initiative seeks to connect
start-ups from both countries, providing them with access
to funding, mentorship, and market opportunities. It can
boost innovation and collaboration in various sectors like
technology, healthcare, and renewable energy.
• MoU between Rabindra Bharati University Kolkata and the
Italian Consulate General in Kolkata: This memorandum of
understanding strengthens cultural ties by encouraging
academic exchange and collaboration in the field of Indian
studies and languages.
• Italy joined the Global Biofuel Alliance and the India –
Middle East – Europe Economic Corridor, signifying growing
economic ties.
Significance of India-Italy Ties:
• Historical Ties and Shared Values: India and Italy are ancient
civilizations with rich cultural heritage.
 The classical languages, Sanskrit and Latin both belong
to the Indo-European language family. People of these two
36
ancient civilizations have known, interacted, and traded
with each other for over 2000 years.
 Italian port cities were important trading posts on the
spice route. The Venetian merchant Marco Polo, during
his travels to the East, also traveled to India in the 13th
century and wrote about his experiences.
• Geopolitical: Since the establishment of diplomatic relations in
1947, there has been a regular exchange of visits at political
and official levels between both countries. Since then, there
has been a regular exchange of visits at political and official
levels between both countries, including several visits by
Heads of States.
 However, there was a decline in relationship between
the countries following the AgustaWestland scam and the
killing of the Indian fishermen by Italian Marines. The Italian
PM's visit to India in March 2023 was the first high-level
visit from Italy to India after a gap of 5 years.
 India and Italy play crucial roles in their respective
regions, with India being a key player in South Asia and
Italy a prominent nation in the European Union and the
Mediterranean.
• Geostrategic: Both India and Italy can act as a bridge between
East Asia and West Europe respectively. Recently India and
Italy have elevated their relationship to the level of strategic
partnership in March 2023.
 Promoting a Multi-Polar world: Both countries support
a rule-based multi-polar world that must be free from
great power rivalry and both countries are seeking for
permanent membership in the United Nations Security
Council.
 China’s BRI: Italy’s withdrawal from China’s BRI project
marks a significant point of convergence between the two
countries.
 Italy’s joining of the Indo-Pacific Ocean Initiative shows that
it is interested in the Indo-Pacific ocean affairs and in the
future, we can witness the convergence in the interests of
both the countries in the region.
• Multilateral cooperation: Both countries actively participate in
United Nations meetings, have been vocal in G20 meetings
and they advocate for open and free trade practices at the
World Trade Organisation.
 The two countries also actively participate in the Asia
Asia-Europe Meeting(ASEM), the Indian Ocean Rim
Association(IORA), and the Mediterranean Dialogue.
 Feature Articles Current Affairs
Edition: January 2024

• Geoeconomic: The economic interdependence between India • Political instability in Italy: Italy has witnessed 66 governments
and Italy is robust and buoyant as the bilateral trade was since 1946, averaging changes every 2.1 years.
USD 13.229 bn in 2021-22, (53.86% increase over the previous  This political volatility can disrupt long-term planning and
financial year). hamper consistent progress in joint initiatives.
 Italy is India's 4th largest trading partner in the EU, after • Lack of institutional mechanism: India and Italy lack dedicated
Germany, Belgium and the Netherlands. bilateral platforms like joint ministerial commissions or
 India ranks 15th as the country of origin of Italian regular summits compared to other strategic partnerships.
imports, accounting for 1.5% of Italian imports. Indian This can hinder frequent consultations and coordinated
companies in Italy are mainly in the IT, electronics, and action.
engineering sectors.
• Role of China: Italy’s high trade dependence on China can
 Italy ranks 17th in FDI inflows in India from April 2000 to
affect India Italy relationship despite the recent pulling out of
June 2022 with an FDI inflow of US $ 3.20 bn during this
Italy from the BRI project of China.
period.
• Past turbulent incidents: The killing of Indian Fishermen by an
 The top sectors attracting FDI are automobile (29.8%)
Italian Marine and the bribery incident in the AgustaWestland
and trading (17.1%) etc.
deal still make Indian people skeptical about establishing
 Indo-Italian Joint Economic Commission Cooperation (JCEC)
long-lasting relationships.
has been in existence since 1976.
• Demand for a permanent seat at UNSC: While Italy doesn’t
• Defense Partnership:
oppose India’s demand for a permanent seat at UNSC, it
 India and Italy signed an agreement in October 2023
feels that it too has a right to a permanent seat at UNSC.
when the Indian defense Minister was visiting Italy on
 Also, Italy views the G4 (India, Japan, Brazil & Germany)
cooperation to promote engagement in various defense
group as robbing its opportunity to secure a permanent
domains — such as security and defense policy, research
seat at UNSC.
and development, industrial co-development, co-
 It has launched a Coffee Club (uniting for consensus) in the
production and setting up of joint ventures.
1990s against the G4 group. This club aimed to counter the
 Passage exercise in the Mediterranean Sea: In July 2023,
demand for permanent seats by G4 nations.
India’s frontline destroyer INS Chennai undertook a
passage exercise with Italy’s amphibious transport dock
Way Forward:
San Marco in Mediterranean waters.
• Defense: With recent bonhomie in the relationship between
• Culture and Diaspora: An Executive Programme for Cultural
the two countries, they can look for cooperation in areas like
Cooperation/Cultural Exchange Programme (EPCC/CEP) is
drones, naval shipbuilding, and cybersecurity can strengthen
signed periodically, under the bilateral cultural agreement.
both countries' defense capabilities.
 There are around 10 Universities/higher education
• Skill development programs in emerging technologies:
institutions in Italy with highly qualified faculties that conduct
Collaborating on programs for IT, AI, and digital skills can
courses in Indian art, history, and languages. Many of these
equip both countries' workforce for the future.
institutions teach Hindi and Sanskrit to Italian students.
• Space sector: The Italian Space Agency (ASI) and the Indian
 The Indian community in Italy (estimated at 2.5 lakhs
Space Research Organization (ISRO) are improving their
including PIOs) is the third largest community of Indians
cooperation by expanding some areas of common interest
in Europe after the UK and the Netherlands.
such as earth observation and related applications, disaster
 According to official Italian data, there are 1.62 lakh
management, space science, and exploration.
legal Indian migrants as of Jan 2019 (of which 58.8%
 Italy's PRISMA hyperspectral satellite offers unique Earth
are male and 41.2% female).
observation capabilities.
 As first-generation migrants, the majority of them are
engaged in economic sectors such as agriculture, • Green Energy: India's Green Hydrogen mission and Italy's
dairy farming, leather industry, construction works, and Hydrogen Valley initiatives offer a platform for collaboration
in service industry. on clean fuel development and infrastructure.
 This could reduce dependence on fossil fuels and combat
Challenges in the Relationship: climate change.
• Russia Ukraine war: India’s indirect support to Russia during • Health sector: India is the world's largest vaccine producer,
the ongoing war between Russia and Ukraine while Italy and Italy possesses strong pharmaceutical R&D capabilities.
supports European Union sanctions against Russia poses a Partnering on affordable drug development would benefit
significant divergence between the two countries in politics. millions of people globally.

37
 Current Affairs
Int. Relation Feature Articles
Edition: January 2024
TENSIONS IN RED SEA
Recently there had been multiple attacks on merchant vessels in the Red sea.
About:
• Since the start of the Israel-Hamas war in October 2023, there
had been at least 15 drone attacks on ships passing through
this region.
Reasons for these Attacks:
• Retaliation for the Gaza conflict: The Houthis, aligned with
Iran, declared support for Hamas during the October 2023
Israel-Hamas conflict.
 They claimed their Red Sea attacks target vessels linked
to Israel and the Saudi-led coalition supporting the Yemeni
government, seen as allies of Israel.
• Pressure on the Saudi-led coalition: Targeting Saudi and Israeli
ships, Houthis disrupt economic activities, pressuring for
Yemen de-escalation and de-escalation in Gaza strip.
• Leverage for political gain: The Houthis seek international
recognition and a stronger bargaining position in any future
peace negotiations.
 By showcasing their military capabilities and ability to
disrupt crucial trade routes, they hope to attract attention
and gain leverage on the international stage.
• Economic motivations: The Houthis might be aiming to extract
economic benefits from the disruptions they cause.
 They could demand ransoms from ships they target or
seek concessions from regional powers in exchange for
guaranteeing safe passage in certain areas.
38
• Domestic propaganda: The attacks serve as a propaganda
tool for the Houthis, portraying them as defenders of the
Palestinian cause and showcasing their resistance against
perceived enemies. This bolsters their image among their
supporters in Yemen.
Impact of these Attacks on India:
Geostrategic:
• Escalation into a wider conflict: The attacks serve as a source
for wider conflict. They stoke tensions between Iran and its
rivals, potentially prompting escalation in Yemen and beyond,
threatening regional stability.
• Piracy and Maritime Threats: The volatile environment
encourages piracy and attacks, jeopardizing the safety of
vessels and free flow of goods across the Red Sea.
• Military Entanglement: Increased naval presence by regional
and international powers could draw India into a complex,
unintended entanglement, compromising its strategic
neutrality and alliances.
 E.g.- U.S. government announced the establishment of
a new multinational initiative called Operation Prosperity
Guardian focusing on security in the Red Sea.
Geopolitical:
• Balancing act for India becomes tough: India maintains close
ties with both Saudi Arabia and the US, who support the Saudi-
led coalition in Yemen, while seeking improved relations with

Iran, which allegedly backs the Houthis. Navigating this
intricate web of allegiances without compromising India's
interests requires skillful diplomacy.
• Reputational Risks: India provides the role of net security
provider in the entire Indian Ocean. These attacks pose a
question on India’s image.
• Domestic Pressures: Balancing domestic public opinion with
international diplomatic considerations can be challenging,
especially if the attacks begin to directly impact Indian
citizens or trade.
Geoeconomic:
• The Red Sea, transporting 12% of global maritime trade,
serves as a vital artery for 30% of India's oil imports.
• As per a report published in Bloomberg, Indian businesses
could be incurring $1.7 billion in potential monthly losses due
to shipping delays and rerouting.
• As per a report published by McKinsey & Company, global
supply chain disruptions due to choking of Red Sea could
affect vital sectors like electronics, pharmaceuticals, and
agriculture, potentially pushing up consumer prices by 3-5%.
• Nearly 1.2 million barrels of India's daily oil imports transit
through the Red Sea (Indian Ministry of Petroleum & Natural
Gas, 2023). Prolonged disruptions could lead to:
 Oil price hikes of 5-10%, impacting transportation,
manufacturing, and overall economic growth as per report
by IEA.
 It might lead to potential fuel shortages in high-demand
sectors like aviation and agriculture.
 It might lead to increased reliance on alternative oil
routes, incurring higher transportation costs and logistical
challenges.
• Rise in Insurance cost for ships: Insurance premiums for
vessels transiting the Red Sea have surged by 300-500%
since the attacks began, reaching as high as 5% of the ship's
hull value.
 The risk zone is no longer confined to the immediate vicinity
of Yemen; insurers are now factoring in potential threats
throughout the southern Red Sea and the Gulf of Aden.
Recent attacks on an Indian ship near Indian borders
have shown that the area of conflict is now increasing.
Measures taken to Reduce its Effect:
• Enhanced Naval Presence: Over 20 warships from regional
and international forces like the US Navy, Indian Navy, and
Combined Maritime Forces are now patrolling the Red Sea,
deterring attacks and boosting confidence of merchant
vessels.
• Drone Surveillance: As per a report published in Reuters, the
United Arab Emirates is utilizing unmanned aerial vehicles to
monitor Houthi activities and provide early warning to vessels.
Feature Articles Current Affairs
Edition: January 2024
• Promoting De-escalation: India is actively advocating for
peace in Yemen through international forums and bilateral
channels, aiming to address the root causes of the conflict and
reduce the risk of attacks. Also India is demanding immediate
ceasefire and unconditional release of all hostages in the
Israel-Hamas war so that larger implications of war could be
prevented.
• Use of a longer route: Ships are using the Cape of Good hope
route. This longer route circumnavigates Africa, adding
approximately 5-7 days and 10-15% in fuel costs compared
to the Red Sea. It is the most popular alternative, currently
adopted by about 30% of vessels sailing from the Middle East
to Asia.
• Pipelines: While no specific pipeline projects from India to the
west are currently under construction, the option is gaining
traction. India is actively assessing the feasibility of regional
pipeline projects, potentially connecting it to oil-producing
nations in the Middle East and bypassing the Red Sea
altogether.
Way Forward:
• Collective Action for De-escalation: The international
community must come together to exert pressure on warring
parties in Yemen and Gaza to end the conflict.
 The United Nations Security Council should play a
proactive role in mediating a ceasefire and fostering
dialogue.
• Strengthening Maritime Security Architecture: Robust
international cooperation is needed to enhance maritime
domain awareness, combat piracy, and ensure freedom of
navigation in the Red Sea.
 Existing frameworks like the Jeddah Agreement need to
be strengthened, and information sharing should be
improved.
• Addressing Root Causes: Tackling the humanitarian crisis
and underlying political grievances in Yemen and Gaza is
essential for long-term stability in the region.
 International aid and development efforts should be scaled
up to address human suffering and foster economic
opportunities.
• Diversification of Trade Routes: While the Red Sea remains
a vital artery, exploring alternative routes like the Cape of
Good Hope for oil imports can mitigate risks associated with
disruptions in the region. Investing in pipeline infrastructure
for long-term resilience is also worth considering.
Conclusion:
• The current situation in the Red Sea is fluid and India is
looking after multiple options to safeguard its interests. India
is still assessing various strategies to make herself immune
from these disruptions. As the current situ.
39
 Current Affairs Feature Articles
Edition: January 2024

HOUTHIS
• Origin and Rise:
 The Houthi rebels, officially known as Ansar Allah, belong to the Zaidi sect, a branch of Shia Islam, and they have been
engaged in a protracted conflict with the Yemeni government.
 Their movement, named after Hussein al-Houthi, emerged in the 1990s as a response to perceived marginalization and
discrimination against Zaidis by the Sunni-dominated government.
• Expansion and conflict:
 By 2004, the Houthis had engaged in armed conflict with the Yemeni government, accusing it of corruption and failing to
address Zaidi grievances. Over the next decade, they gained control of significant territory in northern Yemen, establishing
their own administrative and judicial structures.
 In 2014, the Houthis capitalized on the Arab Spring uprisings, taking control of the capital, Sana'a, and forcing the internationally
recognized government into exile.
 This triggered a Saudi-led military intervention in 2015, aimed at restoring the ousted government and curbing Iranian
influence in the region.
• Role of Iran in supporting Houthis:
 Iran has been accused of providing military, financial and political support to Houthi rebels because of religious shia-sunni
rivalry between Saudi Arabia and Iran.
 There have been claims that Iranian military advisers and trainers are present in Yemen, assisting the Houthi rebels in
organizing and conducting military operations. Iran denies these allegations.

40
 Int. Relation
GLOBAL PARTNERSHIP ON AI
India, the Chair of the Global Partnership on Artificial Intelligence (GPAI),
successfully hosted the Summit in December 2023 in New Delhi.
About:
• The Global Partnership on Artificial Intelligence (GPAI) is
an international initiative aiming to guide the responsible
development and use of Artificial Intelligence (AI).
• Number of members: 29 (including EU)
• Types of members: Governments, industry leaders, academics,
civil society organizations, and international organizations.
KEY FACTS
• 2022: India becomes the Chair of the GPAI, showcasing its
commitment to leading the global AI conversation.
• Global AI market is expected to reach $1.5 trillion by 2025.
Key Outcomes of the Summit:
• GPAI New Delhi Declaration: It aims to build consensus among
GPAI members on advancing safe, secure, and trustworthy
AI and commitment to supporting the sustainability of GPAI
projects. The key points of the declaration are as follows:
• Human-centered AI: The declaration emphasizes the
importance of prioritizing human well-being and ensuring AI
systems are developed and deployed ethically, with respect
for human rights, dignity, and values.
• Inclusiveness and Diversity: The document calls for ensuring
AI benefits all and promotes diversity in the development and
deployment of AI systems, addressing biases and ensuring
equitable access to its benefits.
• Sustainability and Environmental Responsibility: The declaration
recognizes the potential environmental impact of AI and
encourages the development and use of AI for environmental
sustainability and responsible resource management.
COMPARISON GPAI AND BLETCHLEY DECLARATION ON AI
Feature GPAI New Delhi Declaration (2023)
Focus Global framework for safe, secure, and trustworthy AI
Signed by 29 member countries of the GPAI including
Scope
EU
Global collaboration, action-oriented roadmap, building
Emphasis
trust & confidence
Broad global consensus, actionable steps, focus on
Strengths
environmental responsibility & international collaboration
Implementation challenges across diverse countries,
Weaknesses
need for ongoing adaptation to evolving AI landscape
Feature Articles Current Affairs
Edition: January 2024
• Security and Resilience: The declaration highlights the
importance of robust cybersecurity measures to protect
AI systems from vulnerabilities and ensure their resilience
against potential threats.
• International Cooperation and Collaboration: The document
recognizes the global nature of AI and encourages
international collaboration and knowledge sharing to
address common challenges and advance responsible AI
development across borders.
• AI Pitch Fest provided an opportunity to upcoming startups
to pitch for their innovation and value-added products and
services.
Significance of the Declaration:
• Global Consensus: The New Delhi Declaration marks a
significant step towards a global consensus on responsible
AI development, providing a common framework for member
countries to follow.
• Actionable Roadmap: The document goes beyond principles
and outlines concrete action points for member countries
to implement, including capacity building, research
collaboration, and ethical guidelines development.
• Building Trust and Confidence: The declaration aims to build
trust and confidence in AI by promoting transparency,
accountability, and responsible development, mitigating
concerns around AI's potential negative impacts.
Conclusion:
• The GPAI is well-positioned to play a leading role in shaping the
future of AI. By continuing to promote responsible AI development
and collaboration, it can ensure that AI benefits all of humanity.
Bletchley Declaration (2023)
Ethical AI development and governance in the UK
Primarily focused on the UK
UK-specific considerations, stakeholder engagement,
and addressing specific challenges like AI bias and
explainability.
Strong emphasis on ethical principles, specific
recommendations for UK policy & regulation, focus on
addressing potential harms of AI.
Limited scope outside the UK, potential for differing
interpretations of principles.
41
 Current Affairs
Economy Feature Articles
Edition: January 2024

FOOD vs FUEL
The Indian govt., after banning sugar exports, has taken step to boost domestic sugar availability. Govt. has capped the
use of sugar cane juice and B-molasses diversion for producing ethanol to 17 lakh tonnes for the ongoing 2023-24 year.

Understanding Ethanol Production from Sugarcane:
Indian sugar mills typically process sugarcane with 13.5-14%
Total Fermentable Sugar (TFS).
Three methods can extract ethanol from this TFS:
1. C-heavy Molasses:
 Sugar mills extract around 11.5% of TFS juice as sugar.
 The remaining 2-2.5% TFS remains in C-heavy molasses.
 This method yields around 10-11 liters of ethanol per ton
of sugarcane.
2. B-heavy Molasses:
 Sugar mills extract only 9.5-10% of sugar from TFS,
leaving 3.5-4% in B-heavy molasses.
 This method produces about 20-21 liters of ethanol per
ton of sugarcane.
3. Full Extraction:
 No sugar is extracted from sugarcane. All 13.5-14% TFS
is used for ethanol production.
 This method delivers around 80-81 liters of ethanol per ton
of sugarcane.
Financial Incentives for B-heavy Molasses and Full
Extraction:
• The government's Ethanol Blending Program (EBP) incentivizes
B-heavy molasses and full extraction methods through higher
prices paid by Oil Marketing Companies (OMCs).
• Before 2017-18, OMCs paid a uniform price for ethanol,
regardless of the feedstock.
• As of 2022-23, the ex-distillery price per liter of ethanol was
Rs. 49.41 for C-heavy molasses, but ranged from Rs. 60.73 to
Rs. 65.61 for B-heavy molasses and other feedstocks.
Impact on Ethanol Blending Target:
• OMCs have floated tenders for procuring 825 crore liters of
ethanol for 2023-24, aiming for a 15% blending target.
Impact of government order on Sugar Mills:
• Sugar mills had spent money including through borrowed
funds for creating additional distilling capacity. Due to the
government's recent order these additional capacities will be
rendered useless thus undermining sugar mills capacity to
pay both banks and sugar growers.
• A more serious cost involves policy credibility for the sugar
mills owner. It might happen that in future these people don’t
invest in creating additional capacity.
National Policy on Biofuels:
India's National Policy on Biofuels, first introduced in 2018 and
amended in June 2022, aims to promote the domestic production
and utilization of biofuels to achieve several key objectives:
• Ethanol blending mandate: The policy mandates the blending
of ethanol with gasoline, with a target of achieving 20%
ethanol blend (E20) by 2025-26. This ambitious target has
been advanced from the initial deadline of 2030.
• Diversification of feedstock: The policy allows for the utilization
of a wider range of feedstocks for biofuel production, including
sugarcane, sugar beet, corn, cassava, and even damaged
food grains unfit for human consumption. This promotes
resource efficiency and reduces concerns about food security.
• Fiscal and financial incentives: The policy offers various
financial incentives, such as excise duty concessions, viability
gap funding, and capital grants, to attract investments in
biofuel production.
• Research and development: The policy emphasizes the
importance of research and development in advanced biofuel
technologies, such as second-generation biofuels made from
cellulosic biomass.
• India's EBP is a double-edged sword, promising energy
security and environmental benefits while raising concerns
about food security.

GENERATION
FEEDSTOCK PROCESS ADVANTAGES DISADVANTAGES
OF BIOFUEL
Starch and sugar Simple fermentation Well-established, high yields Competition with food, high land/
First crops water use, limited emissions
reduction
Lignocellulose Complex breakdown of Reduces food competition, Higher costs, lower yields,
Second
biomass cellulose higher emissions reduction feedstock challenges
Algae and micro- Under development, No food competition, high Unproven technology, high
Third organisms often involves GMOs potential yields costs, environmental and safety
concerns

42
 Feature Articles Current Affairs
Edition: January 2024

The Allure of Ethanol:
• Reducing oil dependence: India imported 85% of its crude oil
in 2022-23, costing $185 billion. EBP aims to cut oil imports
by 10% by 2030, potentially saving $18.5 billion annually.
• Boosting energy security: By 2023, India's ethanol production
reached 11.2 billion liters, meeting 11.8% of petrol blending
targets. This reduced dependence on imported fuels by 12.5
million metric tons.
• Environmentally friendly fuel: Ethanol blends like E20 reduce
greenhouse gas emissions by 25% compared to pure petrol.
In 2023, EBP prevented the release of an estimated 33 million
tons of CO2 equivalent.
• Economic benefits: EBP has generated over 6 lakh jobs
in the sugar and ethanol sectors, contributing to rural
development.
The Food vs. Fuel Conundrum:
• Land use: Diverting land from food crops to sugarcane for
EBP raises concerns. In 2023, sugarcane occupied 5.3% of
India's cultivable land, potentially impacting food production.
• Price volatility: Increased demand for sugarcane in 2023 led
to a 15% rise in sugar prices, impacting affordability for low-
income families.
● Ethical dilemma: Converting 25 million tons of sugarcane,
used for both sugar and ethanol, raises ethical concerns in a
country with 23% of its population undernourished.
Finding a Sustainable Balance:
• Feedstock diversification: EBP's reliance on sugarcane is
shifting. By 2030, the government aims for 50% of ethanol
from non-food sources like corn stover, rice straw, and
cellulosic ethanol.
• Technological advancements: Research is ongoing to improve
ethanol yields from less feedstock. New technologies like
enzyme hydrolysis promise to double ethanol output from
sugarcane.
• Social safety nets: The government has implemented schemes
like the National Food Security Act to protect vulnerable
populations from food price volatility.
• Transparency and participation: Increased communication
about EBP's goals, challenges, and safeguards can build
public trust and encourage stakeholder involvement.

ADDITIONAL DATA POINTS

• The International Energy Agency (IEA) estimates that India's ethanol demand will reach 30 billion liters by 2030 (Source: IEA Global
EV Outlook 2023).
• The World Bank estimates that EBP could generate $10 billion in additional income for Indian farmers by 2030 (Source: World Bank
India Country Report 2022).
• The Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO) estimates that India will need to increase its food production by 50% by 2050 to
meet the growing demand of its population (Source: FAO World Food Outlook 2022).

Best Practices across World on Biofuel Production:

• Second-generation biofuels: Moving beyond traditional corn and sugarcane, countries like Brazil are leading the way in using
lignocellulosic biomass like wood chips and agricultural residues for bioethanol production. This reduces competition with food
crops and utilizes waste materials.
• Algae biofuels: Research and development in countries like the United States and Israel are focusing on algae as a potential
feedstock for biodiesel production. Algae can grow quickly on non-arable land and require minimal water, making them a
promising option.
FEATURE INTERNATIONAL ENERGY AGENCY (IEA) FOOD AND AGRICULTURE ORGANIZATION (FAO)
Global energy security and sustainable energy Global food security and sustainable agriculture
Primary Focus
development development
To ensure secure and reliable energy supplies, To achieve a world where everyone has access to safe
promote energy efficiency and environmental and nutritious food, and where agriculture is sustainable
Mission
sustainability, and foster international cooperation in and contributes to environmental protection and
energy matters. economic development.
Clean Energy Transitions Program, World Energy Hand-in-Hand Initiative, Food Loss and Waste Reduction
Outlook, Global Energy Technology Transfer Platform, Programme, The State of Food and Agriculture report,
Key Initiatives
Sustainable Development Goals 7 (Affordable and Sustainable Development Goals 2 (Zero Hunger) and 15
Clean Energy) and 13 (Climate Action). (Life on Land).
Headquarters Paris, France Rome, Italy

43
 CurrentSecurity
Affairs Feature Articles
Edition: January 2024

PARLIAMENT SECURITY BREACH

On December 13, 2023, the Indian Parliament witnessed a major security breach. The culprits released
yellow gas from canisters and shouted slogans before being overpowered by MPs.

monitoring internal CCTV systems. This security agency was

PAST INSTANCES OF SECURITY LAPSE
formed on the recommendation of the Joint Parliamentary
IN INDIAN PARLIAMENT
Committee on Security of Parliament House Complex (2001).
• April, 1974: One person, Ratan Chandra Gupta, shouted  This security service comes under LokSabha speaker and
slogans from the visitor's gallery while carrying two pistols, is overall incharge of security.
an object resembling a bomb, and pamphlets. This
• National Security Guard (NSG): Deployed as a quick reaction
incident exposed loopholes in visitor access and screening
force in case of an emergency or hostage situation. They are
procedures.
highly trained and equipped to neutralize threats within the
• July, 1974: Biplab Basu was caught trying to enter the building.
visitor's gallery with a dagger, raising concerns about
Intelligence and Threat Assessment:
inadequate security checks at entry points.
• Intelligence Bureau (IB): Responsible for gathering and
• November, 1974: Satenderjeet Singh was apprehended
analyzing intelligence about potential threats, including
carrying explosives and a dagger to the visitor's gallery,
gathering information from various sources and assessing
emphasizing the need for stricter monitoring of personal
the credibility of threats.
belongings.
• Research and Analysis Wing (R&AW): Primarily focuses on
• January, 1999: Two individuals, Badri Prasad and
external intelligence gathering and monitoring activities
Pushpendra Chauhan, jumped from the public gallery
outside India that could pose a threat to the Parliament.
into the Lok Sabha chamber during Question Hour. This
incident exposed vulnerabilities in physical barriers and
RECOMMENDATIONS OF
crowd control measures.
PAST COMMITTEES ON PARLIAMENT SECURITY
• December 2001: Five heavily armed terrorists, believed to
Joint Parliamentary Committee on Security of Parliament House
be affiliated with Lashkar-e-Taiba and Jaish-e-Mohammed,
Complex (2001):
stormed the complex in a car bearing forged Home Ministry
• Formed after the December 13, 2001 terrorist attack on the
stickers. They opened fire, engaging in a fierce gun battle
Parliament.
with security forces that lasted for over an hour.
• Recommended a multi-layered security approach with
• November, 2016: A man from Madhya Pradesh attempted
enhanced focus on intelligence gathering, threat
to jump into the Lok Sabha, showcasing the ongoing
assessment, and crisis management.
challenges in managing unauthorized access even within
• Suggested creation of a dedicated Parliament Security
the visitor's gallery.
Service, which later came into existence.
Responsibility of Security Forces in Securing Parliament • Emphasized the need for regular security drills and training
Building: for both security personnel and Parliament staff.
• The committee's recommendations played a crucial role in
External Perimeter Security:
overhauling Parliament security after the devastating attack.
• Delhi Police: While access control such as frisking and scanning Parliamentary Standing Committee on Home Affairs (2018):
the baggage is the responsibility of the Delhi Police. • Submitted a report titled "Security of Parliament House
Additionally, it also provides support for overall external Complex" after the 2016 security breach.
security, coordinating with CISF on crowd control, traffic
• Identified gaps in perimeter security, visitor access control,
management, and intelligence gathering.
and intelligence gathering.
• Parliament Duty Group (PDG): An armed component of the • Recommended improvements in coordination between
Central Reserve Police Force (CRPF), is deployed in case an various security agencies involved in Parliament protection.
armed intervention is required. • Emphasized the need for modernizing security equipment
Internal Building Security: and adopting advanced technological solutions.
• Parliament Security Service (PSS): Primarily responsible for • The committee's recommendations led to several security
security within the building itself, including access control upgrades, including installation of high-resolution CCTV
at entry points, patrolling corridors and chambers, and cameras and improved perimeter fencing.

44
 Security
MYANMAR: TOP OPIUM PRODUCER
The United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime (UNODC) released a report
“Southeast Asia Opium Survey 2023: Cultivation, Production and Implications”.
Key Findings:
• Myanmar has become the world’s top producer of opium,
overtaking Afghanistan in 2023.
• Afghanistan, the world's biggest producer for some years,
has seen cultivation collapse after the Taliban authorities
vowed to end illegal drug production.
• Opium farming in Southeast Asia is due to poverty, lack
of government services, challenging macroeconomic
environments, instability and insecurity.
Reasons for increased production in Myanmar:
• Golden Triangle: Northeastern Myanmar is part of the Golden
Triangle, where the borders of Myanmar, Laos and Thailand
meet.
• Lawlessness in border areas: Myanmar’s central government
has not been able to exercise necessary control over various
ethnic minority militias, some of them partners in the drug
trade.
• Economic hardships: Poor access to markets and state
infrastructure along with rampant inflation have played a
significant role in farmers' decisions to increase opium
production.
Impact on India:
• Drug Trafficking and Organized Crime: It can lead to the illegal
drug trade and contribute to the growth of organized crime
networks.
 Once the Trafficking routes are established, it leads to
increased criminal activities and violence.
• Challenges for Law Enforcement: Increased opium production
poses challenges for law enforcement agencies, requiring
resources and efforts to combat illegal activities associated
with the drug trade.
• Public Health Issues: It leads to Increased heroin production,
contributing to drug addiction and associated health
problems.
 The spread of HIV/AIDS and other bloodborne diseases
may increase due to unsafe drug use practices.
• Terror Funding: Drug trafficking linked to funding for terrorist
activities, poses a threat to national security.
• Overburdened Treatment Facilities: The prevalence of drug
abuse can overwhelm existing healthcare facilities and
rehabilitation centers, making it challenging to provide
adequate treatment.
Feature Articles Current Affairs
Edition: January 2024
GOLDEN TRIANGLE
• It includes the regions of Myanmar, Laos, and Thailand.
• It is Southeast Asia’s main opium-producing region and
one of the oldest narcotics supply routes to Europe and
North America.
• Golden Triangle was a key player in the global heroin trade,
and various insurgent groups and warlords were involved
in the cultivation, production, and trafficking of narcotics.
• The region's instability, coupled with the demand for
narcotics, contributed to the flourishing drug trade.
GOLDEN CRESCENT
• It is a region in South Asia where the borders of three
countries converge: Afghanistan, Iran, and Pakistan. This
region is known for its mountainous and rugged terrain.
• Similar to the Golden Triangle, the Golden Crescent is a
significant source of opium production.
 Afghanistan, in particular, has been a major producer
of opium poppy, and the region is a key player in the
global opiate trade.
• The cultivation of opium poppy has been intertwined with
the geopolitical and security dynamics of the region.
Opium:
• Opium comes from the sap in unripe poppy-seed pods.
• The sap dries into a brown latex that contains alkaloids
which produce a host of narcotic and pharmaceutical drugs,
including heroin, methamphetamine, morphine and codeine.
• Composition and Alkaloids:
 Morphine: It is the principal alkaloid in opium and is a
potent analgesic (pain-relieving) and narcotic substance.
 Codeine: It is another alkaloid found in opium, and it is used
for its analgesic and antitussive (cough-suppressant)
properties.
 Thebaine: It is a lesser-known alkaloid in opium and
serves as a precursor for the synthesis of various opioid
medications.
Opium Production in India:
• Opium cultivation has a long history in India, dating back to
ancient times.
 During the British colonial era, the British East India
Company established opium cultivation in various regions,
including the present-day states of Uttar Pradesh, Madhya
Pradesh, and Rajasthan.
45
 Current Affairs Feature Articles
Edition: January 2024
• In India, there are about 1 lakh farmers across 22 districts
in Madhya Pradesh, Rajasthan, and Uttar Pradesh with a
license to cultivate opium.
• The majority of them are from three districts that border
Madhya Pradesh and Rajasthan — Mandsaur, Neemuch, and
Chittorgarh.
 Together, these districts produce 80% of India’s opium.
• Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances Act, 1985,
regulates the cultivation, production, and trade of opium and
its derivatives in India.
 Opium cultivation is allowed for medicinal and scientific
purposes under strict government control.
• India currently permits the cultivation of opium poppies for
the production of opium alkaloids used in pharmaceuticals.
 The cultivation is conducted under the supervision of the
Central Bureau of Narcotics (CBN), and licensed farmers in
specific regions are allowed to cultivate opium poppies.
Way Ahead:
• International cooperation: Development of international
accountability mechanisms and best practices would greatly
increase interception capacity.
• Global Monitoring: Increased expert access to the dark
web in order to take down online markets and platforms.
Implement real-time data monitoring systems for promptly
detecting and addressing drug market changes.
46
• Awareness Creation: Fact-based information to raise
awareness of the potential harm from non-medical use of
cannabis is necessary.
UNITED NATIONS OFFICE ON DRUGS AND CRIME
• Establishment: UNODC was established in 1997 through
the merger of the United Nations Drug Control Programme
(UNDCP) and the Crime Prevention and Criminal Justice
Division of the United Nations Office at Vienna.
• Mandate: UNODC has a broad mandate that encompasses
various aspects of drug control, crime prevention, and
criminal justice. Its primary objectives include:
 Combating illicit drugs and trafficking.
 Promoting crime prevention and criminal justice reform.
 Addressing corruption and terrorism.
 Advancing efforts to counter organized crime.
• UNODC's work is organized around three main pillars:
 Research and Analysis: Collecting and analyzing data on
drug trends, organized crime, and related issues.
 Normative Work: Developing international standards
and providing guidance to member states.
 Field-based Technical Cooperation: Implementing
projects and providing assistance to countries in areas
such as law enforcement, criminal justice reform, drug
treatment, and prevention.
• Headquarters: Vienna, Austria
 Security
MARITIME SECURITY
Due to an increased security threat to shipping vessels in
the Gulf of Aden and the Arabian Sea, maritime security was in news.
About:
• It involves protecting the nation's sovereignty from threats
arising from the oceans and seas.
• It includes protecting coastal areas, safeguarding the
available ocean resources such as fish, offshore oil and gas
wells, port facilities, etc.
• It also means maintaining freedom at sea for movement of our
ships and facilitating and protecting trad.
INDIA’S MARITIME ZONE
• India's maritime zone refers to the maritime boundaries
and areas under its jurisdiction in the surrounding seas and
oceans.
• India has a coastline of 7,516.6 Km including island
territories.
• Territorial Waters (12 Nautical Miles): The territorial waters
of India extend up to 12 nautical miles from the baseline.
 Within this zone, India exercises full sovereignty, and it
includes the country's coastal areas and ports.
Feature Articles Current Affairs
Edition: January 2024
• Contiguous Zone (24 Nautical Miles): Beyond the territorial
waters, there is a contiguous zone that extends an
additional 12 nautical miles.
 In this zone, India can take action to prevent or punish
infringements on customs, fiscal, immigration, or
sanitary laws within its territory or territorial sea.
• Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ): The EEZ extends up to 200
nautical miles from the baseline.
 Within this zone, India has the exclusive rights for
exploring, exploiting, conserving, and managing
natural resources, such as fisheries and hydrocarbons.
Threats to the Maritime Security of India:
• Choke Points: Strait of Horminz, Malacca and Singapore
Straits, Sunda Strait, Lombok Strait, Cape of Good Hope,
Mozambique Channel, Ombai and Wetar Straits, Bab-el-
Mandeb are the major choke points in Indian ocean region.
 India is equidistant from most of these choke points
allowing it to play a prominent role in the security of this
huge maritime space.
47
 Current Affairs Feature Articles
Edition: January 2024
• Increased Chinese Presence: The opacity of Chinese policy
and less than comfortable assurances on contentious issues
coupled with the existing disputes with India has widened
an already existing trust deficit, further provoking security
concerns.
• Piracy: Piracy remains a concern in certain maritime regions,
particularly in the Gulf of Aden and the Indian Ocean.
 Pirate activities, such as hijackings and ransom demands,
can pose a threat to maritime trade and the safety of
seafarers.
• Terrorism: Terrorist groups may use the sea routes for
smuggling weapons, funds, and personnel, posing a
challenge to maritime security.
• Maritime Border Disputes: India has maritime border disputes
with neighboring countries, such as disputes over Exclusive
Economic Zones (EEZs), fishing rights, and territorial waters
may contribute to regional instability.
• Narcotics and Human Trafficking: Maritime routes are used for
the illegal transportation of narcotics and human trafficking.
Smuggling activities can have significant social, economic,
and security implications.
• State-Sponsored Activities: State-sponsored activities,
including naval build-ups and strategic posturing by
neighboring countries, can have implications for regional
stability and maritime security.
Maritime Security Mechanism of India:
• Indian Navy: It maintains a fleet of warships, submarines,
aircraft, and surveillance assets to monitor and respond to
threats in the maritime domain.
 It has jurisdiction over the entire maritime zone (up to 200
nautical miles).
• Indian Coast Guard: The Indian Coast Guard plays a crucial
role in maritime security, particularly in enforcing maritime
laws, protecting the coastline, preventing smuggling, and
conducting search and rescue operations.
• State Police: The forces operate within the territorial boundaries
of a specific state in India.
• National Command, Control, Communication, and Intelligence
(NC3I) Network: The NC3I network integrates data from
multiple sources to provide real-time information for decision-
makers.
• Legal Framework: India has enacted laws and regulations to
address maritime security concerns, including the Maritime
Zones Act, the Territorial Waters Act, and the Indian Coast
Guard Act. These legal instruments provide the basis for
enforcement and response actions.
48
Steps Taken by Government of India to Strengthen
the Maritime Security:
• Indian Navy and Coast Guard Modernization: The government
has invested in the modernization and augmentation of the
Indian Navy and Coast Guard fleets.
 This includes the acquisition of new ships, submarines,
aircraft, and advanced surveillance systems to enhance
operational capabilities.
• Joint Operations Centers (JOCs): Joint Operations Centers
have been established to facilitate seamless coordination
and information-sharing among different maritime security
agencies, including the Navy, Coast Guard, and other law
enforcement agencies.
• Maritime Security Exercises: India regularly conducts maritime
security exercises and drills to enhance preparedness and
coordination among different agencies.
• Capacity Building and Training: The government focuses
on capacity building and training programs for personnel
involved in maritime security.
 This includes training exercises, skill development, and
knowledge enhancement to ensure a skilled and prepared
workforce.
• Participation in Regional Frameworks: India participates in
regional frameworks such as Association of Southeast Asian
Nations Regional Forum (ARF), East Asia Summit (EAS) and
the ASEAN Defence Ministers Meeting Plus (ADMM Plus) to
expand its cooperation and exchanges with the Indo-Pacific
region.
• India’s Maritime Anti-Piracy Bill 2022: It will provide for an
effective legal instrument to combat maritime piracy.
 Stringent punishment to those convicted of such crimes.
• Security and Growth for All in the Region (SAGAR) : Indian
Naval ships and aircraft are regularly deployed on ‘Mission
Based Deployments’ in the Indian Ocean Region to enhance
maritime security.
 It also undertakes surveillance to enhance Maritime
Domain Awareness and address contingencies that may
arise. These are in consonance with Government of India’s
vision of Security and Growth for All in the Region (SAGAR)
• India’s Maritime Vision 2030 sets out a creative model.
 This 10-year blueprint for the maritime sector envisages
the development of ports, shipping, and inland waterways
as a way of generating growth and livelihoods.
• India’s first National Maritime Security Coordinator (NMSC):
The appointment of India’s first National Maritime Security
Coordinator reflects seriousness to address maritime security
challenges. It fulfils a long outstanding recommendation
made by the Group of Ministers (GoM) in 2000, to set up an
apex body for management of maritime affairs.
 Environment
ENNORE OIL SPILL
In Ennore, Tamil Nadu Kosasthalaiyar river has witnessed oil spill
from the Chennai Petroleum Corporation Limited post Cyclone Michaung.
About:
• An oil spill is the release of a liquid petroleum hydrocarbon
from tankers, offshore platforms, drilling rigs or wells into the
environment, especially marine areas.
• Spilled substances: It may be refined petroleum products,
such as gasoline and diesel fuel, as well as their by-products
— heavier fuels used by large ships such as bunker fuel or
oily refuse of any kind.
Past Incidences:
• International Incidence:
 Venezuela: In 2020 oil leakage from the El Palito refinery in
Venezuela.
 Japanese ship MV Wakashio carrying fuel oil split into two
parts near Blue Bay Marine Park in south-east Mauritius.
 Russia: Arctic (Norilsk diesel fuel spill) Oil Spill
• Indian incidents:
 Chennai 2017: Two ships collided off Kamarajar Port
Limited’s (KPL) harbor and resulted in a major oil spill
disaster.
 Sundarban 2014: Oil spill in Sela River, Bangladesh
created an environmental concern for India too.
 ONGC Uran Plan leaked oil in the Arabian Sea in 2013.
 Mumbai coast: In 2010 two ships collided causing the 800
tonnes of the oil spill.
Damage Caused by oil Spill:
• Environmental Impact: Oil spills harm various species of fish,
birds, mammals, and other marine life. The oil can coat and
damage the fur or feathers of animals, making it difficult for
them to swim or fly.
• Habitat Destruction: Oil can contaminate coastal habitats,
including beaches, marshes, and mangroves, leading to
long-term damage.
• Fisheries and Aquaculture: Contaminated waters can lead
to reduced fish populations and damage to fishing gear,
affecting the livelihoods of communities dependent on these
activities.
 In the case of Ennore, fishermen have not been able to
venture into fishing as fish catch smells of oil.
• Tourism: Coastal areas affected by oil spills often experience
a decline in tourism due to the negative perception of polluted
beaches and waters.
• Exposure to Toxic Substances: The chemicals present in oil,
such as Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons (PAHs), pose
health risks to humans.
Feature Articles Current Affairs
Edition: January 2024
 Inhalation of fumes, ingestion of contaminated seafood,
or direct skin contact with oil can lead to respiratory
problems, skin irritation, and long-term health effects.
International Efforts for Dealing with Oil Spill:
• International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from
Ships (MARPOL): It was rolled out by the International Maritime
Organisation (IMO) in 1973 and recognised the need for
international coherent efforts for curbing oil spill.
• International Convention on Oil Pollution Preparedness,
Response and Cooperation 1990: It is the international
instrument that provides a framework designed to facilitate
international cooperation and mutual assistance in preparing
for and responding to major oil pollution incidents.
Indian Efforts for dealing with Oil Spill:
• National Oil Spill Disaster Contingency Plan (NOS-DCP): It was
promulgated in 1996 and revised in 2015. Its Objectives are:
 Effective reporting of spillage
 Prompt response to prevent, control and combat oil pollution
 Adequate protection to Public Health and Welfare along
with Marine Environment
 Use of Science and Technology for preventing and
managing oil spills and pollution and residuals.
• Merchant shipping Act, 1958: The Act, describes the power
to give a notice to the owner, when the central government
is satisfied the ship is not as per the prescribed rules. If
the person fails to comply, the government can convict the
person of an offense.
• The Indian Coast Guard: It functions as the Central Coordinating
Authority for response to Oil spills in Indian waters.
 The National Level Pollution Response Exercise (NATPOLREX-
IX) was conducted by the Indian Coast Guard off Vadinar,
Gujarat recently.
Control Measures for Oil Spills:
• Bioremediation: It refers to the use of specific microorganisms
to remove any toxic or harmful substances
 TERI has developed Oil Zapper Bacteria which can
degrade the oil quickly.
• Oil Booms: They are temporary floating barriers used to contain
marine spills, protect the environment, and assist in recovery.
• Using Dispersants: Dispersal agents are chemicals that are
sprayed upon the spill with the help of aircraft and boats,
which aid the natural breakdown of oil components.
49
 Current Affairs
Geography
GROUND WATER
Edition: January 2024
Feature Articles
RESOURCE ASSESSMENT REPORT
The ‘Dynamic Ground Water Resource Assessment Report’ was carried out jointly by
the Central Ground Water Board (CGWB) and States/UTs.
Key Highlights of the report:
• CGWB is the apex organization of the Ministry of Jal Shakti
dealing with groundwater and related issues.
• The total annual groundwater recharge for the entire country
is 449.08 Billion Cubic Meters (BCM), marking an increase
of 11.48 BCM compared to 2022 and annual groundwater
extraction for the entire country is 241.34 BCM.
 Reasons highlighted for increasing groundwater:
Assessment indicates an increase in groundwater recharge
primarily because of an increase in recharge from canal
seepage, return flow of irrigation water and recharges from
water bodies/tanks & water conservation structures.
• Rainfall contributes nearly 60% of the total annual groundwater
recharge.
Causes of Groundwater Depletion:
• Increased Water Demand: The rising demand for water in
domestic, industrial, and agricultural sectors, coupled
with limited surface water resources, results in the over-
exploitation of groundwater.
• Policy and Economic Factors: Subsidies on electricity and high
Minimum Support Prices (MSP) for water-intensive crops
further incentivize over-extraction, while inadequate regulation
of groundwater laws lacks penalties for unsustainable usage.
• Environmental Stressors: Deforestation, unscientific
agricultural practices, industrial chemical effluents, and poor
sanitation contribute to groundwater pollution, rendering it
unfit for use.
• Natural Influences: Uneven rainfall patterns and the impact of
climate change hinder the natural process of groundwater
recharge.
• Storage Challenges: In regions with hard rock terrain and
deficient rainfall, especially in central Indian states, limited
storage facilities exacerbate the problem of groundwater
depletion.
• Impact of Green Revolution: The Green Revolution facilitated the
cultivation of water-intensive crops in drought-prone regions,
contributing to the excessive extraction of groundwater.
50
• Unsustainable Pumping Practices: Frequent pumping of water
without allowing for natural replenishment accelerates the
depletion of groundwater resources.
Impact of Groundwater Depletion:
• Lowered Water Table: Depletion of groundwater may lower the
water table, making it challenging to extract water for various
uses.
• Reduced Stream and Lake Levels: Groundwater depletion
diminishes the contribution of seepage into streambeds,
leading to decreased water flow in rivers, streams, and lakes.
• Land Subsidence: Groundwater provides support to soil;
depletion disrupts this balance, causing soil collapse,
compaction, and land subsidence.
• Increased Extraction Costs: Depleting groundwater levels
necessitates deeper extraction, resulting in higher costs for
water extraction.
• Impact on Agriculture and Food Security: The exhaustion of
groundwater has detrimental consequences for agriculture,
a sector heavily dependent on irrigation. Diminished water
availability hinders crop yields, diminishes agricultural
productivity, and poses a significant threat to the nation's
food security.
Steps taken for Groundwater Conservation:
• National Aquifer Mapping and Management (NAQUIM):
The CGWB has taken up the NAQUIM program under the
Ground Water Management and Regulation scheme, with the
objectives to delineate the aquifers, characterize them, and
prepare management plans.
• Master Plan for Artificial Recharge to Groundwater (2020): It
includes artificial recharge in both rural and urban areas,
including water-scarce cities.
• Jal Shakti Abhiyan (JSA): It was launched in 2019 in water-
stressed blocks of 256 districts in the country, with the primary
aim to effectively harvest the monsoon rainfall through
the creation of artificial recharge structures, watershed
management, recharge and reuse structures, intensive
afforestation, and awareness generation.
• Atal Bhujal Yojana: It is being implemented in collaboration with
States, in certain water-stressed areas of Gujarat, Haryana,
Karnataka, Madhya Pradesh, Maharashtra, Rajasthan, and
Uttar Pradesh. The primary aim of the scheme is demand-
side management through scientific means involving the
local communities at village levels leading to sustainable
groundwater management in the targeted areas.
 Society
PAID MENSTRUAL LEAVE
Recently, one Cabinet Minister opposed a policy for period leaves in Parliament.
About:
• Menstrual Leaves: Menstrual leave or period leave refers to all
policies that allow women employees or students to take time
off when they are experiencing menstrual pain or discomfort.
 In the context of the workplace, it refers to policies that
allow for both paid or unpaid leave, or time for rest.
• In the Lok Sabha, at least three attempts were made in recent
years to bring in private member Bills to propose menstrual
leave.
Need for Paid Menstrual Leave:
• Menstrual Health and Well-being: Menstrual health is an
integral aspect of overall well-being. Some individuals
experience physical discomfort, pain, fatigue, and emotional
changes during menstruation.
• Promoting Gender Equality: Menstruation is a biological
function that affects individuals assigned to females at
birth. Offering paid menstrual leave contributes to gender
equality by recognizing and addressing the unique needs of
menstruating individuals.
• Stigma and Taboos: Menstruation is often surrounded by
cultural taboos and stigma, leading to discrimination and
silence around the topic. Implementing paid menstrual leave
contributes to breaking down these barriers by acknowledging
menstruation as a natural and normal bodily function.
• Accommodating Medical Conditions: For some individuals,
menstruation can be associated with medical conditions
such as dysmenorrhea, endometriosis, or other menstrual
disorders.
• Legal Recognition and Rights: Explicitly offering paid menstrual
leave reflects a commitment to recognizing menstrual health
as a legitimate reason for leave. It aligns with the broader
efforts to establish and enforce labor laws that promote the
well-being and rights of employees.
Arguments in Favour of Providing Menstrual Leave:
• Increased productivity and reduced presenteeism: Studies in
countries like Japan and Taiwan show minimal impact on
absenteeism with menstrual leave policies.
 A 2020 study by the University of Leeds estimated that
presenteeism (working while unwell) costs UK businesses
£75 billion annually.
 Paid menstrual leave could reduce this cost by allowing
women to manage their symptoms effectively, leading to
better focus and performance at work.
Feature Articles Current Affairs
Edition: January 2024
• Normalizing menstruation and promoting menstrual education
in society: Openly discussing and providing support for
menstruation in the context of paid leave can help normalize
periods in society, leading to greater acceptance and
understanding among all genders. It will also demystify myths
related to menstruation among students.
• Empowering girls and young women: By openly addressing
menstruation and providing practical support, menstrual
leave can empower girls and young women to manage their
periods with confidence and dignity, contributing to their
overall development and well-being.
• Addressing menstrual health and hygiene needs: Menstrual
leave supports women's health by managing symptoms and
promoting hygiene, boosting overall well-being.
• Breaking taboos and stigma: Openly discussing and providing
support for menstruation can help break down taboos and
stigma surrounding periods, leading to greater understanding
and empathy.
• Reduced healthcare costs: Chronic menstrual pain and
associated conditions may require medical attention and
potential absences for treatment. Paid menstrual leave
encourages women to prioritize their health, potentially
leading to earlier diagnosis and management of menstrual
disorders, reducing long-term healthcare costs for both
employees and companies.
• Talent pool expansion and competitive advantage: Companies
offering menstrual leave as part of their benefits package can
attract and retain a wider talent pool, including women who
may have previously prioritized workplaces offering such
supportive policies. This can give them a competitive edge in
attracting and retaining skilled employees.
• Boosted company image and social responsibility: Implementing
menstrual leave reflects a company's commitment to
diversity, inclusion, and ethical practices. This can improve
brand image and attract investment and partnerships with
socially conscious consumers and organizations.
Arguments against Paid Menstrual Leave for Women:
• Economic costs:
Direct Costs:
 Payroll expenses: Paying employees during their menstrual
leave period.
 Temporary replacements: Hiring or assigning additional
work to cover absent employees.
 Administrative costs: Implementing and managing the
leave policy.
51
 Current Affairs Feature Articles
Edition: January 2024
Indirect Costs:
 Reduced productivity: Short-term dips in productivity while
employees are on leave.
 Potential employee turnover: Loss of skilled employees due
to menstrual leave support provided to skilled employees.
 Negative morale: Discontent among male employees who
don't have access to menstrual leave.
• Potential for misuse: Some argue that the policy could be
misused by some women, leading to increased absenteeism
and productivity loss for businesses.
• Impact on female employment: Critics fear that some
employers might be hesitant to hire women due to the
perceived added cost of menstrual leave.
• Defining legitimate leave: Determining genuine menstrual
needs versus other potential reasons for absence could be
challenging and lead to administrative complexities.
• Monitoring and verification: Implementing a fair and effective
system to verify menstrual leave claims could be intrusive
and impractical.
• Accessibility and inclusivity: The policy's effectiveness
might be limited in rural areas with informal work settings or
inadequate healthcare access.
• Potential for discrimination: There's a concern that women
might be discriminated against based on their menstrual cycle,
particularly in male-dominated workplaces.
• Lack of awareness and understanding: Many men lack
understanding of menstrual health and the challenges women
face, potentially leading to resentment or skepticism towards
the policy.
Paid Menstrual Leave: Global Best Practices vs. India
Feature Global Best Practices
Yes, often full or partial (Spain,
Paid Leave
Indonesia)
Leave Length Flexible, as needed (Taiwan)
Doctor's Note Optional for extended leave (Spain)
Workplace Emphasis on de-stigmatization
Education (Japan)
Clear guidelines and regulations
Legal Framework
(Zambia)
Financial support, flexibility, medical
Key Strengths
support, destigmatization
Potential misuse, the financial burden
Key Challenges
on employers, societal stigma
52
Conclusion:
• To start with, women at workplaces can be allowed for short
leaves (half-days, 1-2 days) alongside longer options to cater to
varying symptom intensities and individual needs based on
doctor recommendations. Recognizing and accommodating
the unique challenges faced by menstruating individuals
contributes to a more inclusive, compassionate, and equitable
work environment.
MENSTRUAL HYGIENE AND HEALTH SCHEMES IN INDIA
• Menstrual Hygiene Scheme: It was launched in 2011
for adolescent girls in the age group of 10-19 years and
focussed on the distribution of low-cost sanitary napkins in
communities through ASHAs.
• Swachh Bharat Abhiyan: Under it The Ministry of Jal Shakti
and Education launched the National Guidelines on
Menstrual Hygiene Management (MHM) for rural areas.
• The Ministry of Chemicals and Fertilizers implements the
Pradhan Mantri Bharatiya Janausadhi Pariyojna (PMBJP),
under which the Janaushidhi Kendras have been set up
that provides Oxo-biodegradable sanitary napkins named
Suvidha at Rs. 1/- per pad only.
• The School Health and Wellness Programme launched
jointly by the MoHFW and MoE includes a component on
awareness generation on MHM through weekly interactive
classroom sessions taken up by trained teachers in schools.
• In India, Bihar (1992) and Kerala (2023) have a leave policy
in place as do certain corporations.
India (Current) Potential Approach
Consider partial or full pay in
No
phases
Offer options like half-days, 1-2
N/A
days
Consider for extended leave to
N/A
ensure medical care
Implement workshops and
Limited awareness
campaigns
No specific law Develop a strong legal framework
Adapt best practices to the Indian
N/A
context
Lack of awareness, potential
Phased implementation, address
discrimination, practical
concerns, strong legal framework
implementation
 Society Feature Articles Current Affairs
Edition: January 2024

STATUS OF CHILD ISSUES IN INDIA

Two most important issue pertaining to child’s status in India is the child marriage and
child labour as highlited in Lancet Study and Parliamentary Panel on Child Labour respectively.

1. CHILD MARRIAGE IN INDIA RECENT GOVERNMENT INITIATIVES

Lancet Study on Child Marriage in India:
• One in five girls and nearly one in six boys are still married
below the legal age of marriage in India (18), as per a new
study published in the Lancet Global Health recently.
Key Highlights:
• Ms Jaya Jaitly Task Force, 2020: to examine the correlation
of age of marriage and motherhood with: health, medical
well-being, and nutritional status of mother and child, etc.
• The Prohibition of Child Marriage (Amendment) Bill, 2021: It
was introduced for raising the age of marriage of women to
21 years to make it at par with the men.

• Although there have been dramatic declines in child marriage

during the last three decades, there is evidence of stagnation.
• The all-India prevalence of child marriage in girls declined
from 49.4 per cent in 1993 to 22.3 per cent in 2021 while that
among the boys declined from 7.1 per cent in 2006 to 2.2 per
cent in 2021.
• Variation in the prevalence child marriages: All states, except
Manipur, experienced a decline in the prevalence of girl child
marriage between 1993 and 2021.
 Bihar (16·7%), West Bengal (15·2%), Uttar Pradesh
(12·5%), and Maharashtra (8·2%) – accounted for more
than half of the total burden of child marriages in girls.
 For boys, Gujarat (29%), Bihar (16·5%), West Bengal
(12.9%), and Uttar Pradesh (8.2%) accounted for more
than 60 per cent of the burden.

About the Child Marriage:

• Child marriage is defined as marriage in individuals younger
than 18 years for men and women.
• According to National Family Health Survey-5 (NFHS-5) 2019-
21, women in the age group of 20-24 years who were married
before they turned 18, are 14.7% in urban and 27% in rural
areas.
Evolution of Marriage Age in India:
• Pre-Colonial Era: No codified minimum age and marriage
ages varied widely across castes, communities, and regions.
• Colonial Period: The Sharda Act (The Child Marriage Restraint
Act, 1929) marked the first attempt to set a minimum age for
marriage, initially at 14 for girls and 18 for boys.
Impact of Child Marriage on Children:
• Health risks: Early pregnancy increases the risk of
complications and maternal mortality.
• Limited education and opportunities: Girls married young
often drop out of school, hindering their education and future
career prospects.
• Psychological trauma: Child marriage can lead to emotional
distress, social isolation, and increased vulnerability to
domestic violence.
• Poverty and economic dependency: Child brides contribute
less to the household income, perpetuating the vicious cycle
of poverty.

• Post-Independence India: The Indian Constitution, adopted in Combating Child Marriage:

1950 did not explicitly address child marriage.
• Empowering girls: Education, economic opportunities, and
 The Prohibition of Child Marriage Act (PCMA) of 2006 set access to healthcare can equip girls to resist child marriage.
the legal minimum age for marriage- 18 years for females,  National Commission for Women studies have shown that
and 21 years for men. access to education has delayed the marriage age.

53
 Current Affairs Feature Articles
Edition: January 2024

• Changing social norms: Addressing community attitudes and Child Rights in India:
promoting awareness about the negative consequences of • The Constitution of India guarantees all children certain rights,
child marriage are essential. which have been specially included for them. These include:
• Strong legislation: Raising the legal minimum age for marriage • Besides, Children also have rights as equal citizens of India,
and enforcing laws against child marriage are crucial. just as any other adult male or female:
• International cooperation: Collaborative efforts are needed to
share best practices and address cross-border issues. Article 14 Right to equality
Article 15 Right against discrimination
Way Ahead:
Article 21 Right to personal liberty and due process law
• There remains an urgent need for strengthened national and
Right to being protected from being trafficked and
state-level policy to eliminate child marriage. Article 23
forced into bonded labour
• The Sustainable Development Goal target 5.3 aims to end
Article 29 Right to minorities for protection of their interests
child marriage in girls by 2030. For girls, the annual rate of
reduction in the prevalence of child marriage must increase Right of weaker sections of the people to be
from 1.9 per cent to 23 percent globally to meet the SDG Article 46 protected from social injustice and all forms of
target, as per the Lancet report. exploitation

2. ISSUE OF CHILD LABOUR

Parliamentary Panel on Child Labour:
• Recently, the Parliamentary panel informed that the country
needs uniform definition of ‘child’ first to eliminate child labour.

About:
• According to the 52nd report of the Parliamentary Standing
Committee on Labour, Textiles and Skill Development
Committee tabled in the Parliament, the Panel found ambiguity
in the definition of child under various legislations.

Recommendations of the Panel:

DEFINITION OF A CHILD
• Mechanism: For the functioning of DPS (District Project
• The United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child
Societies) with regard to uploading information of the rescued
(UNHRC): A child as an individual who has not attained the
child on PENCIL Portal, awareness generation, facilitating
age of 18 years. India has been a signatory to the UNHRC
vocational training, conducting baseline survey, etc put in
since 1992.
place in a time-bound manner so that there is no discontinuity
• The International Labour Organization (ILO): Child is any with regard to the mandate assigned to DPS through a
person under 18. Child Labour (as per the ILO) refers to work Standard Operating Procedure (SOP).
that deprives children of their childhood, their potential and
• Child-friendly Police stations and Courts: Panel suggested the
their dignity, and that is harmful to their physical and/or
Labour Ministry to pursue other Ministries for having child-
mental development.
friendly police stations and courts.
• The Prohibition of Child Marriage Act (2006): A male (21 years
• UN (SDG 8.7) and International Labour Organization (ILO):
of age) and a female (18 years of age) cannot attain majority.
The elimination of child labour in all forms by 2025 as per
• The Child Labour (Prohibition and Regulation) Amendment commitments made by the India after ratification of the ILO
Act, 2016: 'Child' means a person who has not completed conventions.
his fourteenth year of age or such age as may be specified
• Gurupadswamy Committee (1979): It was formed to study the
in the Right of Children to Free and Compulsory Education
issue of child labour and to suggest measures to tackle it.
Act, 2009, whichever is more.
The Committee observed poverty is is main factor for the
• The Juvenile Justice (Care and Protection of Children) Act, child labour.
2015: It defines ‘child’ as a person who has not completed
• The Union and State Governments need to prepare an
eighteen years of age. However, the term ‘adolescent’ is
effective action plan under the guidance and supervision of
not defined in the Juvenile Justice (Care and Protection of
the International Labour Organization (ILO) and of the United
Children) Act, 2015.
Nations Organization (UNO).

54
 In-Shorts | Economy Current Affairs
Edition: January 2024

FIRST-EVER AUCTION FOR CRITICAL
MINERALS
The Ministry of Mines has launched the first tranche auction
of Critical and Strategic Minerals.
About:
• Twenty blocks of critical and strategic minerals being
auctioned are spread across the country.
• It is aimed to ensure sustainable development goals and
to fulfil Prime Minister’s Vision of Aatmanirbhar Bharat and
further development of strategic sectors.
 It will boost the economy, enhance national security and
support transition to a clean energy future.
What are Critical Minerals:
• Critical minerals are the foundation on which modern
technology is built.
 From solar panels to semiconductors, wind turbines to
advanced batteries for storage and transportation, the
world needs critical minerals to build these products.
• A mineral is labelled as critical when the risk of supply
ECONOMY
shortage and associated impact on the economy is relatively
higher than the other raw materials.
• The Centre for Socio and Economic Progress (CSEP) in its paper
“Assessing the Criticality of Minerals in India” (2023) evaluated
the criticality of minerals in India based on two dimensions:
 economic importance for the Indian economy
 supply risks
Significance of Critical Minerals:
• Technological Advancements:
 Critical minerals are integral components in the
manufacturing of advanced technologies such as
smartphones, electric vehicles, renewable energy
systems, and various electronic devices.
 Without these minerals, the production and advancement
of such technologies would be severely limited.
• Clean Energy Transition:
 Many critical minerals are essential for the development of
clean and renewable energy technologies.
 For example, minerals like lithium, cobalt, and rare earth
elements are crucial for the production of batteries used
in electric vehicles and energy storage systems.

THE NET IMPORT RELIANCE FOR CRITICAL MINERALS OF INDIA (2020)

SI. No. Critical Mineral Percentage (2020) Major Import Source (2020)
1. Lithium 100% Chile. Russia, China, Ireland, Belgium
2. Cobalt 100% China, Belgium, Netherlands, US, Japan
3. Nickel 100, Sweden, China, Indonesia. Japan, Philippines
4. Vanadium 100, Kuwait, Germany, South Africa, Brazil, Thailand
5. Niobium 100, Brazil, Australia, Canada. South Africa, Indonesia
6. Germanium 100, China, South Africa, Australia, France, US
7. Rhenium 100, Russia, UK, Netherlands, South Africa, China
8. Beryllium 100, Russia. UK, Netherlands, South Africa, China
9. Tantalum 100, Australia, Indonesia. South Africa, Malaysia, US
10. Strontium 100% China, US, Russia, Estonia, Slovenia
11. Zirconium(zircon) 80, Australia, Indonesia, South Africa, Malaysia, US
12. Graphite(natural) 60% China, Madagascar. Mozambique, Vietnam, Tanzania
13. Manganese 50, South Africa, Gabon, Australia. Brazil, China
14 Chromium 2.5, South Africa, Mozambique, Oman. Switzerland, Turkey
15. Silicon <1% China, Malaysia, Norway, Bhutan, Netherlands
Source: A report on ‘Unlocking Australia-India Critical Minerals Partnership Potential’ by Australian Trade and Investment Commission, July 2021)

55
 Current Affairs In-Shorts | Economy
Edition: January 2024
• National Security:
 Critical minerals are vital for national security, especially
in the context of defense applications.
 They are used in the manufacturing of military
technologies, communication systems, and strategic
defense components.
 Securing a stable supply chain for critical minerals is
essential to ensure the resilience of a nation's defense
infrastructure.
• Economic Impact:
 The availability and accessibility of critical minerals can
have a significant impact on a country's economy.
 Nations that possess abundant reserves of these minerals
have a competitive advantage in terms of economic
development, job creation, and global trade.
• Global Supply Chain Risks:
 Many critical minerals are sourced from a limited number
of countries, leading to concerns about the concentration
of supply and potential geopolitical risks.
 Diversifying the sources of critical minerals and
establishing resilient supply chains is essential to mitigate
these risks and ensure a stable and secure supply.
RECENT DEVELOPMENTS
• Through an amendment in the MMDR Act, 24 minerals were
notified as Critical and Strategic minerals.
 Antimony, Arsenic, Barium, Beryllium, Bismuth, Boron,
Chromium, Cobalt, Copper, Gallium, Germanium,
Graphite, HafniumIndium, Lithium, Magnesium,
Molybdenum, Niobium, Nickel, Platinum Group Metals
(PGMs), Rare Earth Elements (REEs), Rhenium,
Selenium and Silicon.
• The amendment confers the power to grant mineral
concession of these minerals to the Central Government so
that Central Government can prioritise auction of these
minerals looking at the requirements of the country.
• The revenue generated from these auctions shall accrue to
State Governments.
Domestic and global outreach by India:
• The Geological Survey of India has carried out a mineral
exploration during Field Season 2020-21 and 2021-22 in
Salal-Haimna areas of Reasi district, Jammu & Kashmir, and
estimated an inferred resource of 5.9 million tonnes of
lithium ore.
• In addition, a joint venture company namely Khanij Bidesh
India Ltd. (KABIL) has been mandated to identify and
acquire overseas mineral assets of critical and strategic
nature such as lithium, cobalt and others.
• India has recently been inducted into the Mineral Security
Partnership (MSP).
56
• India has committed to achieve 50% of cumulative electric
power installed capacity from non-fossil sources by 2030.
 Such an ambitious plan for energy transition is set to drive
the demand for electric cars, wind and solar energy projects.
Challenges:
• Geopolitical Concentration:
 Many critical minerals are concentrated in a small number
of countries, often leading to geopolitical vulnerabilities.
 Dependence on a limited set of suppliers can result in
supply chain disruptions due to geopolitical tensions,
trade disputes, or changes in export policies.
 For instance, China, the most dominant player in the
critical mineral supply chains, still struggles with Covid-
19-related lockdowns.
• Disruption of Supply Chain:
 The global supply chain for critical minerals is complex
and involves multiple stages, including extraction,
processing, refining, and manufacturing.
 Disruptions at any point in the supply chain can impact
the availability of these minerals.
• Environmental Impact:
 The extraction and processing of critical minerals can
have significant environmental consequences, including
habitat destruction, water pollution, and carbon emissions.
 Some extraction methods, such as deep-sea mining, pose
marine environmental challenges and threat to biodiversity.
• Lack of Investment in Exploration:
 The discovery and development of new sources of critical
minerals require substantial investment in exploration.
 However, investment in exploration has been limited,
leading to uncertainties about future supply.
Way Ahead:
• This auction process is poised to play a pivotal role in
supporting India's economy, fortifying national security, and
bolstering efforts towards a sustainable and clean energy
trajectory.
• Further, India needs to diversify its import sources for critical
minerals to reduce reliance on a single supplier, form
strategic partnerships with countries rich in critical minerals
and collaborate with developed countries for research and
development.
• The reconnaissance and exploration of minerals must be
encouraged, with particular attention given to deep-seated
minerals. This will call for a collective effort by the government,
‘junior’ miners, and major mining companies.
• India must actively engage in bilateral and plurilateral
arrangements for building assured and resilient critical
mineral supply chains.

MINERAL SECURITY PARTNERSHIP (MSP)
• It is a US-led collaboration of 14 countries that would focus
on the supply chains of minerals such as Cobalt, Nickel,
Lithium, and also the 17 ‘rare earth’ minerals.
• Members: Australia, Canada, Finland, France, Germany,
India, Italy, Japan, the Republic of Korea, Norway, Sweden,
the UK, U.S., and the EU.
• Mandate: To catalyse public and private investment in
critical mineral supply chains globally.
NAMO DRONE DIDI SCHEME
Prime Minister Narendra Modi announced the NAMO Drone
Didi scheme to boost drone technology in rural agriculture.
About:
• The initiative aims to provide drones to 15,000 women Self
Help Groups (SHGs) for rental services to farmers.
 The Women SHGs are trained to give the drones on rent
for spraying pesticides and fertilisers.
• The scheme would have a financial outlay of ₹1,261 crore for
two years beginning 2024-25.
Key Highlights:
• Empowerment and Training: Identified clusters conducive to
drone usage will be targeted and comprehensive training
programs will equip members with drone piloting skills
and agricultural expertise, enabling them to provide rental
services and support.
 Every woman in SHG is considered as a ‘drone pilot’, and
they will be paid Rs 15,000 every month, while her assistant
will be paid Rs 10,000 and both will undergo training.
OTHER RELATED INITIATIVE
• Kisan Drones: Department of Agriculture and Farmers
Welfare (DA&FW) is promoting adoption of Kisan Drones
by the farmers.
 To promote Kisan Drones, the Government of India is
extending various facilities, including financial assistance.
• Custom Hiring Centres (CHCs) under Cooperative Society
of Farmers, Farmers Producers Organizations (FPOs), and
rural entrepreneurs are eligible for a 40% financial subsidy,
up to a maximum of Rs. 4 lakhs.
• Agriculture graduates establishing CHCs can receive 50%
assistance, up to Rs. 5 lakhs per drone.
• For individual ownership, small and marginal farmers,
scheduled caste / scheduled tribe members, women,
and North Eastern state farmers are provided with 50%
assistance, up to Rs. 5 lakhs, while other farmers receive
40%, up to Rs. 4 lakhs.
In-Shorts | Economy Current Affairs
Edition: January 2024
• Financial Support: Central Financial Assistance covering 80%
of the drone cost, up to a maximum of Rs. 8 Lakh, will be
extended to the SHGs.
 The remaining amount can be raised through National
Agriculture Infra Financing Facility (AIF), with an interest
subvention of 3% on the AIF loan.
• Implementation: Fertiliser companies are being roped in to
implement the scheme.
 The lead fertiliser companies (LFCs) will act as a bridge
between drone supplier companies and SHGs.
Significance in Present Scenario:
• Modernize agricultural practices: It will modernize agricultural
practices and place cutting-edge technology in the hands
of rural women, positioning them as key players in the
agricultural revolution.
 Drone use as a service can lessen the usual waste of
labour and resources involved in agricultural activities.
• Women Empowerment : It aims to enable 15,000 SHGs to earn
an additional income of at least Rs. One lakh per annum.
• Avenues for young startups: It creates avenues for young
startups to delve into the untapped potential of drone
aeronautics.
• It promotes the use of Nano Fertilisers like Nano Urea and
Nano DAP through drone services, facilitating efficient
pesticide application and fertiliser distribution.
• Technological Leap in Agriculture: With the infusion of
advanced drone technology, the scheme is poised to
enhance agricultural efficiency, increase crop yields, and
reduce operational costs, thereby benefiting farmers at large.
Challenges:
• Connectivity Issues: There are issues with connectivity because
many farmers live in rural areas with little access to the internet.
• Insufficient skill: The drone images cannot be analysed by
the average farmer because doing so requires specialised
knowledge and skills.
Future Outlook:
• Given its many advantages, including its high field capacity and
efficiency, drone technology has a lot of potential for carrying
out a variety of agricultural tasks quickly and effectively.
• However, the aforementioned issues must be resolved in
order to increase its use in the agricultural sector.
 This might be accomplished by raising awareness of
drone use as a service.
• The NAMO Drone Didi scheme is an excellent example of
harnessing technological innovation to empower rural women.
 Women’s empowerment is a prerequisite for achieving
Viksit Bharat or developed India.
57
 Current Affairs In-Shorts | Economy
Edition: January 2024
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
• Self Help Groups (SHGs): These are informal groups of
people having similar problems.
 SHGs promote small savings among their members that
are kept with the bank as a common fund in the name of
the SHG.
 The SHG gives small loans to its members from its
common fund.
• Registration under any Societies Act, State cooperative Act
or a partnership firm is not mandatory.
• Related initiatives:
 The Lakhpati Didi Scheme: It was announced by the
Prime Minister of India in his Independence Day speech
of 2023.
 It has been initiated by the Deendayal Antyodaya
Yojana- National Rural Livelihoods Mission (DAY-
NRLM), wherein each SHG household is encouraged to
take up multiple livelihood activities coupled with value
chain interventions, resulting in a sustainable income of
Rupees One Lakh or more per year.
ILO REPORT ON WORKING ENVIRONMENTS
The ILO (International Labour Organization) has released
a report titled ‘A Call for Safer and Healthier Working
Environments’.
About:
• The report was discussed at the 23rd World Congress on
Safety and Health at Work, one of the largest international
conferences on this subject.
Major Findings:
• Global Burden of Work Related Injuries: Nearly 30 lakh workers
die every year globally due to work-related accidents and
diseases.
 More than 63% of these deaths are reported from the
Asia-Pacific region.
58
• Factors Responsible: Exposure to long working hours (55
hours or more per week) was the biggest killer, followed
by exposure to occupational particulate matter, gases, and
fumes and occupational injuries.
• Global Burden of Work Related Diseases: The diseases that
caused most work-related deaths were circulatory diseases,
malignant neoplasms and respiratory diseases.
 The attributable fraction of work-related deaths is
estimated to be highest in Africa, followed by Asia and the
Pacific and Oceania.
 The rate of trachea, bronchus, and lung cancers
attributable to occupational exposure to chromium
doubled between 2000 and 2016.
 The rate of non-melanoma skin cancer increased by over
37% between 2000 and 2020.
• Hazardous Sectors: Mining and quarrying, construction,
and utilities sectors were the three most hazardous sectors
globally.
 Each year, 200,000 fatal injuries occur in these sectors,
representing 60 per cent of all fatal occupational injuries.
• Positive Trends: Deaths due to exposure to asthmagens and
particulate matter, gases, and fumes decreased by over
20%.
• ILO Conventions: So far 79 out of the 187 member countries
have ratified the ILO Occupational Safety and Health
Convention, while 62 countries have ratified the Promotional
Framework for Occupational Safety and Health Convention,
2006. India has not ratified both the conventions.
 In the wake of the Uttarkashi tunnel incident, the Central
Trade Unions had urged the Union government to ratify
the conventions.
Regulations related to Work Place:
• Freedom of Association and Collective Bargaining:
 Article 19(1)(c) of the Constitution guarantees the right to
form associations or unions.
 Industrial Disputes Act, 1947, and Trade Unions Act,
1926, provide for the recognition of the right to collective
bargaining.
• Elimination of Forced or Compulsory Labour:
 Article 23 of the Constitution explicitly prohibits trafficking
in human beings and forced labor.
 The Bonded Labor System (Abolition) Act, 1976, aims to
eliminate bonded labor.
• Abolition of Child Labour:
 Article 24 of the Constitution prohibits the employment
of children below the age of 14 years in hazardous
occupations.
 The Child Labour (Prohibition and Regulation) Act, 1986,
is a comprehensive law addressing child labor issues.

• Elimination of Discrimination in Employment and Occupation:
 Article 16 of the Constitution prohibits discrimination
in matters of employment on grounds of religion, race,
caste, sex, or place of birth.
 The Equal Remuneration Act, 1976, addresses the issue
of gender-based discrimination in wages.
• Safe and Healthy Working Environment:
 Article 21 of the Constitution guarantees the right to life
and personal liberty, which includes the right to a safe
and healthy environment.
 The Factories Act, 1948, and other labor laws include
provisions related to the health, safety, and welfare of
workers.
ABOUT INTERNATIONAL LABOUR ORGANIZATION
• It is an United Nations Agency established in 1919 as part
of the Treaty of Versailles that ended World War I, and it
became the first specialized agency of the UN in 1946.
• It has 187 Member states.
• It sets labour standards, develops policies and devises
programmes promoting decent work for all women and
men.
• It is the only tripartite U.N. agency that brings together
governments, employers and workers.
• It is headquartered in Geneva, Switzerland.
• Major Reports: World Employment and Social Outlook
(WESO), Global Wage Report, World Social Protection
Report, World Employment and Social Outlook for Youth,
World of Work Report.
RBI’S MONETARY POLICY COMMITTEE
The Monetary Policy Committee (MPC) of the Reserve Bank
unveiled the fifth monetary policy of the financial year
2023-24.
Key Highlights:
• RBI kept the repo rate unchanged at 6.5% and maintained the
policy stance of 'withdrawal of accommodation'.
• The SDF rate remains at 6.25% and the MSF rate and the
bank rate at 6.75%.
• Proposes to enhance UPI transaction limit for payment to
hospitals and educational institutions from Rs 1 lakh to
Rs 5 lakh.
• Hikes GDP growth projection for current fiscal to 7% from
6.5% earlier.
• Retains average retail inflation projection at 5.4% for FY24
• Proposed to hike e-mandate for recurring payments to Rs 1
lakh from current Rs 15,000.
In-Shorts | Economy Current Affairs
Edition: January 2024
• RBI to set up a cloud facility for the financial sector to enhance
data security, privacy.
Rationale behind the Moves:
• Inflation outlook to be considerably influenced by uncertain
food prices.
 Intermittent vegetable price shocks could once again
push up headline inflation in November and December.
• Rupee exhibited low volatility compared to its emerging
market peers in 2023.
• Relative stability of the rupee reflects the improving
macroeconomic fundamentals and its resilience in the face of
formidable global tsunamis.
• As forex reserves stood at $604 billion as on December 1, RBI
remains confident of meeting external financing requirements
comfortably.
• RBI to remain vigilant and ready to act, as per the evolving
outlook. India better placed to withstand uncertainties
compared to many other countries.
Monetary Policy Committee (MPC):
• Section 45ZB of the RBI Act provides for the constitution of a
six-member Monetary Policy Committee (MPC).
• Mandate: To determine the policy rate required to achieve the
inflation target.
• Members:
1. Governor of the Reserve Bank of India: ex officio
Chairperson;
2. Deputy Governor of the Reserve Bank of India: ex officio
Member, in charge of Monetary Policy;
3. One officer of the Reserve Bank of India to be nominated
by the Central Board—Member, ex officio;
• Remaining three members, who are experts in the field, are
nominated by the Central Government.
• Term: Except Governor and Deputy Governor of RBI(who
are ex officio members), all other members hold office for a
period of four years or until further orders.
• The MPC is required to meet at least four times in a year. The
quorum for the meeting of the MPC is four members.
 Each member of the MPC has one vote, and in the event of an
equality of votes, the Governor has a second or casting vote.
Monetary Policy in India:
• Under the Reserve Bank of India, Act,1934 , RBI is entrusted
with the responsibility of conducting monetary policy in India.
• Objective: To maintain price stability while keeping in mind
the objective of growth.
• The Monetary Policy Framework: In May 2016, the RBI Act,
1934 was amended to provide a statutory basis for the
implementation of the flexible inflation targeting framework.
59
 Current Affairs In-Shorts | Economy
Edition: January 2024
 The operating framework of monetary policy aims at
aligning the operating target – the weighted average call
rate (WACR) – with the policy repo rate.
 It is through proactive liquidity management to facilitate
transmission of repo rate changes through the entire
financial system, which, in turn, influences aggregate
demand – a key determinant of inflation and growth.
• Inflation Target: The Central Government, in consultation
with the RBI, determines the inflation target in terms of the
Consumer Price Index (CPI) once in five years.
 Accordingly, the Central Government notified 4 percent
CPI inflation as the target with the upper tolerance limit of 6
percent and the lower tolerance limit of 2 percent.
 The same inflation target has been retained for the 5-year
period – April 1, 2021 to March 31, 2026.
Instruments of Monetary Policy:
• Repo Rate: The interest rate at which the Reserve Bank provides
liquidity under the Liquidity Adjustment Facility (LAF) against
the collateral of government and other approved securities.
• Reverse Repo Rate: The interest rate at which the Reserve
Bank absorbs liquidity from banks against the collateral of
eligible government securities under the LAF.
• Standing Deposit Facility (SDF) Rate: The rate at which the
Reserve Bank accepts non collateralized deposits, on an
overnight basis.
 The SDF rate is placed at 25 basis points below the policy
repo rate.
 With introduction of SDF in April 2022, the SDF rate
replaced the fixed reverse repo rate as the floor of the
liquidity corridor.
• Marginal Standing Facility (MSF) Rate: The penal rate at which
banks can borrow, on an overnight basis, from the Reserve
Bank by dipping into their Statutory Liquidity Ratio (SLR)
portfolio up to a predefined limit (2 percent).
 This provides a safety valve against unanticipated liquidity
shocks to the banking system.
 The MSF rate is placed at 25 basis points above the policy
repo rate.
• Liquidity Adjustment Facility (LAF): The LAF refers to the
Reserve Bank’s operations through which it injects/absorbs
liquidity into/from the banking system.
 It consists of overnight as well as term repo/reverse repos
(fixed as well as variable rates), SDF and MSF.
• Cash Reserve Ratio (CRR): The average daily balance that
a bank is required to maintain with the Reserve Bank as a
percent of its net demand and time liabilities (NDTL).
• Statutory Liquidity Ratio (SLR): Every bank shall maintain
in India assets, typically in unencumbered government
securities, cash and gold.
60
• Open Market Operations (OMOs): These include outright
purchase/sale of government securities by the Reserve Bank
for injection/absorption of durable liquidity in the banking
system.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
• An accommodative stance means the central bank is
prepared to expand the money supply to boost economic
growth.
 Withdrawal of accommodation will mean reducing the
money supply in the system which will rein in inflation
further.
• The headline inflation figure includes inflation in a basket of
goods that includes commodities like food and energy.
 It is different from core inflation, which excludes food and
energy prices while calculating inflation because their
prices are volatile
DISTRESS IN TEXTILE INDUSTRY
Textile industry in India is impending with multiple
challenges and distress due to the low demand.
About:
• In the past couple of months, many factories across the
textile value chain have either shut down and disposed of
machinery.
• Reductions in working hours for labourers have impacted
wages; and the share of textiles and apparel in the Index of
Industrial Production has shrunk.
Textile Industry in India:
• India’s textiles sector is one of the oldest industries in the
Indian economy, dating back to several centuries.
• The industry is extremely varied, with hand-spun and hand-
woven textiles sectors at one end of the spectrum, with the
capital-intensive sophisticated mills sector at the other end.
• Share in Domestic Trade: The domestic apparel & textile
industry in India contributes approx. 2.3 % to the country’s
GDP, 13% to industrial production and 12% to exports.
• Share in Global Trade: India has a 4% share of the global trade
in textiles and apparel.
• Export: India is the world's 3rd largest exporter of Textiles and
Apparel.
• Production of Raw Material: India is one of the largest
producers of cotton and jute in the world. India is also the 2nd
largest producer of silk in the world and 95% of the world’s
hand-woven fabric comes from India.

Potential:
• Strong production base: The fundamental strength of the
textile industry in India is its strong production base of a
wide range of fibre/yarns from natural fibres like cotton, jute,
silk and wool, to synthetic/man-made fibres like polyester,
viscose, nylon and acrylic.
 India’s textiles industry has a capacity to produce a wide
variety of products suitable for different market segments,
both within India and across the world.
• Employment Generation: The textiles and apparel industry in
India is the 2nd largest employer in the country.
• Comparative advantage: India enjoys a comparative
advantage in terms of skilled manpower and in cost of
production, relative to major textile producers.
• Destination for global textile : India has well-established
textile industry to become a leading destination for global
textile and apparel value chain.
 India has an opportunity to occupy more than 15 percent
of global trade creating 40-50 lakh jobs that would help
strengthen the country's economy.
Challenges Faced by the Textile Industry:
• Infrastructure Constraints: Infrastructure challenges, including
inadequate transportation systems, power shortages, and
outdated technology, can hinder the efficiency of the textile
manufacturing process. Many textile units in India still use
outdated machinery and technology.
• Expensive Raw Material: Raw material (fibre) constitutes 60-
70% of manufacturing cost, which has turned expensive in
India impacting the competitiveness of the industry severely.
• Competition in the International Market: For example, with
Bangladesh having duty-free access to the EU, Indian
exporters are unable to make inroads.
 With Bangladesh having duty-free access to the Indian
market, those garments are available at 15-20% less cost
in India.
Initiatives by Government of India for the Growth of
the Textile Sector:
• FDI: Government has put in place liberal and transparent
investor-friendly Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) policy.
 100% FDI is allowed in the textile sector under the
automatic route.
• Amended Technology Upgradation Fund Scheme (ATUFS): In
order to promote ease of doing business in the country to
achieve the vision of generating employment and promoting
exports through “Make in India’’ with "Zero effect and Zero
defect" in manufacturing, ATUFS was launched in 2016 to
provide credit linked Capital Investment Subsidy (CIS).
In-Shorts | Economy Current Affairs
Edition: January 2024
• Scheme for Capacity Building in Textile Sector (SAMARTH): To
address the skilled manpower requirement across textile
sector, the scheme was formulated, under the broad policy
guidelines of “Skill India” initiative and in alignment with the
framework adopted for skilling programme by Ministry of Skill
Development and Entrepreneurship. The scheme is approved
for implementation till March, 2024.
• National Technical Textile Mission: Launched for a period of 4
years (2020-21 to 2023-24). It was approved for developing
usage of technical textiles in various flagship missions,
programmes of the country including strategic sectors.
• Production Linked Incentive (PLI) Scheme: The PLI Scheme
for Textiles to promote production of Manmade Fibre (MMF)
apparel, MMF Fabrics and Products of Technical Textiles in
the country.
• PM-MITRA: To attract investment for ‘Make In India’ initiative
and to boost employment generation through setting up
of 7 PM Mega Integrated Textile Region and Apparel (PM
MITRA) Parks in Greenfield/Brownfield sites with world class
infrastructure including plug and play facility for a period of
seven years upto 2027-28.
• Scheme for Integrated Textile Parks (SITP): SITP is designed to
promote textile industry clusters by providing infrastructure
support, including common facilities, utilities, and services.
 The goal is to encourage a more organized and efficient
approach to textile manufacturing.
AGRICULTURE AND ITS IMPACT ON
ENVIRONMENT
Recently it has been observed that the ever-increasing
demand for agricultural products is leading to significant
social and environmental consequences worldwide.
Agriculture-based Impact:
• India is a global anchor of the trade in agricultural products
due to its vast size and consumer market. It has also
undergone remarkable social and economic development
over the last several decades.
• The expansion of international trade has created global
supply chains, directly linking consumers to geographically-
distant impacts, including carbon emissions, biodiversity loss,
freshwater depletion, soil degradation and labour-rights issues
– all of which have local, regional, and global relevance.
IMPORTANT DATA
• In 2018, about 11% of the global greenhouse gas emissions
were from food the world produced.
• Another 26% of the agriculture-related emissions were nitrous
oxide from livestock manure applied in fields or dumped.
61
 Current Affairs In-Shorts | Economy
Edition: January 2024

• Farmers are the first victims of climate change impacts.

• Synthetic fertilisers used on crops then added 13%
 The increasing cost of agricultural inputs and the lack of public
nitrous oxide and methane emissions from rice cultivation
infrastructure, including for irrigation, hits their livelihood.
contributed 10% of the total agriculture-related emissions.
 Increasing food costs are unaffordable to most consumers
 It’s recently been estimated that the global food system
and governments step in to import food from intensive
is responsible for about a third of greenhouse gas
farming systems that are also invariably subsidised.
emissions—second only to the energy sector; it is the
number one source of methane and biodiversity loss.  Farmers are being hit repeatedly by extreme weather events;
their crops are lost to floods, droughts, pest attacks and
• The number of people suffering acute food insecurity
unseasonal cold and heat.
increased from 135 million in 2019 to 345 million in 82
countries by June 2022, as the war in Ukraine, supply chain Possible Solutions:
disruptions, and the continued economic fallout of the
• It’s possible to reduce emissions and become more resilient,
COVID-19 pandemic pushed food prices to all-time highs.
but doing so often requires major social, economic, and
technological change.
Who is most Affected by Climatic Impacts?
• Use water more efficiently and effectively, combined with
• About 80% of the global population most at risk from crop
policies to manage demand.
failures and hunger from climate change are in Sub-Saharan
 It includes better management of water demand as
Africa, South Asia, and Southeast Asia, where farming families are
well as the use of advanced water accounting systems
disproportionately poor and vulnerable.
and technologies to assess the amount of water
• A severe drought caused by an El Nino weather pattern or
available, including soil moisture sensors and satellite
climate change can push millions more people into poverty.
evapotranspiration measurements.
Impact on Farmers: • Switch to less water-intensive crops, like rice farmers could switch
• Up to a certain point, rising temperatures and CO2 can be to crops that require less water such as maize or legumes.
beneficial for crops. But rising temperatures also accelerate • Improving soil health by increasing organic carbon in soil that
evapotranspiration from plants and soils, and there must also helps and allows water plants to access water more readily,
be enough water for crops to thrive. increasing resilience to drought.

62

OFF BUDGET BORROWINGS
The central government is worried about the increased
level of Off-budget borrowings of states.
About:
• It is also known as extra budget financing, and is used by
the government to finance its expenditures while keeping the
debt off from its annual statement.
• It is not counted in the calculation of the fiscal deficit.
• Governments across the world use this to escape budget
controls as the liability of the loan is not formally on the Union
Government. Hence off-budget financing is not part of the
calculation of the fiscal indicators despite fiscal implications.
• In India, the off-budget financing is excluded from the Fiscal
Responsibility and Budget Management (FRBM) Act, which
intends to bring transparency and accountability to the
monetary actions of the government.
• The CAG's report on the FRBM compliance for 2016-17 stated
that the Central government has "increasingly resorted to off-
budget financing" for revenue spending.
How does the Union raise off-budget borrowings:
• The government can ask an implementing agency to raise the
required funds from the market through loans or by issuing
bonds.
• Public sector undertakings are used to borrow the funds for
the government.
 For instance, public sector oil marketing companies were
asked to pay for subsidized gas cylinders for Pradhan
Mantri Ujjwala Yojana beneficiaries in the past.
Benefits of Off-Budget Borrowings:
• Financing Key Projects:
 Off-budget borrowings can provide a source of financing
for critical projects without directly impacting the fiscal
deficit.
 This allows the government to fund important infrastructure
or development projects that might be challenging to
accommodate within the regular budgetary limits.
• Avoiding Crowding Out Private Investment:
 By utilizing off-budget mechanisms, the government can
avoid crowding out private investment in the financial
markets.
 This may contribute to a more favorable environment for
private sector participation in the economy.
• Flexibility in Financial Management:
 Off-budget mechanisms provides financial flexibility,
In-Shorts | Economy Current Affairs
Edition: January 2024
allowing the government to undertake projects or initiatives
that may not align with the traditional budgetary cycle.
 This flexibility can be particularly valuable in responding
to economic challenges or unforeseen circumstances.
• Mitigating Fiscal Pressures:
 It can be a tool to manage short-term fiscal pressures
without resorting to direct budgetary allocations.
 This can be especially useful in addressing urgent needs
without compromising long-term fiscal sustainability.
Areas of Concern:
• Fiscal Discipline Concerns:
 Off-budget borrowings are often used as a way to
circumvent fiscal discipline targets set in the annual
budget.
 This undermines the credibility of the government's
commitment to fiscal responsibility and lead to
unsustainable debt levels.
• Hidden Liabilities:
 It creates hidden liabilities that are not immediately
apparent in official debt figures.
 It can distort the assessment of the government's actual
debt burden, leading to a misunderstanding of the fiscal
risks and potential repayment challenges.
• Risk of Overreliance on Off-budget Mechanisms:
 If off-budget mechanisms are consistently used to fund
projects or activities, there is a risk of overreliance on
such mechanisms.
 Overreliance indicates a failure to address fiscal challenges
through transparent and accountable budgetary processes.
NITI AAYOG’S REPORT ON POVERTY
As per NITI Aayog’s report on poverty, 13.5cr Indians have
escaped multidimensional poverty in the last five years.
About:
• It measures simultaneous deprivations across the three
equally weighted dimensions of health, education, and
standard of living that are represented by 12 SDG-aligned
indicators.
 These include nutrition, child and adolescent mortality,
maternal health, years of schooling, school attendance,
cooking fuel, sanitation, drinking water, electricity,
housing, assets, and bank accounts.
• The 2023 report is prepared based on the latest National
Family Health Survey of 2019-21 and is the second edition of
the National Multidimensional Poverty Index (MPI).
63
 Current Affairs In-Shorts | Economy
Edition: January 2024
Key Highlights:
• 13.5 crore Indians escape Multidimensional Poverty in 5
years.
• Steep decline in the number of multidimensionally poor from
24.85% to 14.96% between 2015-16 and 2019-21.
• Rural areas saw the fastest decline in poverty from 32.59% to
19.28%.
• Uttar Pradesh registered the highest decline in the number of
poor with 3.43 crore, followed by Bihar and Madhya Pradesh.
• Improvements in nutrition, years of schooling, sanitation,
and cooking fuel played a significant role in bringing down
poverty.
HISTORY OF POVERTY MEASUREMENT IN INDIA
• Pre-Independence: In 1901, Dadabhai Naoroji initiated
early efforts to assess poverty by publishing a book titled
'Poverty and Un-British Rule in India,' wherein he pioneered
the estimation of poverty through the cost of maintaining a
subsistence diet.
• First Five-Year Plan (1951-1956): The Planning Commission of
India was established in 1950, and during the first Five-Year
Plan, the emphasis was on estimating the minimum level of
living necessary for maintaining basic human needs.
• Alagh Committee (1979): Proposed the use of a composite
index that considered both income and consumption
expenditure.
• Tendulkar Committee (2009): The committee recommended
a new method that included factors such as health and
education in addition to consumption expenditure.
• Rangarajan Committee (2014): The Rangarajan Committee
recommended the use of a new set of criteria for
determining the poverty line. It suggested that both calorie
intake and non-food expenditure should be considered in
the estimation of poverty.
Governments Efforts:
• Flagship programmes like the Poshan Abhiyan and Anaemia
Mukt Bharat have contributed to reduced deprivations in
health.
64
• Initiatives such as Swachh Bharat Mission (SBM) and Jal Jeevan
Mission (JJM) have improved sanitation across the country.
• The provision of subsidized cooking fuel through the Pradhan
Mantri Ujjwala Yojana (PMUY) has positively transformed lives,
with a 14.6 percentage points improvement in cooking fuel
deprivations.
• Initiatives like Saubhagya, Pradhan Mantri Awas Yojana (PMAY),
Pradhan Mantri Jan Dhan Yojana (PMJDY), and Samagra
Shiksha have also played a major role in significantly reducing
multidimensional poverty in the country.
CENTRAL BANK DIGITAL CURRENCY
According to the Reserve Bank of India (RBI), Central Bank
Digital Currency (CBDC) could become a tool for reducing
time and cost for cross-border transactions.
About:
• CBDCs are a form of digital currency issued by a country's
central bank. They are similar to cryptocurrencies, except
that their value is fixed by the central bank and equivalent to
the country's fiat currency.
• In India the introduction of CBDC was announced in the
Union Budget 2022-23.
• Types of CBDC: There are two main types of CBDC: retail
CBDC and wholesale CBDC.
 Retail CBDC: This type is accessible to the general public
and can be used for everyday transactions.
 Wholesale CBDC: This type is designed for use by financial
institutions and can be used for interbank transactions.
FIAT MONEY
• Fiat money is a government-issued currency that has no
backing from a physical commodity like gold or silver.
• It is considered a form of legal tender that can be used to
exchange for goods and services.
Need of CBDCs:
• Financial Inclusion: People without access to traditional
banking can use CBDCs for transactions, payments, and
other financial services.
• Efficiency in Payments: CBDCs can streamline and expedite
payment processes, reducing transaction costs and
settlement times.
• Crisis Response: CBDC can be used as a tool for responding to
financial crises or emergencies by providing a means for the
central bank to inject liquidity into the economy more quickly.
• Enhancing Cross-Border Payments: CBDC could facilitate
faster and more efficient cross-border payments, reducing
the reliance on correspondent banks and intermediaries.

• Combat Counterfeit currency: Central banks can implement
real-time monitoring of CBDC transactions which allows for
immediate detection of any unusual or suspicious activities,
helping to prevent counterfeiting.
Concerns of CBDCs:
• Data Security: The use of CBDCs involves the collection and
processing of extensive financial data, raising concerns
about data security and the potential for cyber attacks.
• Government Surveillance: CBDCs could provide governments
with more extensive tools for monitoring and controlling
financial transactions, raising concerns about individual
privacy and civil liberties.
• Shield to Crime: If not regulated and monitored properly, it can
be used for illicit trading, criminal activities, & organized crimes.
• Operational Risks: The adoption of new technology for CBDCs
introduces operational risks, such as system failures, cyber
threats, and technical glitches.
• Inclusion Issues: Those without access to digital technology
may be excluded from the financial system if CBDCs become
the dominant form of currency.
• Legal Uncertainties: The legal status and framework for
CBDCs are still evolving, leading to uncertainties regarding
issues such as liability, consumer protection, and contract
enforcement.
Status of CBDCs:
• Global Scenario: The Bahamas, Jamaica, and Nigeria have
introduced CBDCs. Other countries like China, USA, UAE,
Ghana, Malaysia, Singapore, Thailand have launched it on
Pilot basis.
• Indian Scenario: In 2022 the Reserve Bank of India (RBI)
launched the first pilot of Digital Rupee- Retail segment
(e₹-R).
In-Shorts | Economy Current Affairs
Edition: January 2024
GUIDELINES AGAINST ‘DARK PATTERNS’
The Central Consumer Protection Authority (CCPA), has
notified guidelines for the “prevention and regulation” of
dark patterns.
About:
• The CCPA has notified the Guidelines for Prevention and
Regulation of Dark Patterns, 2023, under section 18 of the
Consumer Protection Act, 2019.
• The guidelines will apply to all platforms, systematically
offering goods or services in India; advertisers and sellers.
• The guidelines have a list of 13 specified dark patterns. These
are: false urgency; basket sneaking; confirm shaming; forced
action; subscription trap; interface interference; bait and
switch; drip pricing; disguise advertisement; nagging; trick
question; Saas billing; and rogue malwares.
Dark Patterns:
• Dark patterns are tactics used by online platforms to mislead
customers and prevent them from making right choices.
• The guidelines define dark patterns as “any practices or
deceptive design pattern using user interface on any platform
that is trick users to do something they originally did not
intend do, by subverting the consumer autonomy, decision
making or choice, amounting to misleading advertisement
and violation of consumer rights.”
Specified Dark Patterns:
• False Urgency: It means falsely stating or implying the sense
of urgency or scarcity so as to mislead a user into making an
immediate purchase.
• Basket sneaking: It means inclusion of additional items such as
products, services, payments to charity or donation at the time
of checkout from a platform, without the consent of the user.
• Confirm shaming: It means using a phrase, video, audio or any
other means to create a sense of fear or shame in the mind of
the user so as to nudge to act in a certain way that results in
the user purchasing a product or service from the platform or
continuing a subscription of a service.
• Subscription trap: It is the process of making cancellation
of a paid subscription impossible or a complex and lengthy
process; or hiding the cancellation option for a subscription.
• Interface interference: It means a design element that
manipulates the user interface in ways that
 Highlights certain specific information; and
 Obscures other relevant information relative to the other
information; to misdirect a user from taking an action as
desired.
• Bait and switch: It means the practice of advertising a particular
outcome based on the user’s action but deceptively serving
an alternate outcome.
65
 Current Affairs In-Shorts | Economy
Edition: January 2024

• Drip pricing: It refers to the practice whereby; • Impact on Digital Ecosystem:

 Elements of prices are not revealed upfront or are revealed  The prevalence of dark patterns can contribute to a generally
surreptitiously within the user experience; poor user experience across the digital ecosystem.
 Revealing the price post-confirmation of purchase,  This can discourage users from engaging with online
 A product or service is advertised as free without appropriate services, impacting the growth and success of digital
disclosure of the fact that the continuation of use requires businesses.
in-app purchase;
 A user is prevented from availing a service which is already
paid for unless something additional is purchased. REMISSION OF DUTIES AND TAXES ON
• Nagging: It means a dark pattern practice due to which a EXPORT PRODUCTS (RODTEP) SCHEME
user is disrupted and annoyed by repeated and persistent
The U.S. and the European Union have now imposed
interactions, in the form of requests, information, options,
Countervailing Duties (CVDs) on four Indian products, as
or interruptions, to effectuate a transaction and make some a retaliation against the Remission of Duties and Taxes on
commercial gains. Export Products (RoDTEP) scheme.
• Saas billing: It refers to the process of generating and
collecting payments from consumers on a recurring basis in About RoDTEP:
a Software as a Service (SaaS) business model by exploiting
• It is based on the globally accepted principle that taxes and
positive acquisition loops in recurring subscriptions to get
duties should not be exported, and taxes and levies borne on
money from users as surreptitiously as possible.
the exported products should be either exempted or remitted
• Rogue Malwares: It means using ransomware or scareware
to exporters.
to mislead or trick users into believing there is a virus on
• The RoDTEP scheme rebates/refunds the embedded Central,
their computer and aims to convince them to pay for a fake
State and local duties/taxes to the exporters that were so far
malware removal tool that actually installs malware on their
not being rebated/refunded.
computer.
• The scheme is being implemented from 1st January 2021
Area of Concern: and the rebate is issued as a transferable electronic scrip by
• Deceptive Practices: the Central Board of Indirect Taxes & Customs (CBIC) in an
 Dark patterns involve intentionally deceptive practices end to end IT environment.
that mislead users.
 This raises ethical concerns as it goes against the COUNTERVAILING DUTY (CVD)
principles of transparency, honesty, and fair business • It is a specific form of duty that the government imposes
practices. in order to protect domestic producers by countering the
• User Trust Erosion: negative impact of import subsidies.
 Dark patterns erodes user trust in online platforms and  CVD is thus an import tax by the importing country on
services. imported products.
 When users feel manipulated or deceived, they are
• The World Trade Organization (WTO) permits the imposition
less likely to trust the platform and may have negative
of countervailing duty by its member countries.
perceptions of the brand.
• Anti dumping and anti subsidies & countervailing measures
• Unintended Consequences:
in India are administered by the Directorate General of
 Users unknowingly take actions they did not intend to
Anti dumping and Allied Duties (DGAD) functioning in the
take, such as making purchases, subscribing to services,
Dept. of Commerce in the Ministry of Commerce and
or sharing personal information.
Industry and the same is headed by the "Designated
 This can result in financial losses or privacy breaches for
Authority".
users.
• Damage to Brand Reputation:
 Employing dark patterns can damage the reputation of a
brand or company.
 Negative publicity surrounding deceptive design practices
can harm relationships with customers and the public.

66

Reason for Imposition of CVD on Indian Goods:
• WTO violations: The US argues that RoDTEP provides financial
support to exporters by reimbursing embedded taxes and
levies not directly linked to exports, potentially violating WTO
subsidy disciplines.
• Unfair advantage: The US argues that RoDTEP unfairly benefits
Indian exporters by reducing their production costs, harming
American businesses competing in the same markets.
• Indirect subsidy: The EU shares the US concern about RoDTEP
potentially acting as an indirect subsidy by reimbursing
embedded taxes.
• Market distortion: The EU argues that RoDTEP could distort
competition in global markets by making Indian exports
artificially cheaper.
Steps taken by India to Prevent it’s Exporters from the
Effect of CVD:
• WTO Consultations: India has formally requested WTO
consultations with the US over the CVD on steel, citing
discrepancies with WTO rules and lack of concrete evidence
of unfair subsidies.
• Negotiation with EU: Discussions between India and the EU
regarding the CVD on file folders are ongoing, with both sides
aiming to find a mutually acceptable solution.
• RODTEP Review: The government is actively reviewing the
Remission of Duties or Taxes on Export Products (RODTEP)
scheme, addressing concerns about its compliance with
WTO regulations.
• Duty Remission Scheme: Duty Remission Scheme for
Exporters (DREM) has been expanded to cover additional
products affected by CVDs, offering partial duty refunds to
ease the financial burden on exporters.
• Export Diversification Strategy: The government is taking
initiatives to boost exports to markets like Africa, ASEAN, and
Latin America, reducing dependence on the US and EU and
mitigating CVD risks.
INDIA SKILLS REPORT 2024
The 11 edition of India Skills Report 2024 has been released
th
by the talent assessment firm Wheebox. Theme of the report
is ‘Impact of AI on the Future of Work, Skilling & Mobility’.
Major Highlights:
• Employability: The report surveyed youths through a National
Employability Test which indicated that the employability in
India has improved.
 51.25% of the assessed youths were found to be
employable with the required skills.
In-Shorts | Economy Current Affairs
Edition: January 2024
• Artificial Intelligence (AI) Skill: India boasts a global leadership
position in AI skill penetration and talent concentration,
earning an impressive score of 3.09.
 India has 416K AI professionals as of 2023 and will
manage to meet the current demand of approximately
629K, which will surge to 1 million by 2026.
• Kochi and Thiruvananthapuram, in Kerala have emerged as
the most preferred places to work among the youth in India.
• Highly Employable Youth: Haryana, Maharashtra, Andhra
Pradesh, Uttar Pradesh, Kerala, and Telangana have the
highest concentration of highly employable youth.
 In the age range of 22 to 25 years, Uttar Pradesh stands
out with the highest talent concentration at 74.77%,
followed closely by Maharashtra at 71.97%.
• Computer Skills: Thiruvananthapuram claimed first position in
excellence in nurturing computer skills, while Kerala came
third overall among States.
• Kochi is the top choice among Indian cities for female job
aspirants.
PERIODIC LABOUR FORCE SURVEY, 2023
Periodic Labour Force Survey (PLFS) for the period of July
– September 2023 has been published by the Ministry of
Statistics and Programme Implementation.
About:
• The National Sample Survey Office (NSSO) launched the
Periodic Labour Force Survey (PLFS) in 2017.
• The PLFS gives estimates of Key employment and
unemployment Indicators like the Labour Force Participation
Rate (LFPR), Worker Population Ratio (WPR), Unemployment
Rate (UR), etc.
• The present Quarterly Bulletin is the twentieth in the series for
the quarter July – September, 2023.
Indicators:
• Labour Force Participation Rate (LFPR): LFPR is defined as the
percentage of persons in the labour force (i.e. working or
seeking or available for work) in the population.
• Worker Population Ratio (WPR): WPR is defined as the
percentage of employed persons in the population.
• Unemployment Rate (UR): UR is defined as the percentage of
persons unemployed among the persons in the labour force.
• Current Weekly Status (CWS): The activity status determined
on the basis of a reference period of last 7 days preceding
the date of survey is known as the current weekly status
(CWS) of the person.
67
 Current Affairs In-Shorts | Economy
Edition: January 2024
Major Findings:
• Labour Force Participation Rate (LFPR) 15 years and above: LFPR
in urban areas increased from 47.9% in 2022 to 49.3% in 2023.
 While for male, LFPR increased from 73.4% to 73.8%
during this period, for females, LFPR increased from
21.7% to 24.0% during this period.
• Worker Population Ratio (WPR) 15 years and above: WPR in
urban areas increased from 44.5% in 2022 to 46.0% in 2023.
 For male, it increased from 68.6% to 69.4% during this
period and for females, it increased from 19.7% to 21.9%
during this period.
• Unemployment Rate (UR) 15 years and above: UR in urban
areas decreased from 7.2% in 2022 to 6.6% in 2023.
 For male, UR was 6.0% in 2023 while for females UR
decreased from 9.4% 2022 to 8.6% in 2023.
• Women Participation in MGNREGS: Women participation in
the Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee
Scheme (MGNREGS) was the highest in 10 financial years,
with the proportion of women person-days in the total touching
59.25% during 2023-24.
Unemployment and its Types in India:
• Unemployment refers to the situation where individuals who
are willing and able to work cannot find suitable employment.
• Structural Unemployment: Structural unemployment occurs
when there is a mismatch between the jobs that are available
and the people looking for work.
 Lack of required skills and inadequate education often
hinder job prospects for many individuals in India.
• Cyclical Unemployment: During an economic downturn, a
shortfall of demand for goods and services results in a lack of
jobs being available for those who want to work.
• Seasonal Unemployment: Many sectors in India, such as
agriculture, experience seasonal variations in demand for
labor.
• Disguised Unemployment: This occurs when more people are
employed than necessary, commonly found in the agricultural
and unorganized sectors of India.
• Underemployment: Underemployment refers to a situation
where individuals are working in jobs that do not fully utilize
their skills and qualifications. This can be prevalent in jobs
that are below an individual's educational or skill level.
Measures Taken by Government of India to Address
Unemployment:
• Pradhan Mantri Kaushal Vikas Yojana (PMKVY): Launched in
2015 to provide skill development training to a large number
of youth across the country, enabling them to take up industry-
relevant jobs.
68
• MUDRA Yojana: The Pradhan Mantri Mudra Yojana aims to
provide financial support to small and micro-enterprises,
facilitating self-employment and job creation.
 The scheme offers three categories of loans - Shishu,
Kishor, and Tarun - based on the stage of business
development.
• Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee
Act, 2005: It guarantees 100 days of wage employment in a
financial year to rural households, with the aim of enhancing
livelihood security in rural areas.
• Pradhan Mantri Rozgar Protsahan Yojana (PMRPY): To
incentivize employers for generating new employment, the
PMRPY scheme provides a contribution from the government
towards the Employee Provident Fund (EPF) for new
employees.
• Startup India: It aims to promote entrepreneurship and create
a favorable ecosystem for startups, fostering innovation and
job creation.
 The initiative includes various measures, such as tax
exemptions, funding support, and simplified regulatory
processes for startups.
Conclusion:
• India's battle against unemployment demands a multi-
pronged approach, fostering an ecosystem of skill
development, entrepreneurship promotion, and targeted
programs for vulnerable groups.
• While challenges persist, the government's initiatives,
coupled with continuous adaptation, and collaboration with
private and civil society actors, can provide the necessary
tools to equip its workforce and navigate the path towards a
more secure and prosperous future.
PLI 2.0 FOR STEEL SECTOR
The government is working on Production Linked Incentive
(PLI) scheme 2.0 and to ensure adequate raw material
supply for the steel sector in 2024.
Present Status of Steel Industry in India:
• India currently ranks as the World's 2nd Largest Producer of
Crude Steel, surpassing Japan in 2018.
• The cumulative production of crude steel was 94.01 Million
Tonnes (MT), during April-November 2023.
• The consumption of finished steel jumped 14% to 86.97 MT on
an annual basis during April-November 2023.
• The installed steel manufacturing capacity of India is around
161 MT.

• Finished steel imports into India showed a growth of 18% to
5.87 MT in January-November 2023 from 4.96 MT in the same
period of 2022.
• Exports from India showed a decline of 20% to 6 MT in
January-November 2023 from 7.46 MT in the same period of
2022.
Shortcomings of Existing PLI scheme for Steel Sector:
• Limited Scope: Current focus is on niche products like alloy
steel and overlooks segments like coated steel, constituting
50% of domestic consumption. This narrow scope undercuts
potential market impact.
• Confusing Criteria: Complex eligibility guidelines discourage
participation, particularly from smaller players.
• Opaque Incentives: Lack of transparency in incentive
calculations and disbursement timelines generates
uncertainty and hinders investments.
• High Thresholds: Setting minimum investment requirements
too high restricts participation from smaller companies,
limiting the scheme's reach.
• Large Player Advantage: The scheme has disproportionately
benefited existing large players with established capacities,
further consolidating their market dominance.
Concerns of Steel Sector in India:
• Raw Material Availability and Cost: The steel industry heavily
depends on the availability and cost of raw materials such as
iron ore and coking coal.
 India remains dependent on imports to meet 90% of its
coking coal requirement. In 2023 so far, the imports have
been between 70-80 MT.
• Infrastructure Bottlenecks: Inadequate transportation facilities,
inefficient logistics, and power shortages, hinder the smooth
operation of the steel industry. It also leads to increased
production costs.
• Global Competition: The steel industry is highly competitive
and Indian steel manufacturers face stiff competition from
international players.
 Dumping of steel products especially from China and
Vietnam in the past had major impacts on the industry.
Potential of Steel Sector in India:
• Automobile Industry Growth: The automotive sector is a major
consumer of steel. As India's middle class expands and
consumer purchasing power increases, there is a growing
demand for automobiles, contributing to the demand for steel.
• Urbanization: With a growing population and increasing
urbanization, there is a rising demand for housing, commercial
spaces, and urban infrastructure. This trend contributes to a
sustained demand for steel in construction and real estate
sectors.
In-Shorts | Economy Current Affairs
Edition: January 2024
• Infrastructure Boom: With ambitious infrastructure plans like
Sagarmala and Bharatmala on the horizon, steel consumption
is projected to reach 300 million tonnes by 2030-31.
• Green Steel Revolution: India's commitment to sustainability
is fostering innovations in green steel production, leveraging
renewable energy and cleaner technologies. This not only
benefits the environment but also positions Indian steel as a
responsible and competitive player in the global market.
Steps taken by Government:
• Steel Scrap Recycling Policy: The Policy is for promoting the
scientific processing and recycling of ferrous scrap.
• National Steel Policy 2017 (NSP 2017): India has set the targets
of achieving the total crude steel capacity of 300 MTPA and
total crude steel demand/production of 255 MTPA by 2030-
31.
• Policy for providing preference to Domestically Manufactured
Iron and Steel Products (DMI & SP Policy) in government
procurement which has resulted in import substitution of
₹34,800 Crore approximately.
• Brand India labeling: The Ministry of Steel has undertaken the
initiative of Made in India branding of Steel produced in the
country to differentiate Indian quality steel from the others.
• Productivity Linked Incentive Scheme (PLI) for steel: The
Scheme was approved by the Government in 2021, with a
financial outlay of ₹ 6,322 crores.
 Objective: To promote domestic manufacturing of 'Specialty
Steel' within the country by attracting capital investment,
generate employment and promote technology up-
gradation in the steel sector.
 Features: It includes 3 slabs of incentives, participation
only by companies registered in India, commitment to
thresholds of investment and incremental production
given in the scheme guidelines.
SPECIALTY STEEL
• It is a value-added steel wherein normal finished steel is
worked upon by way of coating, plating, heat treatment etc.
• It is useful in applications requiring specific properties
such as defense, space, power, automobile, specialized
capital goods etc.
FUNDING WINTER
As per the recent report, the Indian startup ecosystem
continues to face the prolonged funding winter period.
About:
• It refers to a period in which funding for startups becomes
more difficult to obtain due to a variety of factors.
69
 Current Affairs In-Shorts | Economy
Edition: January 2024
• It is attributed to a market slowdown and economic volatility
on account of the prevailing macroeconomic and geopolitical
conditions, which have driven inflation, commodity prices,
and interest rates.
• The slowdown in funding for Indian startups began around
mid-2022.
Reasons for Funding winter:
• Rising interest rates: As central banks around the world tighten
monetary policy to combat inflation, investors become more
risk-averse, leading them to prioritize safer assets over riskier
ventures like startups.
• Geopolitical tensions: The ongoing war in Ukraine and other
global conflicts create uncertainty and volatility in the market,
making investors hesitant to invest in new startups.
• Economic slowdown: A global slowdown of growth had
dampened investor sentiment combined with the failures of
many startups in 2023 had led to reduced allocation towards
venture capital funds, impacting startup funding.
• Lack of profitability and exits: Many Indian startups struggle to
achieve profitability and provide attractive exits for investors,
leading to a decline in investor confidence.
Consequences:
• Reduced funding: A recent PwC report reveals a 33% drop in
funding for Indian startups in 2022 compared to 2021. This
translates to slower expansion, with some startups forced to
delay product launches by up to 6 months, according to a
survey by Nasscom.
• Unemployment: 40% of startups reported witnessing
increased employee attrition rate in the past year, with key
personnel seeking stability in established companies.
EMPLOYEE ATTRITION RATE
• Employee attrition rate, also known as employee turnover
rate, is a metric used to quantify the rate at which employees
leave a company over a specific period of time.
• It is usually expressed as a percentage and calculated
by dividing the number of employees who leave by the
average number of employees during that period.
Attrition Rate = (Number of Employees Who Leave / Average
Number of Employees) * 100%.
• Impact of high attrition rate for a company:
 Loss of skills and experience
 Decreased productivity and morale
 Damaged customer relationships
 Increased costs of recruitment and training
 Negative employer reputation
70
• Hiring freezes: As per Inc42 report 62% of startups
implemented hiring freezes or downsizing measures in 2023,
impacting crucial functions and innovation pipelines.
• It has created a strain on profitability, leading to a challenging
work environment for employees.
• But some industry observers claimed that It helped start-ups
to manage their businesses better without burning excessive
cash.
Future Outlook:
• Geopolitical uncertainties: The ongoing war in Ukraine
and other global tensions could keep investors cautious,
prolonging the funding squeeze.
• Debt burden: Increased reliance on debt financing poses
long-term risks for startups, potentially impacting future
valuations and investor interest.
• Innovation slowdown: With limited resources, the focus might
shift towards maintaining operations, potentially stifling the
development of groundbreaking solutions.
• Tech breakthrough: A major innovation in sectors like AI or
cleantech could trigger a surge in investor interest, creating
new funding avenues for relevant startups.
• The startups will have to come up with credible plans to
ensure proper returns on investment.
• According to Experts,Funding winter for Indian startups is
likely to end by March 2024.
TAX DEVOLUTION TO STATES
The Union government has authorized the release of an
additional installment of tax devolution amounting to
₹72,961.21 crore to State Governments.
About:
• The amount has been released for financing various social
welfare measures and infrastructure development schemes.
• As per the norm, tax devolution is made through 14
installments to states in a year, with at least one installment
in each month and two extra installments released in the last
two months of the year.
What is Tax devolution?
• Tax devolution, a key source of funding for state governments.
• Article 280(1) of the Constitutions lays down that the
modalities for setting up of a Finance Commission to make
recommendation on the distribution of net proceeds of taxes
between the Union and the States, allocation between the
States of respective shares of such proceeds; grants- in-
aid and the revenues of the States and measures needed
to supplement the resources of the Panchayats during the
award period.
 In-Shorts | Economy Current Affairs
Edition: January 2024

• The objective of tax devolution is to promote fiscal federalism, • Efficient market theorists believe that markets are so efficient
strengthen the financial autonomy of state governments, and that all information that is relevant to an asset is quickly
empower them to meet the needs of their respective populations. reflected in its price, thus offering very little opportunity for
value investors to purchase undervalued assets.
Finance Commission Recommendations:
• Value investors, on the other hand, believe that price and
• Currently, tax devolution is being administered by the intrinsic value can differ for long periods of time, thus offering
recommendations of the 15th Finance Commission chaired by investors opportunities to make profits by buying assets below
N.K.Singh. their intrinsic value.
• The Finance Commission had recommended that states be • Benjamin Graham, Warren Buffett, and Charlie Munger are
given 41 percent of the divisible tax pool of the Centre during famous Value investors.
the five-year period 2021-22 to 2025-26.
Challenges associated with Value Investing:
• The amount each state receives depends on a formula
• Market Inefficiency: The core assumption of value investing
considering factors like population, area, income disparity,
is that the market can be irrational, making it difficult to
and fiscal performance. This ensures resources are
consistently identify truly undervalued stocks. Efficient
directed towards states with greater needs and incentivizes
markets can quickly adjust prices, leaving value investors
responsible fiscal management.
holding onto stocks that never catch up to expected prices.
Comparison of 14 FC and 15 FC Recommendations
th th
• Subjectivity in Valuation: Intrinsic value is often subjective,
on Devolution of Funds between States relying on complex financial models and interpretations. Two
15 FC th
14 FC
th value investors might disagree on the fair value of a company,
Criterion
Weight (%) Weight (%) leading to divergent outcomes.

Income Distance 45 50 • Hidden Risks and Uncertainties: Unexpected events or

changes in company fundamentals can negatively impact
Population (1971 Census) 15 17.5
even carefully analyzed stocks, exposing value investors to
Area 15 10
significant losses.
Forest and Ecology 10 7.5
Demographic Performance 12.5 0 MIGRATION AND DEVELOPMENT BRIEFS
Tax Effort and Fiscal
2.5 15
REPORT 2023
Discipline
The World Bank has released the Migration and
Total 100 100
Development Briefs Report 2023. India saw the highest
FC: Finance Commission amount of remittance inflows in the world in 2023.

VALUE INVESTING
Value investing is a widely used economic term in the field
of investment.
About:
• Value investing refers to a style of investing that involves
buying assets such as stocks, bonds, real estate etc. at a
price that is below their intrinsic value hoping to sell them at a
higher price in the future.
• American economist Benjamin Graham is considered to be the
father of this style of investing.
Difference between Philosophy of Value Investors and
Efficient Market Theorists:
• Efficient market theorists argue that the price at which an
asset is traded in the market closely tracks its intrinsic value.
About:
• The report updates on migration and remittance flows as well
as salient policy developments in the area of international
migration and development.
• Remittance refers to the funds migrants send to their relatives
in their home country while working and living abroad. These
are also referred to as worker or migrant transfers.
 Most families living in slow-growing economies and
developing nations rely heavily on these remittances as
their main source of income.
Major Highlights of the Report:
• Trends: The growth of remittances to Low- and Middle-
Income Countries (LMICs) slowed to 3.8 percent in 2023 after
averaging about 9 percent over the previous two years.
• Largest Source of Remittances: The United States continued to
be the largest source of remittances.

71
 Current Affairs In-Shorts | Economy
Edition: January 2024
• Top Receipt: The top five remittance recipient countries in
2023 are India ($125 billion), Mexico ($67 billion), China ($50
billion), the Philippines ($40 billion), and Egypt ($24 billion).
 For India, the main contributing factors are declining
inflation and strong labour markets in high-income source
countries, which boosted remittances from highly skilled
Indians in the US, the UK, and Singapore, which collectively
account for 36 percent of the total remittance flows.
• Remittance as share of GDP: Economies where remittance
inflows represent substantial shares of Gross Domestic
Product (GDP) – are Tajikistan (48 percent), Tonga (41
percent), Samoa (32 percent), Lebanon (28 percent), and
Nicaragua (27 percent).
• India: Growth in remittances in India is expected to halve to
12.4 percent in 2023 from a historic peak of 24.4 percent in 2022.
 The United Arab Emirates accounts for 18 percent of India’s
total remittances and is the second-largest source after
the United States.
 Remittance flows to India benefited particularly from
its 2023 agreement with the United Arab Emirates for
establishing a framework to promote the use of local
currencies for cross-border transactions.
 In addition to the United Arab Emirates, Saudi Arabia,
Kuwait, Oman, and Qatar account for 11 percent of India’s
total remittances.
• Remittances Outlook for 2024: The growth of remittance flows
to LMICs is expected to slow to 2.4 percent in 2024, mostly
reflecting a slowing of economic growth in several high-
income countries.
• Importance of Remittances: Future inflows of remittances
can be used as collateral to lower the costs of international
borrowing for national banks in developing countries.
 Remittances also can play an important role in improving
a country’s ability to repay debt, due to their large size
relative to other sources of foreign exchange.
 The contribution of remittances to debt sustainability in
low-income countries was recognized in the 2017 revision
to the International Monetary Fund/World Bank debt
sustainability analysis framework.
WORLD BANK
• It is an international financial institution that provides loans
and grants to the governments of developing countries for
the purpose of pursuing capital projects.
• It was established along with the International Monetary
Fund at the 1944 Bretton Woods Conference.
• It comprises two institutions: The International Bank
for Reconstruction and Development (IBRD), and the
International Development Association (IDA).
• Mandate: The World Bank Group has a mandate to reduce
poverty and support sustainable development.
72
 The institution focuses on a wide range of areas,
including education, health, agriculture, infrastructure,
and environmental sustainability.
• Reports: World Development Report (WDR), Global
Economic Prospects (GEP), Doing Business Report,
Global Financial Inclusion (Findex) Database, Poverty and
Shared Prosperity Report.
IEA’s 'COAL 2023' REPORT
The International Energy Agency (IEA) has released its
annual coal market report named Coal 2023.
Major Findings of the Report:
• Global coal consumption: It reached a record high in 2022 by
rising 4% year-on-year.
 In China, demand rose by 4.6%, in India, it increased by
9%, in Indonesia, it shot up by 32%.
• Coal Demand in 2023: It is rising by 1.4% in 2023.
 Consumption declined sharply in most advanced
economies in 2023, including record drops in the European
Union and United States of around 20% each.
 Demand in emerging and developing economies remains
very strong, increasing by 8% in India and by 5% in China
in 2023.
• Decline in Demand in 2026: Coal demand to fall by 2.3% by
2026 compared with 2023 levels, even in the absence of
governments implementing stronger climate policies.
• Renewable Capacity Expansion: More than half of the global
renewable capacity expansion is set to occur in China, which
currently accounts for over half of the world’s demand for coal.
• Production of Coal: China, India and Indonesia – the three
largest coal producers globally – are expected to break
output records in 2023.
 These three countries now account for more than 70% of
the world’s coal production.
• Global Coal Trade: It is expected to contract as demand
declines in the years ahead.
Coal Sector in India:
• Coal Reserves: India has significant coal reserves, and it is one
of the world's largest coal producers.
 The major coal fields in India are located in the eastern
states of Jharkhand, Odisha, and West Bengal, as well as
in central states like Chhattisgarh and Madhya Pradesh.
• Coal Production: India is among the top 3 leading coal
producers globally. The Coal India Limited (CIL) is the state-
owned coal mining company and the largest government-
owned-coal-producer in the world.

• Coal Consumption: The power demand in India is surging. In
2022, the requirement grew about 8 - 9%.
 Industrial and commercial activity are among the biggest
consumers of energy in the country.
• Import and Export: Despite being a significant coal producer,
India has also been importing coal to meet the growing
demand.
 This is due to issues such as transportation challenges
and the need for specific types of coal for certain
industries.
CONCERNS ABOUT CRYPTO ASSET
INTERMEDIARIES
The Financial Stability Board (FSB) has published a report
assessing the risks posed by Multifunction Crypto-Asset
Intermediaries (MCIs).
What are Crypto Assets?
• Crypto assets are purely digital assets that use public ledgers
over the internet to prove ownership.
• They use cryptography, peer-to-peer networks and Distributed
Ledger Technology (DLT) – such as blockchain – to create,
verify and secure transactions.
• Crypto assets generally operate independently of a central
bank, central authority or government. They may be used
as a medium of exchange; a way to store value; or for other
business purposes.
• Types of crypto assets: Cryptocurrency, Utility Tokens, Security
Tokens, Non-Fungible Tokens (NFTs).
Multi-Function Crypto-Asset Intermediaries (MCIs):
• MCIs are individual firms or groups of affiliated firms that
offer a range of crypto-based services, products and
functions which primarily revolve around operating the
trading platform.
• Examples: Binance, Bitfinex and Coinbase.
DISTRIBUTED LEDGER TECHNOLOGY (DLT)
• A distributed ledger is a type of database that stores
electronic records shared and replicated across many
locations and maintained by members of this decentralized
network.
• Each new transaction must be agreed upon by all members
of the network before it is added to the ledger.
• Blockchain is one type of distributed ledger that arranges
the data in chunks and chains them together. This unique
way of structuring data gives blockchain transactions
additional security as they are irreversible.
In-Shorts | Economy Current Affairs
Edition: January 2024
Sources of Revenue for MCIs:
• The primary source of revenue for these platforms are the
transaction fees generated from trading-related activities.
• These MCIs can derive revenue from operating a blockchain
infrastructure for which they may collect transaction validation
fees.
• Another source of revenue could be proprietary trading
(trading with their own individual capital rather than that of
clients, with the aim of acquiring profits).
Concerns:
• Technological and Operational Vulnerabilities: MCIs face
various technological and operational challenges, including
susceptibility to cyber-attacks and technical issues that can
disrupt platform functions like trading and withdrawals.
• Increased Interconnectedness: By combining trading and
investment functions, MCIs amplify interconnectedness
within the crypto-asset ecosystem. This can lead to conflicts
of interest and market manipulation.
• Governance and Structural Issues: Many MCIs may lack
effective governance and risk management frameworks,
exposing them and their clients to uncontrolled leverage and
liquidity risks.
• Challenges in Global Operations: MCIs operating globally,
especially those headquartered or incorporated in lightly
regulated jurisdictions, pose challenges for national
authorities in terms of monitoring and enforcing regulations.
• Market Concentration Concerns: A few MCIs could become
dominant liquidity providers in crypto-asset markets, leading
to potential market disruptions if a single MCI fails.
Concerns about Crypto Assets in India:
• Regulatory Ambiguity: The legal status of cryptocurrencies in
India remains undefined. The Indian government applies a
tax rate of 30 % on crypto assets but whether crypto assets
are legal or not has not been clarified by the government yet.
• Cybersecurity Threats: A 2022 report by blockchain security
firm CipherTrace revealed that cryptocurrency crime reached
an all-time high of $8.2 billion in 2021.
• Consumer Protection: The absence of a regulatory framework
leaves investors vulnerable to fraud, hacking, and market
manipulation. A 2023 survey by the LocalCircles NGO found
that over 70% of Indian crypto investors have concerns about
scams and lack of consumer protection.
• Money Laundering: A 2020 Chainalysis report estimated that
1.1% of global cryptocurrency transaction volume was tied to
illicit activity. India's porous financial system raises concerns
about crypto becoming a haven for money laundering,
jeopardizing national security and financial integrity.
73
 Current Affairs In-Shorts | International Relations
Edition: January 2024
INTERNATIONAL
RELATIONS
16TH EDITION OF INDIA-GERMANY MILITARY
COOPERATION
The 16th edition of the India-Germany Military Cooperation
Sub Group (MCSG) meeting was conducted recently in New
Delhi.
About:
• It is a forum established to boost defense cooperation between
India and Germany through regular talks at the strategic and
operational levels.
• Discussions focused on new initiatives for further
strengthening ongoing defense engagements.
India-Germany Military Cooperation:
• India and Germany have had a ‘Strategic Partnership’ since
20011.
• In 2006, the Indian and German Defence ministers signed an
agreement for deeper security and defense cooperation which
included the exchange and training of military personnel,
increased technology transfer, and greater collaboration
in developing joint defense projects and the creation of the
Indo-German High Defense Committee (HDC).
• In 2008, the first joint naval exercise between India and
Germany took place off the coast of Kochi.
• The two countries have discussed co-development of
military hardware and tech transfers, and a deal worth $5.2
billion where Germany would jointly build six conventional
submarines in India could be underway.
INDIA-NEW ZEALAND BILATERAL TRADE
MEETING
The India and New Zealand trade ministers discussed a
range of bilateral and multilateral trade issues.
Highlights of the Meeting:
• India and New Zealand discussed the issue of Public Stock
Holding (PSH), ahead of the World Trade Organisation’s
Ministerial Conference.
• Both nations welcomed the finalization of the Memorandum
of Understanding to further liberalize the bilateral Air Services
Agreement between the two countries.
• The importance of the annual meeting of the Joint Trade
74
Committee (JTC), established under the 1986 India-New
Zealand Trade Agreement was acknowledged.
What is the issue of Public Stock Holding?
• As per WTO norms, agricultural subsidies should not
exceed 10 percent of the value of agricultural production for
developing countries.
• However India and many other developing countries have
been pushing for a permanent solution to the issue of
providing subsidies for PSH, as it would allow them to expand
schemes like MSP for foodgrains without worrying about
breaching limits.
• Large agriculture commodity exporters such as the US and
Canada are critical of such a move as they believe that higher
subsidies are distorting agriculture prices in the global market.
Peace Clause:
• WTO members at the Bali ministerial meeting in 2013 put in
place a mechanism called the Peace Clause to tackle the
differences between nations on food subsidies.
• Under this clause, developing nations could not be dragged
to arbitration if they did breach the prescribed limit of 10 per
cent on support to farmers.
WORLD TRADE ORGANIZATION (WTO)
• WTO is the international organization that deals with the
rules of trade between countries.
• History: WTO was founded in 1995. It is the successor
to the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (GATT)
established in the wake of the Second World War.
• Headquarters: Geneva, Switzerland
• Member: The WTO is run by its 164 members.
• Mandate: It aims to promote free trade, which is done
through trade agreements that are discussed and signed
by the member states.
 The WTO also provides a forum for countries to
negotiate trade rules and settle economic disputes
between them.
WTO’s Ministerial Conference:
• The Ministerial Conference is the WTO’s top decision-
making body. It usually meets every two years.
• All members of the WTO are involved in the Ministerial
Conference and they can make decisions on all matters
covered under any multilateral trade agreements.
 In-Shorts | International Relations
‘ANGOLA’ LEAVES OPEC
Africa’s second-biggest oil producer ‘Angola’ is leaving
OPEC after disagreements over production targets.
About:
• The producer group lowered Angola’s oil output target as part
of a series of cuts led by Saudi Arabia to help prop up prices.
• Hence Angola clashed with Saudi Arabia at recent meetings
and decided to leave the group.
About OPEC:
• The Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries (OPEC)
was established in 1960 at the Baghdad conference.
• Headquarters: Vienna, Austria
• Member: Currently, it has 13 members including Angola,
Saudi Arabia, Iran, Iraq, Kuwait, and Venezuela.
 Angola had joined OPEC in 2007.
ANGOLA
• Angola, is a country located in southwestern Africa.
• Bordering Nations: It is bordered by Namibia to the south,
the Democratic Republic of the Congo to the northeast,
Zambia to the east, and the Atlantic Ocean to the west.
INDIA-ASEAN RELATIONS
India and the Association of South East Asian Nations
(ASEAN) will begin negotiations to modernize their free
trade agreement (FTA) to bring more balance in the pact.
ASEAN India Trade in Goods Agreement (AITGA):
• India signed an FTA in goods with ASEAN in 2009, which
came into force in 2010.
 A separate FTA in services was signed in 2014.
• The FTA between India and ASEAN is also known as the
ASEAN India Trade in Goods Agreement (AITGA). The pact
resulted in disproportionate benefits for ASEAN.
Current Affairs
Edition: January 2024
TRADE DEFICIT
• India’s trade deficit with the ASEAN region was at $7.5
billion per annum when the pact was implemented. This
has ballooned to $43.57 billion in FY23.
• In 2022-23, India’s exports to the region were valued at $44
billion, while its imports were at $87.57 billion.
• ASEAN accounted for 11.3% of India’s global trade in
2022-23.
Revamping AITGA:
• Changes in the Rules of Origin (ROO): It will work in favor of
India by increasing market access for some items as well as
blocking possible re-routing of goods by China through the
ASEAN countries.
 ROO are the criteria to determine the origin of a product
and establish if it qualifies for duty cuts under an FTA.
• Product specific rules (PSRs): It will be introduced in the ROO
chapter which can help India relax rules for certain items
to increase exports. At the same time, loopholes could be
blocked to check circumvention by China.
• Trade remedies: The modernized AITGA will also have a
chapter on trade remedies, which will seek to provide a
safety net for domestic industry against unfair trade practices
or unforeseen surges in imports of goods.
India-ASEAN Relations:
• Defense Relations: Recently The Republic of Singapore Navy
(RSN) and the Indian Navy (IN) co-hosted the first ever
ASEAN-India Maritime Exercise off the coast of Singapore.
 With AIME-2023 India becomes the 4th ASEAN dialogue
partner, after Russia, China and the US to hold the
ASEAN+1 maritime exercise.
• ASEAN-India Friendship Year: The year 2022 marks the 30th
Anniversary of ASEAN-India Dialogue Relations & the 10th
anniversary of India’s Strategic Partnership with ASEAN.
• Connectivity and Infrastructure: Initiatives such as the India
-Myanmar-Thailand Trilateral Highway and the Kaladan
Multimodal Transit Transport Project aim to improve physical
connectivity between India and ASEAN, promoting trade and
economic integration.
75
 Current Affairs In-Shorts | International Relations
Edition: January 2024
• Multi-level interaction: In their relations at the apex is the annual
summit which is ASEAN-India Summit. Further there are active
engagement through ASEAN-led mechanisms, such as:
 East Asia Summit,
 ASEAN Regional Forum,
 ADMM-Plus.
• Delhi Dialogue: The ‘Delhi Dialogue’ (DD) mechanism is
hosted by India annually. It is traditionally inaugurated jointly
by India and ASEAN at the Foreign Minister’s level.
 It serves as the main Track 1.5 mechanism for engagement.
• Maritime Connectivity & Security: India is surrounded by the
Indian Ocean and ASEAN Countries have borders with Indo-
Pacific waters. India is consciously working with ASEAN
towards a vision of an open and inclusive Indo-Pacific in
tandem with initiatives such as;
 The Indo-Pacific Oceans Initiative (IPOI),
 To ensure Security and Growth for All in the Region
(SAGAR).
 India and some of the ASEAN countries are also members
of the Indo-Pacific Economic Framework (IPEF).
ASSOCIATION OF SOUTHEAST ASIAN NATIONS (ASEAN)
• About: It is a political and economic organization aimed
primarily at promoting economic growth and regional
stability among its members.
• Members: Brunei, Cambodia, Indonesia, Laos, Malaysia,
Myanmar, the Philippines, Singapore, Thailand and Vietnam.
• History: It was established in 1967 in Bangkok, Thailand,
with the signing of the ASEAN Declaration (Bangkok
Declaration) by the Founding Fathers of ASEAN: Indonesia,
Malaysia, Philippines, Singapore and Thailand.
 Brunei Darussalam joined ASEAN in 1984, followed by
Vietnam in 1995, Lao PDR and Myanmar in 1997, and
Cambodia in 1999
• ASEAN Summit: It is the highest policy-making body in
ASEAN comprising the Head of States or Government of
ASEAN Member States.Summit is held twice annually.
 The First ASEAN Summit was held in Bali, Indonesia in 1976.
NORTH ATLANTIC TREATY ORGANIZATION
A key committee in the Turkish parliament gave the
clearance for Sweden’s NATO membership.
About NATO:
• NATO, or the North Atlantic Treaty Organization, is a military
alliance of countries.
• The foundations of NATO were officially laid down in 1949
with the signing of the North Atlantic Treaty, more popularly
known as the Washington Treaty.
76
• Its primary purpose is to ensure the security and defense of its
member countries through collective defense.
• The organization's roots can be traced back to the aftermath
of World War II when the North Atlantic Treaty was signed.
• Founding Members: The original members of NATO
were Belgium, Canada, Denmark, France, Iceland, Italy,
Luxembourg, the Netherlands, Norway, Portugal, the United
Kingdom, and the United States.
• Collective Defense: The cornerstone of NATO is Article 5 of
the North Atlantic Treaty, which states that an armed attack
against one or more of its members is considered an attack
against all members.
• Decision-Making: Decisions within NATO are made based on
consensus among member countries.
 The North Atlantic Council, which includes the ambassadors
of all member countries, is the principal political decision-
making body.
• Members: It has 31 member countries, Finland became 31st
member in 2023.
 On signing the Treaty, countries voluntarily commit
themselves to participate in the political consultations and
military activities of the Organization.
Challenges faced by NATO:
• Funding issues: While the US shoulders 53% of NATO's
defense budget, just 8 member states meet the agreed target
of spending 2% of GDP on defense (Source: SIPRI).
• Russia Ukraine War: The Ukraine crisis and Moscow's
concerns about NATO expansion has strained relations and
risks a potential escalation.
• Divergent priorities: As per Carnegie Endowment for
International Peace, member states like France and Germany
prioritize regional stability and diplomacy, while Eastern
European members like Poland advocate for a robust
response to Russian aggression, creating friction within the
alliance.
• Alignment towards Russia: The rise of populist governments in
Hungary and Turkey, with their Eurosceptic leanings, casts a
shadow on NATO's unity and commitment to collective action
by favoring Russia from time to time.
Conclusion:
• NATO's collective military power remains unmatched and its
experience in adapting to changing landscapes is invaluable.
By addressing internal divisions, strengthening partnerships,
and continuously modernizing its capabilities, NATO can
remain a key player in promoting security and stability in the
21st century.
 In-Shorts | Internal Security Current Affairs
Edition: January 2024

INTERNAL SECURITY
91ST INTERPOL GENERAL ASSEMBLY
In the 91st Interpol General Assembly, India has urged other
member countries to deny safe havens to crime, criminals,
and the proceeds of crime.
Key Highlights:
• During the assembly, discussions were held for a concerted
action to combat organized crime, terrorism, drug trafficking,
money laundering, online radicalisation, cyber-enabled
financial crimes etc.
• To tackle organized crime the Vienna Declaration was issued
with five priority actions:
 Tackling transnational organized crime must become a
global national security priority,
 Building greater cooperation to tackle criminal activity,
 Increased information sharing,
 Empowering frontline police,
 Greater investment in innovation and technology.
• India also supported the adoption of Interpol’s Vision 2030
and the creation of the Interpol Future Council.
 An NCB is run by national police officials and usually sits
in the government ministry responsible for policing.
India’s Status:
• India joined the Interpol in 1949.
• The CBI (Central Bureau of Investigation) is the National Central
Bureau for Interpol in India and coordinates all international
police cooperation requirements of Indian law enforcement
agencies via Interpol channels.
• India hosted the 90th Interpol General Assembly in Delhi in
2022. Interpol’s first global crime trend report was released
during the Delhi Session.
Interpol Notices:
• Interpol Notices are international requests for cooperation or
alerts allowing police in member countries to share critical
crime-related information.
• Notices are published by the General Secretariat at the request
of a National Central Bureau and are made available to all our
member countries.

About Interpol:
• Interpol is an intergovernmental organization, which stands
for International Criminal Police Organization.
• Background: It was founded in 1923 at the International
Police Congress in Vienna as the International Criminal Police
Commission (ICPC). In 1956, the ICPC adopted the name
Interpol.
• Members: It has 196 member countries, including India.
• Headquarters: Lyon, France
• Mandate: It connects police around the world – both
technically and in person. It is the world's largest and only
organization with the mandate and technical infrastructure to
share police information globally.

Governance of Interpol:
• The General Secretariat coordinates the day-to-day activities
to fight a range of crimes. Headed by the Secretary-General,
it is staffed by both police and civilians.
• The General Assembly is the governing body and it brings all DEFENCE INDIGENISATION
countries together once a year to make decisions.
The Defence Acquisition Council (DAC) recently accorded
• In each country, an Interpol National Central Bureau (NCB) approval for Acceptance of Necessity (AoNs) for various
provides the central point of contact for the General capital acquisition proposals amounting to ₹2.23 lakh crore.
Secretariat and other NCBs.

77
 Current Affairs In-Shorts | Internal Security
Edition: January 2024
About:
• Of the total, acquisition worth ₹2.20 lakh crore (98 per cent)
will be sourced from domestic industries.
• The DAC accorded AoNs for the procurement of the following
equipment:
 Anti-tank Munitions namely, Area Denial Munition (ADM)
Type-2 and Type-3, which are capable of neutralising Tanks.
 State-of-the-art Towed Gun System (TGS) The AoN was also
accorded for 155 mm Nubless projectile for use in 155 mm
Artillery guns which will enhance the lethality and safety of
the projectiles.
 Medium Range Anti-Ship Missiles (MRAShM) for surface
platforms of the Indian Navy.
 Light Combat Helicopter (LCH) and Light Combat Aircraft
(LCA) Mk 1A.
Defence Indigenisation:
• A country can develop and produce defence equipment within
the country to achieve self-reliance.
• An indigenous defence industry is a vital objective for India
given its security environment and strategic objectives.
• Current Status: India’s defence manufacturing sector has
witnessed a CAGR of 3.9% between 2016 and 2020.
 The Government of India has set the defence production
target at US$ 25 billion by 2025 (including US$ 5 billion
from exports by 2025).
 India remained the world’s largest arms importer for the
five years between 2018-22 even though its arms imports
dropped by 11% between 2013–17 and 2018–22, according
to SIPRI.
Significance of Defence Indigenisation:
• Drain of Resources: India spends around 2.5% of GDP on
defence (2022) and 60% of that is spent on imports. This leads
to a drain of economic resources.
 Self-reliance will reduce dependability on foreign Original
Equipment Manufacturers (OEMs).
• Strategic advantage: Self-reliance will make India’s geopolitical
stance strategically stronger as a net security provider in the
region.
• Boost indigenous capability: While providing enormous
strength to the defence forces, acquisition from domestic
defence industries will take the indigenous capability to a new
height and towards achieving the goal of 'Aatmanirbharta'.
Challenges:
• Defence budget: India’s defence budget is at a historic low but
it remains susceptible to cuts and considerable uncertainty.
 It has witnessed a steady decline in the past decade, from
nearly 13 per cent in 2012–13 to 9.6 per cent in 2021–22
78
• Narrow Private Participation: Private sector participation in
the defence sector is constrained by the lack of a conducive
financial framework and monopoly by the public sector.
• Lack of Research and Critical Technology: Lack of design
capability, inadequate R&D investment, and inability to
manufacture major subsystems and components hamper
indigenous manufacturing.
• Lack of Coordination: India’s defence manufacturing capability
is hindered by overlapping jurisdictions between the Ministry
of Defence and the Ministry of Industrial Promotion.
• Bureaucratic delay and licensing issues: Investment in the
defence sector is subject to compliance with the licensing
requirements stipulated by the Department of Industrial
Policy and Promotion (DIPP).
• Poor quality products: It is largely attributed to the low-end
technology and thereby fair poorly as compared to products
from other advanced countries when it comes to exports.
GOVERNMENT INITIATIVES TO
PROMOTE INDIGENISATION
• IDDM category: Acording priority to procurement of capital
items of Buy Indian (IDDM-Indigenous Designed and
Manufactured) category from domestic sources under
Defence Acquisition Procedure (DAP)-2020.
• ‘Positive Indigenisation Lists’: For items for which there
would be an embargo on the import beyond the timelines
indicated against them.
• Liberalization of Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) policy:
allowing 74% FDI under automatic route.
• SRIJAN: Launch of an indigenization portal namely SRIJAN
to facilitate indigenisation by Indian Industry including
MSMEs.
• Defence Industrial Corridors: Establishment of two Defence
Industrial Corridors, one each in Uttar Pradesh and Tamil
Nadu, etc.
• Amendment in the Defence Acquisition Procedure (DAP)
2020: In all categories of procurement cases, a minimum
of 50 per cent of indigenous content shall be in the form of
material, components and software that are manufactured
in India.
• Encouraging start-ups/MSMEs participation: For AoN costs
up to ₹300 crore, registered MSMEs and recognised start-
ups are considered for the issue of Request for Proposal
(RFP) without any stipulation of financial parameters.
Suggestions:
• Identify priority areas for the transfer of technology and ways
to assess transfers of technology from foreign OEMs to public
and private Indian entities.
 In-Shorts | Internal Security
• Assign budgetary estimates for the procurement of specific
systems over the short, medium and long term.
• Create realistic timeframes for indigenisation after
consultations with Indian R&D centres and industry (both
public and private).
• Identify potential export markets for specific weapon
categories.
• Ensure via changes to the DPP, that the acquisitions process
is neutral on public vs private sector options, and sensitive only
to Indian vs foreign manufacturing.
 A level playing field between the Indian public and private
sectors will accelerate the process of indigenisation by
increasing competition.
SECURE EMAIL NETWORK
In the wake of cyberattacks, the Union government sets up
a secure email network for staff of important Ministries and
departments.
About:
• The e-mail system that works on Zero Trust Authentication
(ZTA) has been designed by the National Informatics Centre
(NIC).
• Through this, the government has activated two-factor
authentication, other than passwords, facial recognition or
biometrics. The log-in and log-out times are recorded and
monitored.
Zero Trust Authentication:
• It is an approach to network and system security that assumes
no trust, even for users and devices inside the corporate
network.
• Traditionally, security models relied on the concept of a
trusted internal network, where once users and devices were
inside the perimeter, they were considered safe.
• However, as cyber threats have evolved, the Zero Trust
model has gained prominence as a more robust and adaptive
security strategy.
• Zero Trust emphasizes the continuous verification of the identity
of users and devices. Instead of a one-time authentication at
the network perimeter, users and devices are authenticated at
every access attempt, regardless of their location.
• Multi-Factor Authentication is a crucial element of Zero Trust
Authentication. It adds an extra layer of security by requiring
users to provide multiple forms of identification before
granting access.
 This typically includes something the user knows
(password), something the user has (security token), and
something the user is (biometric data).
Current Affairs
Edition: January 2024
Significances:
• Enhance Productivity: Empower users to work more securely
anywhere and anytime, on any device.
• Cloud migration: Enable digital transformation with intelligent
security for today’s complex environment.
• Network security solution: It protects your network
infrastructure against advanced threats and malware.
• Data security solution: It protects enterprise data across
multiple environments, meets privacy regulations and
simplifies operational complexity.
NATIONAL INFORMATICS CENTRE (NIC)
• It is a technology partner of the Government of India under
the Ministry of Electronics and Information Technology (MeitY).
• It was established in 1976.
Objective:
• To provide technology-driven solutions to Central and
State Governments, like:
 Design and Develop IT Systems for the Government;
 Provide ICT Infrastructure to the Government;
 Explore & Advise on use of Emerging Technologies
DIGITAL INDIA CORPORATION (DIC)
• It is a not-for-profit company set up by the Ministry of
Electronics and Information Technology (MeitY).
• Earlier, it was known as ‘Media Lab Asia’.
• It helps countrywide critical digital infrastructure to
‘operate, manage and migrate existing projects as well as
future projects’.
• It is currently working on projects of national importance such
as Digilocker, Poshan Tracker, MyScheme, Umang, APISetu,
NCW, Kisan Sarathi, Academic Bank of Credits, etc., which
run on cloud services provided by Amazon Web Services.
INDIAN OCEAN NAVAL SYMPOSIUM, 2023
The 8 th edition of Indian Ocean Naval Symposium (IONS)
Conclave of Chiefs (CoC) was conducted by the Royal Thai
Navy at Bangkok.
About:
• The IONS is a voluntary initiative.
• It was conceived by the Indian Navy in 2008 as a forum that
seeks to increase maritime co-operation among navies of the
littoral states of the Indian Ocean Region by providing an
open and inclusive forum for discussion of regionally relevant
maritime issues.
• India is scheduled to take over as the Chair of IONS (2025-
27) during 9th CoC planned to be conducted in India at the
end 2025.
79
 Current Affairs In-Shorts | Polity & Governance
Edition: January 2024
POLITY &
GOVERNANCE
TERMS OF REFERENCE OF 16TH FINANCE
COMMISSION
The Union Cabinet has approved the Terms of Reference
(ToR) for the Sixteenth Finance Commission.
About:
• Division of Tax Proceeds: Recommending the distribution of
taxes between the Union Government and the States. This
entails determining the allocation of shares among the States
from these tax proceeds.
• Principles for Grants-in-Aid: Establishing the principles that
govern grants-in-aid to the States from the Consolidated
Fund of India. This includes specifying the amounts to be
provided to the States as grants-in-aid, particularly under
Article 275 of the Constitution.
• Enhancing State Funds for Local Bodies: Identifying measures
to augment the Consolidated Fund of a State, to supplement
resources available to Panchayats and Municipalities within
the State. This is based on recommendations put forth by the
State's own Finance Commission.
• Evaluation of Disaster Management Financing: The
Commission may conduct a review of the current financing
structures related to Disaster Management initiatives.
 This involves examining the funds established under the
Disaster Management Act, of 2005, and providing suitable
recommendations for improvements or alterations.
Challenges for 16th Finance Commissions:
• Funding of Defence and Internal Security: Exploring the
implementation of a non-lapsable fund, as recommended by
the Fifteenth FC, to address the separate funding mechanism
for defense and internal security, which is still pending
despite government acceptance in principle.
• Impact of COVID-19 Pandemic: Recognizing the unprecedented
disruptions caused by the COVID-19 pandemic, the Sixteenth
FC must assess its implications on the economic and fiscal
landscape.
• Co-existence of the GST Council: Addressing the challenge
of the GST Council's influence on fiscal resource-sharing
projections by establishing a mechanism for revisiting
financial estimates when there are changes in GST Council
decisions or vice versa.
80
FINANCE COMMISSION
• It is a constitutional body is also a quasi-judicial body in
matters related to summoning & enforcing attendance
and requisitioning any public record from any court of
office.
• It is constituted by the President of India under Article 280
of the Constitution which requires a Finance Commission
(FC) to be set up every five years.
• The Finance Commission normally takes about two years to
make their recommendations.
 As per clause (1) of Article 280 of the Constitution, the
Finance Commission is to be constituted every fifth
year or earlier.
• The 1st FC was constituted vide Presidential Order under
the chairmanship of Shri K.C. Neogy on 6th April 1952.
• Core Responsibilities: The Commission must make
recommendations to the President as to:
 The distribution between the Union and the States of
the net proceeds of taxes which are to be, or maybe,
divided between them and the allocation between the
States of the respective shares of such proceeds;
 The principles which should govern the grants-in-aid
of the revenues of the States out of the Consolidated
Fund of India;
 The measures needed to augment the Consolidated
Fund of a State to supplement the resources
of the Municipalities in the State based on the
recommendations made by the Finance Commission of
the State;
 Any other matter referred to the Commission by the
President in the interests of sound finance.
EXIT POLLS
Recently, Exit poll predictions were released for the General
election to the Legislative Assemblies.
About:
• The Election Commission of India defines exit polls as polls,
surveys, or other activities that are aimed at ascertaining the
voting preferences of electors.
• It is carried out with voters right after they have left the polling
stations on the day of the election.
 In-Shorts | Polity & Governance
Regulations for Exit Polls:
• The Election Commission of India (ECI) has established certain
rules and guidelines regarding the release and conduct of exit
polls to ensure the integrity of the electoral process.
 The publication or dissemination of exit polls is prohibited
starting from the beginning of the hours fixed for the poll
and continues until half an hour after the closing of the
polls in all phases of the election.
 Media outlets, agencies, and individuals are not allowed
to publish or air the results of any exit polls during the
specified prohibition period.
 In the case of multi-phase elections, where polling takes
place in different regions on different dates, the prohibition
on exit polls extends until the completion of all phases of
the election.
• Violation Penalties: Sections 126A and 126B of the
Representation of the People Act, 1951 prescribe penalties.
These may include imprisonment for a term that may extend
to two years or with a fine or both.
OPINION POLLS vs. EXIT POLLS
• A pre-election survey, known as an opinion poll, seeks to
collect voters' perspectives on various election-related
matters.
• In contrast, an exit poll occurs immediately after individuals
have cast their votes, aiming to gauge the level of support
for political parties and their candidates.
PARTICULARLY VULNERABLE TRIBAL GROUPS
The Ministry of Tribal Affairs recently told the Rajya Sabha
that the population of Particularly Vulnerable Tribal Groups
(PVTGs) was not in decline.
About:
• PVTGs are the most marginalized and extremely backward
sections among Scheduled Tribes (STs).
• The criteria for identifying Particularly Vulnerable Tribal
Groups are:
 Pre-agricultural level of technology,
 Low level of literacy,
 Economic backwardness,
 A declining or stagnant population.
• History of PVTGs: The Dhebar Commission (1960-61) identified
that there is inequality among tribal communities in terms of
socio-economic development.
 As per the 2001 census, there are 75 Particularly
Vulnerable Tribal Groups (PVTGs) with a total population of
27,68,322, living in 18 States and Union Territory.
Current Affairs
Edition: January 2024
• Current status:
 In six States namely, Madhya Pradesh, Chhattisgarh,
Maharashtra, Jharkhand, Andhra Pradesh, and Tamil
Nadu, the PVTGs constitute more than 77% of their total
population covering 38 out of the 75 PVTGs.
 Among the 75 listed PVTG the highest number are found in
Odisha, followed by Andhra Pradesh, Bihar, Jharkhand, etc.
 The Saharia tribe of Madhya Pradesh and Rajasthan is the
largest among PVTGs, with a population of more than 4 lakhs.
Recent Government Initiatives:
• The PM-PVTG Development Mission program: It has been
envisaged in the Union Budget 2023-24 with an allocation of
Rs 15,000 crore for Scheduled Tribes.
 The program envisions connecting all 22,544 PVTG villages
to basic government services like communications,
electricity, public education, healthcare, water supply,
and connectivity.
• Pradhan Mantri-Janjati Adivasi Nyaya Maha Abhiyan: Through
9 Ministries it will focus on 11 critical interventions like the
Provision of pucca houses, Connecting roads, Piped Water
Supply, Community water supply, Mobile Medical Units with
medicine cost, etc.
 The plan also intends to set up vocational and skill training
centers in 60 aspirational PVTG blocks and build 500 Van
Dhan Vikas Kendras to help people trade in forest produce.
Challenges:
• The lack of current data: The Ministry of Tribal Affairs is
yet to compile an accurate and current dataset of PVTG
populations.
 No Census since 1951 has accounted for PVTGs separately
and has not submitted any data on their socio-economic
indices to the House panel either.
• Diverse groups: Each of the 75 PVTGs is small in number,
culturally different from one another, and lives in remote
habitats with poor administrative and infrastructure backup,
thus making it difficult to form a coherent policy.
• Loss of their customary habitats: The PVTGs are becoming
increasingly vulnerable due to the loss of their customary
habitats and livelihood resources leading to hunger/
starvation, malnutrition, and ill health.
• Verge of extinction: Some of them are even on the verge
of extinction, including Shompens, Jarawas, Sentinelese
of the Andaman and Nicobar Islands; Bondos of Orissa;
Choianaickans of Kerala, the Abujhmarias of Chhattisgarh;
and Birhors of Jharkhand.
• The most vulnerable sections: Reports of the Government of
India reveal that most of these groups had not attained any
significant level of social and economic progress, becoming
“the most vulnerable sections”, needing special attention.
81
 Current Affairs In-Shorts | Polity & Governance
Edition: January 2024
SC UPHOLDS REPEAL OF J&K’S SPECIAL
STATUS
The Supreme Court (SC) in a 5-0 unanimous ruling upheld
the abrogation of Article 370 of the Constitution.
Key Highlights of the Judgement:
• Temporary provision: The court held that Article 370 was only
a “temporary provision” to ease the accession of the then
princely State to the Union at a time of internal strife and war.
• Powers of President: The Court upheld the power of the
President to abrogate Article 370 in August 2019.
 The power of the Parliament or the President to abrogate
Article 370 did not cease to exist with the dissolution of
the Constituent Assembly of Jammu and Kashmir in 1957.
 The Supreme Court relied heavily on its landmark 1994
judgement in SR Bommai v Union of India which concluded
that the power of the President to dismiss a State
government is not absolute.
 It held that the declaration of State Emergency under
Article 356 and the subsequent actions of the President
should have a “reasonable nexus”.
• Surrender of sovereignty:
 Karan Singh’s Proclamation of 1949 (cited by SC): The court
ruled that Jammu and Kashmir did not retain an element
of sovereignty or internal sovereignty after it joined the
Union of India.
 SC recalled that in November 1949, Yuvraj Karan Singh,
heir to the throne of Jammu and Kashmir, had issued a
proclamation that reflected the “full and final surrender of
J&K's sovereignty to India.”
• Truth-and-Reconciliation Commission: The Supreme Court
has ordered the establishment of a Truth-and-Reconciliation
Commission to address human rights violations both by state
and non-state actors in Jammu and Kashmir since the 1980s.
• Elections: The court accepted the assurance of the Centre
to restore Statehood to the Union Territory of Jammu and
Kashmir “at the earliest”.
 It directed the Election Commission of India to hold the
Jammu and Kashmir Assembly elections by September
30, 2024.
J&K given Special Status:
• Jammu and Kashmir was accorded special status because
of the circumstances in which it acceded to India soon after
Independence.
 Sandwiched between the two new Dominions of India and
Pakistan, the State did not make an immediate decision
on which country to join, as it had vital economic and
cultural links with both.
82
 Maharaja Hari Singh, in August 1947, offered to have
‘Standstill Agreements’, which meant that existing
arrangements would continue on all matters, with both
Pakistan and India.
 By October 1947, the Maharaja was faced with regular
military attacks from the Pakistan side.
 In a letter to India’s Governor-General, Lord
Mountbatten, on October 26, 1947, he sought help from
India, noting that “naturally they cannot send the help
asked for” without his State acceding to the Dominion
of India. Therefore, he attached an ‘Instrument of
Accession’ with the letter.
 However, it was not unconditional. He specified matters
on which the Dominion legislature may make laws for
Jammu and Kashmir, but the rest of the powers were to
be retained by the State.
 These subjects were Defence, Foreign Affairs and
Communications.
SPECIAL STATUS OF J&K: HISTORICAL LINKAGES
• Article 370 was a key provision in the Indian Constitution
that granted special status to the former state of J&K.
• In March 1948, the then Maharaja of Kashmir, Hari Singh
had appointed an interim government in the state, with
Sheikh Abdullah as prime minister.
• In July 1949, Sheikh Abdullah and three other colleagues
joined the Indian Constituent Assembly and subsequently
negotiated the special status of Jammu and Kashmir. This
led to the adoption of Article 370.
 It provided some autonomy to Jammu and Kashmir, such
as allowing the state to have its constitution, a separate
flag, and limited jurisdiction for the Central government.
 Article 35-A: Article 35A under Article 370 of the
Constitution was introduced through a presidential
order in 1954 to continue the old provisions of the
territory regulations.
• The article permitted the Jammu and Kashmir state
legislature to define permanent residents of the region.
Abrogation:
• On August 5, 2019, the President issued the Constitution
(Application to Jammu and Kashmir) Order which inserted a
new provision, Article 367(4), in the Indian Constitution.
 This replaced the expression ‘Constituent Assembly of
the State’ in the proviso to Article 370(3) with ‘Legislative
Assembly of the State’.
• The same day the Parliament abrogated Article 370 and
passed the Bill to reorganise the State of Jammu and Kashmir.
 The former State was split into two Union Territories —
Jammu and Kashmir and Ladakh.
 In-Shorts | Polity & Governance
Government's View:
• The decision to abrogate Article 370 was based on the
government's belief that it hindered the integration of Jammu
and Kashmir with the rest of India and limited the region's
development.
• It is argued that it would help bring socio-economic
development, promote equal rights and opportunities, and
ensure better governance in the region.
• They also contended that it would facilitate the application of
national laws and programs, which were previously not fully
applicable in Jammu and Kashmir.
Criticism:
• Critics of the abrogation raised concerns about the decision's
impact on the special status and identity of Jammu and
Kashmir, as well as its potential implications for the region's
autonomy and demographic composition.
• There were debates about the constitutional validity of the
move.
SR BOMMAI vs. UNION OF INDIA
• 1994 judgment in SR Bommai v Union of India: In Bommai,
a nine-judge bench of the Supreme Court interpreted
Article 356 of the Constitution to define the contours of the
proclamation of President’s rule.
• The SC unanimously held that the President’s proclamation
can be subject to judicial review on grounds of illegality,
malafide, extraneous considerations, abuse of power, or
fraud.
 While the President’s subjective appraisal of the issue
cannot be examined, the Court said that the material
relied on for making the decision can be reviewed.
 The verdict also made Parliamentary approval
necessary for imposing the President’s rule. Only
after the proclamation is approved by both Houses of
Parliament can the President exercise the power.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR STATES IN INDIA
The Indian Constitution creates special provisions for
several states under Article 371.
About:
• All these exceptions are under a Section of the Constitution
titled “Temporary, Transitional, and Special Provisions”.
• Reason: These special provisions are intended to address the
unique circumstances and historical backgrounds of specific
states.
 The states that enjoy special status often have distinct
rights, privileges, and autonomy in certain matters.
Current Affairs
Edition: January 2024
States that Enjoy the Special Provisions under the
Constitution:
• Article 371A: Special provisions for Nagaland
 The state can have its own administrative and legal
mechanisms based on the Naga customary laws, and the
right to carry on religious and local social practices.
 Special powers to the governor to overrule the decision of
the chief minister on a law and order situation.
• Article 371B: Special provisions for Assam
 The State’s governor set up a committee of the legislative
assembly consisting of members of the house elected
from the tribal areas of the state.
• Article 371C: Special provisions for Manipur
 The president has the right to form a committee of tribal
MLAs through the governor.
• Article 371D: Special provisions for Andhra Pradesh
 Grants the president certain special powers over the
state government, including ensuring reservation in
employment and education.
• Article 371F: Special provisions for Sikkim
 The members of the Legislative Assembly of Sikkim shall
elect the representative of Sikkim in the House of the
People.
• Article 371G: Special provisions for Mizoram
 Provide the people rights over their customary laws,
religious freedom, land rights, etc.
• Article 371H: Special provisions for Arunachal Pradesh
 Grants special powers to the governor to overrule the
decision of the chief minister on a law and order situation.
• Article 371I: Special provisions for Goa
 Goa state assembly has special powers to make laws on
the sale of land, and ownership of property.
• Article 371J: Special provisions for Karnataka.
 Special powers to six backward districts under which they
can establish special development boards, reservations
in jobs and education institutions, etc.
DIFFERENCE BETWEEN
SPECIAL CATEGORY STATUS AND SPECIAL STATUS
• The constitution provides special status through an Act
that has to be passed by a 2/3rds majority in both houses
of Parliament whereas the special category status is
granted by the National Development Council, which is an
administrative body of the government.
• Special status empowers legislative and political rights
while special category status deals only with economic,
administrative and financial aspects.
83
 Current Affairs In-Shorts | Polity & Governance
Edition: January 2024
Arguments in Favour:
• Addressing Historical Injustices: Many of these provisions
were included in the Constitution to recognize and rectify the
historical marginalization and neglect of certain regions and
communities.
• Preserving Cultural and Regional Identity: Special provisions
are seen as a means of preserving the cultural, linguistic,
and regional identity of specific states or communities.
• Promoting Regional Development: Provisions such as
reserved seats in educational institutions, job quotas,
and financial incentives to boost economic growth and
infrastructure development.
• Ensuring Local Autonomy: Supporters argue that special
provisions grant a degree of local autonomy, allowing states
to address their unique challenges with a more tailored
approach.
• Facilitating Integration: In cases where states joined the
Indian Union through specific agreements, special provisions
are seen as facilitating a smoother integration process.
 It also contributes to the overall stability of the country by
addressing regional grievances and preventing potential
disintegration.
Arguments Against:
• Erosion of National Unity: Uniform laws and regulations
are essential for fostering a sense of national unity and
integration.
• Administrative Complexity: Special provisions result in
administrative complexities, as different states have different
rules and regulations.
• Inequality Among States: All states should be subject to the
same laws and regulations to ensure fairness and eliminate
perceptions of preferential treatment.
• Potential for Regionalism: Critics express concerns that
special provisions may fuel regionalism, fostering a sense of
separateness and identity among certain states.
• Misuse for Political Gains: Critics argue that politicians may use
these provisions to secure votes or engage in identity politics,
potentially at the expense of broader national interests.
• Impediment to Economic Development: The divergence in
regulations and policies may create barriers to investment
and economic growth.
GOOD GOVERNANCE DAY
On the occasion of Good Governance Day, the Government
launched the Extended Version of Mission Karmayogi.
84
About:
• The day is celebrated on the 25th of December every year on the
birth anniversary of former Prime Minister Atal Bihari Vajpayee.
• In 2014, the government announced that December 25 would
be celebrated as Good Governance Day.
• It was established with the slogan "Good Governance through
e-Governance."
Mission Karmayogi:
• In 2020, the Govt. of India launched Mission Karmayogi and it
is anchored by an apex body and headed by the Prime Minister.
• The program aims at building a future-ready civil service with
the right attitude, skills, and knowledge, aligned to the vision
of New India.
Extended Version of Mission Karmayogi:
• My iGOT delivers targeted training courses on the home
page of individual officers facilitating a highly personalized
capacity-building experience thereby ensuring a perfect fit
between the individual and organizational learning needs.
• Blended Programs on the iGOT-Karmayogi platform will
facilitate equitable access to training methodologies across
all levels to meet the dynamic training needs of the officials.
• Curated Programs on iGOT Karmayogi are designed to cater to
the diverse learning needs of the Ministries/Departments and
Training Institutions.
• 12 domain-specific capacity-building e-learning courses have
been developed in two months as part of the Annual Capacity
Building Plan (ACBP) by Karmayogi Digital Learning Lab
(KDLL) of DoPT.
• VIKAS (Variable & Immersive Karmayogi Advanced Support)
is a new blended learning program meant for the capacity
building of Middle management civil servants in the Central
Secretariat.
SOME TAKEN FOR GOOD GOVERNANCE
• Good Governance Index: Prepared by Department of
Administration Reforms and Public Grievances (DARPG).
• Objectives: The objective of GGI is to create a tool which
can be used uniformly across the States to assess impact
of various interventions taken up by the Central and State
Governments including UTs.
• National e-Governance Plan: It has the vision to “make all
government services accessible to the common man
in his locality, through common service delivery outlets
and ensure efficiency, transparency & reliability of such
services at affordable costs to realize the basic needs of
the common man.
 In-Shorts | Society Current Affairs
Edition: January 2024

GENDER-RELATED KILLINGS OF WOMEN AND
GIRLS
The United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime (UNODC)
and UN Women have released a global research brief on the
gender-related killings of women and girls.
SOCIETY
• Indian Scenario: There has been a small decline in gender-
based killings in India over the past decade. The killing
of women due to dowry-related reasons, accusations of
witchcraft, and other gender-related factors persists.

About:
• Gender-related killings of women and girls can be defined
as intentional killings committed on the grounds of gender-
related factors.
• Factors: These can include the ideology of men’s entitlement
and privilege over women, social norms regarding
masculinity, and the need to assert male control or power,
enforce gender roles, or prevent, discourage, or punish what
is considered to be unacceptable female behaviour.

ABOUT FEMICIDE
• Femicide, also known as feminicide, denotes the intentional
killing of women or girls solely based on their gender.
• This form of violence is a gender-based crime entrenched in
deeply rooted societal attitudes and discrimination against
women.
Major Findings:
• Trends: Globally, nearly 89,000 women and girls were killed
intentionally in 2022, the highest yearly number recorded in
the past two decades.
 While the overall number of homicides globally has begun
to fall in 2022, the number of female homicides is not
decreasing.
UN Recommendations for Action Against Femicide:
• Promoting Changes in Social Norms and Attitudes: Encourage
the transformation of societal norms and attitudes harmful
to women through comprehensive and ongoing educational
programs. These initiatives aim to instill awareness and
foster a cultural shift towards greater gender equality from
an early stage.
• Enhancing Women’s Safety in Urban Environments: Advocate
for women's safety audits to enhance urban safety,
incorporating improvements such as enhanced street and
underpass lighting and increased police patrols.
• Promoting Reporting and Early Detection of Violence: Support
the implementation of strategies and measures by relevant
authorities and civil society to facilitate the reporting and
early detection of violence, particularly cases that may lead
to gender-related harm or killing of women. Encouraging a
proactive approach contributes to timely intervention and
prevention.
• Ensuring Equal Protection and Access to Justice: Guarantee
equal protection under the law and equitable access to justice
for women. It is essential to address legal disparities and
ensure that women receive fair treatment and representation
within the legal system.

85
 Current Affairs In-Shorts | Society
Edition: January 2024
• Providing Information on Victim Rights: Ensure that victims,
especially women, receive prompt and accurate information
regarding their rights. Informed victims are better equipped
to navigate legal processes and make empowered decisions
regarding their well-being.
• Allocating Adequate Resources for Victim Rights: Allocate
sufficient human and financial resources to guarantee the
rights of victims, with a particular focus on women. Adequate
resources are vital to providing comprehensive support
services and ensuring justice for victims of gender-related
violence.
Violence Against Women in India:
• Domestic Violence: Domestic violence is prevalent across
different socio-economic backgrounds in India. It includes
physical, emotional, and economic abuse within the confines
of the home.
• Sexual Violence: Incidents such as rape, molestation, and
harassment occur in public spaces, workplaces, and within
homes.
• Female Infanticide and Foeticide: Female infanticide (killing of
female infants) and foeticide (aborting female fetuses) remain
issues, driven by cultural preferences for male children and a
skewed sex ratio.
• Dowry System: The dowry system, despite being illegal, is still
prevalent in many parts of India.
 Dowry-related violence includes harassment, physical
abuse, and even murder if the demands for dowry are not
met.
• Honor Killings: Families may resort to violence, including
murder, to uphold their perceived honor, especially in cases
of inter-caste or inter-religious relationships.
• Cultural Norms and Gender Inequality: Deep-seated
patriarchal norms and gender inequality contribute to an
environment where violence against women, including
femicide, is tolerated or overlooked.
Steps Taken by the Government:
• Protection of Women from Domestic Violence Act, 2005: This
legislation aims to protect women from domestic violence
and provides legal recourse for victims.
• Criminal Law (Amendment) Act, 2013: This amendment
expanded the definition of sexual offenses, increased
penalties for certain crimes, and introduced new offenses
such as acid attacks. It was enacted in response to the
Nirbhaya case, a brutal gang rape in Delhi in 2012.
• Beti Bachao, Beti Padhao: Launched in 2015, this national
campaign focuses on improving the declining child sex ratio,
preventing female infanticide, and promoting the education
and empowerment of girls.
86
• Fast-Track Courts: Special fast-track courts have been
established to expedite the trial of cases related to violence
against women, including femicide.
• One-Stop Centers (OSCs): These centers provide integrated
support such as medical, legal, and counseling services to
survivors.
• Women Helpline and Mobile Apps: The Ministry of Women
and Child Development operates a national helpline (181) to
assist women in distress.
"NARI ADALAT" UNDER MISSION SHAKTI
The Government has decided to implement the component
of "Nari Adalat" in a phased manner under Mission Shakti.
About Nari Adalat:
• It is women's collectives to promote and facilitate alternative
dispute resolution and gender justice in society and within
families.
• In the first phase, the State of Assam and the Union Territory
(UT) of Jammu & Kashmir (J&K) have been selected by the
Ministry to implement the component of Nari Adalat.
Mission Shakti:
• About: It is an initiative by the Ministry of Women and Child
Development designed to enhance efforts in ensuring the
safety, security, and empowerment of women.
• Objective: To fulfill the government's pledge to foster "women-
led development" by tackling women's challenges throughout
their life cycle and by actively involving them as equal
contributors to nation-building. This is achieved through a
strategy of convergence and encouraging citizen ownership.
• Outlay: The total approved outlay of 'Mission Shakti' for the
15th Finance Commission period is Rs. 20,989 crore.
• Sub-schemes: It has two sub-schemes - 'Sambal' and 'Samarthya'
 Sambal Scheme: It is for the safety and security of women. It
consists of erstwhile schemes of One Stop Centre (OSC),
Women Helpline (WHL), and Beti Bachao Beti Padhao
(BBBP) with a new component of Nari Adalats.
 "Samarthya Scheme: It is for the empowerment of women.
 The components of Pradhan Mantri Matru Vandana
Yojana (PMMVY), Palna, Shakti Sadan, Sakhi Niwas,
and Hub for Empowerment of Women are part of the
‘Samarthya’ sub-scheme.
Significance of Mission Shakti:
• It seeks to realize the commitment to “women-led
development" by addressing issues affecting women on
a life-cycle continuum basis and by making them equal
partners in nation-building through convergence and citizen-
ownership.

• It seeks to make women economically empowered, exercising
free choice over their minds and bodies in an atmosphere
free from violence and threat.
• It also seeks to reduce the care burden on women and
increase female labour force participation by promoting skill
development, capacity building, financial literacy, access to
microcredit etc.
ANARCHO-CAPITALISM
The term “Anarcho-capitalism” has recently gained
popularity with Javier Milei, a self-proclaimed anarcho-
capitalist, winning the presidential elections in Argentina.
About:
• The term was coined by American economist Murray
Rothbard, while Belgian economist Gustave de Molinari is
considered to be the first anarcho-capitalist.
• Anarcho-capitalism is a political and economic philosophy
that advocates for the elimination of government intervention
in economic and social affairs.
• It combines elements of anarchism, which opposes
government authority, with capitalism, which supports private
ownership and free markets.
• In an anarcho-capitalist society, private organizations would
be responsible for providing and regulating all services,
including security, law enforcement, and dispute resolution.
 In other words, people would be paying private police
and courts to offer them protection against crime and to
adjudicate disputes with others.
Implications of Anarcho-Capitalism:
• Lack of Government Regulation: Critics argue that without
regulation, there is a risk of exploitation, environmental
degradation, and the potential for monopolies to abuse their
power.
• Private Defense and Legal Systems:
 Anarcho-capitalism suggests that defense and legal
services should be privatized, leading to private security
forces and legal systems.
 Critics raise concerns about the potential for unequal
access to justice and security, where wealthier individuals
or corporations might have more influence and protection
than others.
• Market as Sole Arbiter: Critics argue that a purely market-
driven system may not adequately address issues like income
inequality, poverty, and public goods that are not efficiently
provided by the market.
In-Shorts | Society Current Affairs
Edition: January 2024
• Inequality and Social Justice:
 Anarcho-capitalism may lead to significant wealth
inequality, as those with resources and capital could
accumulate more wealth and influence.
 Critics argue that without mechanisms to address social
justice issues, the gap between the wealthy and the less
privileged could widen, potentially leading to social unrest.
NAYA SAVERA SCHEME
A total of 1,19,223 Minority students/candidates have been
trained under Naya Savera Scheme.
About:
• Ministry: The Ministry of Minority Affairs launched the scheme
in 2007.
• Objective: To assist students/ candidates by way of special
coaching for qualifying examinations for admission in
technical/professional courses and competitive examination
for recruitment to Group ‘A’, ‘B’, & ‘C’ services and other
equivalent posts under the Central and State Governments
including public sector undertakings, banks and railways.
• Criteria: The candidates must belong to the six notified
minority communities namely Sikh, Jain, Muslim, Christian,
Buddhist and Parsi.
REVISING GROWTH STANDARDS TO MEASURE
MALNUTRITION
The Indian Council of Medical Research has constituted
a committee to revise the Growth Standards to measure
malnutrition in India.
About:
• This committee has recommended a detailed rigorous study
to be conducted across the country to examine child growth
with the purpose of devising national growth charts.
What is Malnutrition?
• Malnutrition refers to deficiencies or excesses in nutrient
intake, imbalance of essential nutrients or impaired nutrient
utilization.
• The term malnutrition covers 2 broad groups of conditions.
 Undernutrition—which includes stunting (low height
for age), wasting (low weight for height), underweight
(low weight for age) and micronutrient deficiencies or
insufficiencies (a lack of important vitamins and minerals).
 Overweight, obesity and diet-related non-communicable
diseases (such as heart disease, stroke, diabetes, and
cancer).
87
 Current Affairs In-Shorts | Society
Edition: January 2024
World Health Organization (WHO) Growth Standards
to Measure Malnutrition:
• The WHO Child Growth Standards are a diagnostic tool used
to monitor and assess the nutritional status of infants and
children up to the age of 5.
• By tracking children’s height and body weight, the standards
detect children or populations not growing properly, or who
are underweight or at risk of being overweight.
• The most common measures of childhood undernutrition
are based on anthropometric standards such as height-for-
age (stunting/chronic undernutrition) and weight-for-height
(wasting/acute undernutrition).
• India, like most other countries, uses the globally accepted
WHO Growth Standards to measure malnutrition.
Need to Revise the Growth Standards to Measure
Malnutrition in India:
• Basis of WHO standards: The WHO standards are based
on a Multicentre Growth Reference Study (MGRS) that was
conducted in six countries between 1997 and 2003 (Brazil,
Ghana, India, Norway, Oman and the United States).
 The purpose was to determine the pattern of growth (from
birth to five years) of children who did not face any known
deficiencies in their environments.
• Population Diversity: India has a very diverse population
having different dietary patterns.
 The indicators should consider the diverse socio-economic,
cultural, and ethnic backgrounds within the country.
• Breastfeeding Practices: Take into account the prevalence
and duration of breastfeeding practices in India.
 Breastfeeding patterns can significantly influence the
growth of infants and young children.
• Can be Misleading: Such comparisons could also be misleading
because the study norms of the WHO-MGRS are very different.
 For example, the MGRS included a component of
counselling to ensure appropriate feeding practices,
which is obviously missing in the NFHS or Comprehensive
National Nutrition Survey.
• Misdiagnosis: Another serious concern is related to
inappropriately high standards leading to a misdiagnosis
of the situation, and a resultant potential overfeeding of
misclassified children under programmes of the government
introduced to address undernutrition, thereby resulting in an
increase in overweight and obesity.
• Other Parameters: High levels of child undernutrition have
been a persistent problem in India.
 It is well recognised that the determinants of undernutrition
are multiple, and include food intake, dietary diversity,
health, sanitation, women’s status and the overarching
context of poverty.
88
Steps Taken by Government of India to Eliminate
Malnutrition in India:
• Integrated Child Development Services (ICDS): It provides
a package of services, including supplementary nutrition,
immunization, health check-ups, and preschool education,
to children under the age of 6 years and their mothers.
• National Health Mission (NHM): It includes initiatives such as
the Reproductive, Maternal, Newborn, Child and Adolescent
Health (RMNCH+A) strategy, which addresses maternal and
child health, family planning, and nutrition.
• Poshan Abhiyan (National Nutrition Mission): Launched in 2018,
this mission aims to improve the nutritional status of children
from 0-6 years, pregnant women, and lactating mothers.
 It focuses on reducing stunting, undernutrition, anemia,
and low birth weight.
 For maximizing the nutritional outcomes, Government
launched ‘Saksham Anganwadi and Poshan 2.0’ (Mission
Poshan 2.0), which inter-alia, subsumes POSHAN
Abhiyaan, Supplementary Nutrition Programme under
Anganwadi Services and Scheme for Adolescent Girls.
• Pradhan Mantri Poshan Shakti Nirman: This program provides
free meals to school children to improve their nutritional status,
increase school attendance, and encourage education.
• National Food Security Act (NFSA): Enacted in 2013, this act
aims to provide subsidized food grains to approximately two-
thirds of the population, including priority households and
Antyodaya Anna Yojana (AAY) households.
• Pradhan Mantri Matru Vandana Yojana (PMMVY): This maternity
benefit program provides financial assistance to pregnant
and lactating mothers to support their health and nutrition
during the early stages of motherhood.
• Rashtriya Kishor Swasthya Karyakram (RKSK): This program
focuses on the health and development needs of adolescents,
including nutrition and reproductive health.
• Anemia Mukt Bharat (AMB): Launched to combat anemia, this
program aims to reduce the prevalence of anemia among
pregnant women, lactating mothers, and children.
Conclusion:
• There is no doubt that there are also many gaps to fill in the
more distal determinants of stunting, mainly; livelihoods and
poverty, access to education and women’s empowerment.
• Collaboration among government agencies, researchers,
and healthcare professionals is crucial for the successful
development and implementation of revised growth standards
for measuring malnutrition in India.
• Additionally, periodic reviews and updates may be necessary
to reflect changes in the population's health and nutritional
status over time.

ENVIRONMENT
HYDROGEN FOR HERITAGE SCHEME
India proposes to invite expression of interest from global
players to manufacture hydrogen-powered trains in the
country based on technology being developed indigenously.
About:
• Initiation: Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman in her Budget
speech 2023, announced the ‘Hydrogen for Heritage’
scheme, a plan to operate hydrogen-powered trains on select
heritage and hilly routes that are environmentally sensitive.
• Technology: Indian Railways is developing a prototype of a
train that will be powered by hydrogen fuel cells–making for a
more environment-friendly locomotive than traditional diesel-
powered ones.
 India’s plan to develop the technology involves retrofitment
of hydrogen fuel cells on diesel electric multiple unit (DEMU)
rakes.
 This prototype is expected to run on the Jind-Sonipat
section in Haryana initially.
• Countries Having the Technology: Currently, only Germany
commercially operates hydrogen-powered trains, while the US,
the UK, France, and Japan are in the testing phase.
• Initial Proposal: Indian Railways has proposed to run 35
hydrogen trains at an estimated cost of Rs 80 crore per train,
with ground infrastructure costing Rs70 crore per route.
 Thirty-five train-set rakes (with six coaches each) have
been sanctioned for the ongoing financial year for eight
sections–Matheran Hill Railway, Darjeeling Himalayan
Railway, Kalka-Shimla Railway, Kangra Valley, Bilmora
Waghai, Patalpani Kalakund, Nilgiri Mountain Railways,
and Marwar-Goram Ghat.
JELLYFISH
Scientists have recently confirmed 'mysterious' jellyfish named
Santjordia pagesi with 240 tentacles off Japan's coast. It has
distinctive features like a bright red, cross-shaped stomach.
About:
• It is a planktonic marine member of the class Scyphozoa
(phylum Cnidaria), a group of invertebrate animals.
• Jellyfish can be divided into two types, those that are free-
swimming medusae and those that are sessile (animals that
are attached to seaweed and other objects by a stalk).
In-Shorts | Environment Current Affairs
Edition: January 2024
• Most feed on copepods, fish larvae, and other small animals
that they catch in their tentacles, which have stinging cells
(nematocysts).
• Most of them live for only a few weeks, but some are known to
survive a year or longer.
• They can be bioluminescent, too, which means they produce
their own light.
• Jellyfish have no brain, heart, bones or eyes:
 They are made up of a smooth, bag-like body and
tentacles armed with tiny, stinging cells.
 These invertebrates use their stinging tentacles to stun or
paralyse prey before gobbling it up.
THE GLOBAL CLIMATE 2011-20: WMO
The World Meteorological Organization (WMO), a UN
weather agency, reported that the Antarctic ice sheet lost
75% compared to the previous ten years.
Key Findings
• Rise in Temperature: As per the report, the Earth is heating,
and each decade since the 1990s has been warmer than
the previous one and there is no immediate sign of this trend
reversing.
• Melting of Glaciers: Glaciers thinned by around 1 metre per
year with long-term repercussions for water supplies for many
millions of people, resulting sea level rise will jeopardise the
existence of low-lying coastal regions and states in the future.
 Warming oceans and melting of ice sheets caused the rate
of sea-level rise to nearly double in less than a generation.
 Greenland and Antarctica lost 38% more ice from 2011 to
2020 than in the previous decade.
• Weather and climate-related events: They are responsible for
nearly 94% of all disaster displacement recorded over the
last decade and had a major impact on the progress of global
efforts to end hunger, food insecurity, and malnutrition.
• Floods: India had seen intense and widespread flooding.
Over 2000 flood-related deaths were reported in India and
neighbouring countries.
 In June 2013, heavy rains, mountain snowmelt and glacial
lake outbursts led to extreme flooding and landslides in
Uttarakhand, killing more than 5,800 people.
 In 2018, and in 2019 and 2020, Kerala was badly affected
by floods.
89
 Current Affairs In-Shorts | Environment
Edition: January 2024
• Droughts: It had major socioeconomic and humanitarian
impacts. In India itself, drought was declared in 11 of its
28 states, leading to severe food and water insecurity; the
situation was exacerbated by inequalities in water availability
and access to its supply.
 82% of households in affected areas were at risk of food
insecurity due to substantial crop failures.
• Heatwaves and Cyclones: These were responsible for the
highest number of casualties and causing economic damage.
Impacts of Glaciers Melting:
• Sea Level Rise:
 As glaciers melt, the water from the ice contributes to
rising sea levels. This can have severe consequences for
coastal areas, leading to increased flooding, erosion, and
the displacement of communities.
• Water Supply and Availability:
 Glaciers serve as natural reservoirs, storing water in the
form of ice.
 As they melt, there can be temporary increases in water
availability, but over the long term, this can lead to
reduced water supply for downstream areas that depend
on glacier meltwater for drinking water, agriculture, and
hydropower.
• Impact on Ecosystems:
 Glacier meltwater feeds into rivers and lakes, supporting
diverse ecosystems.
 Changes in the timing and quantity of meltwater can
disrupt aquatic habitats and affect the species that
depend on glacier-fed water systems.
• Hazardous Events:
 The melting of glaciers can increase the risk of Glacial
Lake Outburst Floods (GLOFs) as meltwater accumulates
in proglacial lakes.
90
 The sudden release of water from these lakes can lead to
downstream flooding and pose risks to communities living
in these areas.
• Loss of Habitat:
 Glaciers often provide unique habitats for various species
adapted to cold and ice-covered environments.
 The melting of glaciers can result in the loss of these
habitats, leading to declines in biodiversity.
• Global Climate Feedbacks:
 The melting of glaciers contributes to the release of
freshwater into the oceans, potentially affecting ocean
circulation patterns.
 This, in turn, can have broader implications for regional
and global climate systems.
Suggestions highlighted in the Report:
• Enhancing collective resilience against current and future
global crises;
• Strengthening science-policy-society interaction;
• Promoting institutional capacity-building and cross-sectoral
and international collaboration;
• Ensuring policy coherence and coordination;
• Developing a framework for action;
• Treating cities as opportunities for focusing on climate and
development synergies.
COMBATING PLASTIC POLLUTION
The Intergovernmental Negotiating Committee (INC),
under the United Nations Environment Programme, had its
third round of negotiations to combat plastic pollution.
Background:
• Under the UN Environment Assembly Resolution 5/14, the
INC is responsible for delivering a global plastics treaty by
2025.
• INC countries came together to negotiate the ‘zero draft’ text
developed by the INC’s secretariat, Which contained strong
options for an international legally binding treaty to end
plastic pollution.
About Plastics:
• Plastic refers to a wide range of synthetic or semi-synthetic
materials that use polymers as a main ingredient with their
defining quality being their plasticity – the ability of a solid
material to undergo permanent deformation in response to
applied forces.
• Most modern plastics are derived from fossil fuel-based
chemicals like natural gas or petroleum.

• Plastics are categorized into several types based on their
chemical composition. Common types include polyethylene,
polypropylene, polyvinyl chloride (PVC), polystyrene, and
polyethylene terephthalate (PET).
• Versatility and Applications:
 Plastics are versatile and find applications in various
industries, including packaging, construction, electronics,
healthcare, and automotive.
 Their lightweight nature, durability, and ability to be
molded into different shapes make them suitable for a
wide range of products.
• Microplastics: Over time, plastics break down into smaller
particles called microplastics, which can contaminate water,
soil, and air.
• Single-Use Plastics: Includes items like straws, bags, and
disposable packaging, have come under scrutiny due to their
environmental impact.
Polymers used in Plastics:
• The polymers used in plastic production are: Polyethylene
terephthalate or PET, High-density polyethylene or HDPE,
Polyvinyl chloride or PVC, Low-density polyethylene or LDPE,
Polypropylene or PP, and Polystyrene or PS.
• Each of these have different properties and can be identified
by their resin identification code (RIC) denoted by symbols
found on plastic products.
Data Related to Plastic:
• According to UN data, more than 400 million tonnes of plastic
is produced every year worldwide, half of which is designed
to be used only once.
• Of that, less than 10 per cent is recycled. Consequently, an
estimated 19-23 million tonnes end up in lakes, rivers and
seas annually.
Concerns of Plastic Pollution:
• Slow decomposition rate: Plastics are hard to eradicate due to
their slow decomposition rate in natural ecosystems.
• Microplastics: Plastics break down into their smaller units
called microplastics. These microplastics find their way
across the planet, from the depths of the Pacific Ocean to the
heights of the Himalayas.
• Effect on Human Health: BPA or Bisphenol A, the chemical
which is used to harden the plastic contaminates food and
drinks, causing alterations in liver function, insulin resistance,
fetal development in pregnant women, the reproductive
system and brain function.
• Marine pollution: The largest collection of plastics and
microplastics in the ocean is in the Great Pacific Garbage
Patch – a collection of marine debris in the North Pacific
Ocean.It floats on the sea surface and ends up clogging the
marine animals.
In-Shorts | Environment Current Affairs
Edition: January 2024
• Climate change: Plastic, which is a petroleum product, also
contributes to global warming. If plastic waste is incinerated, it
releases toxic fumes and carbon dioxide into the atmosphere,
thereby increasing carbon emissions.
• Tourism and Economy: Plastic waste damages the aesthetic
value of tourist destinations, leading to decreased tourism-
related incomes and major economic costs related to the
cleaning and maintenance of the sites.
Global Efforts In Tackling Plastic Waste:
• London Convention: The 1972 Convention on the Prevention
of Marine Pollution by Dumping Wastes and Other Matter.
• Clean Seas Campaign: The United Nations Environment
Programme launched the Campaign in 2017. It became
the largest global campaign to raise awareness on plastic
pollution and marine litter.
• Basel Convention: In 2019, the Basel Convention was amended
to include plastic waste as a regulated material.
 The Convention contains three main entries on plastic
wastes in Annex II, VIII and IX of the Convention. The Plastic
Waste Amendments of the convention are now binding on
186 States.
India’s Efforts in Tackling Plastic Waste:
• Extended Producer Responsibility (EPR): The Indian
government has implemented EPR, making plastic
manufacturers responsible for managing and disposing of
the waste generated by their products.
• Plastic Waste Management (Amendment) Rules, 2022: It prohibits
manufacture, import, stocking, distribution, sale and use of
plastic carry bags having thickness less than 120 microns.
• Swachh Bharat Abhiyan: It is a national cleanliness campaign,
which includes the collection and disposal of plastic waste.
• Plastic Parks: India has set up Plastic Parks, which are
specialized industrial zones for recycling and processing
plastic waste.
• Beach clean-up drives: The Indian government and various
non-governmental organizations have organized beach
clean-up drives to collect and dispose of plastic waste from
beaches.
Way Ahead:
• To tackle the challenge of plastic pollution there is need
for behavioral change and strengthening of the institutional
system for the collection, segregation and recycling of plastic
waste.
• A global treaty specifically addressing the concerns of Plastic
Pollution is also required to protect the environment for future
generations to live a long and healthy life.
91
 Current Affairs In-Shorts | Environment
Edition: January 2024
COASTAL EROSION IN INDIA
Over one-third of India’s coastline is vulnerable to erosion,
as per a study by the National Centre for Coastal Research
(NCCR).
About:
• Coastal erosion is the wearing away of the coastal land and
loss of beach, shoreline, or dune material as a result of natural
or coastal processes or human-induced influences.
• Extent: At global scale, it is estimated that 70% of sandy
shorelines worldwide were eroding.
 Regional scale estimates exist for Europe (27%), the US East
coast barrier beaches (86%) South east Asia Islands (33%).
• Processes: There are four main processes of coastal erosion.
 These are corrasion, abrasion, hydraulic action and attrition.
• Landforms: Coastal erosion leads to the formation of a range
of landforms which largely depend on the material that forms
the cliff.
 More resistant material such as chalk leads to the
formation of classic coastal landforms such as arches,
caves, stacks and stumps.
 Where there is a combination of hard and soft material this
leads to the formation of bays and headlands.
Causes of Coastal Erosion:
• Sea level rise: As sea level rises, the shoreline moves inland,
eroding the land in its path.
92
• Storm surges: Storm surges are large waves that can be
generated by hurricanes, typhoons, and other storms.
These waves can cause extensive damage to coastal areas,
including erosion.
• Wave action: Waves constantly pound against the shoreline,
eroding the land over time. The strength of the waves is
determined by the wind speed, the distance, and water depth.
• Longshore currents: Longshore currents are currents that
flow parallel to the shoreline. These currents can erode the
shoreline by carrying away sand and other sediments.
• Human activities: Human activities such as dam construction,
sand mining, and coastal development can disrupt the natural
processes that help to protect coastlines from erosion.
Coastal Erosion Mitigation Measures:
• Beach nourishment: Beach nourishment is the process of
adding sand to a beach to restore its natural shape and size.
• Seawalls and revetments: Seawalls and revetments are structures
that are built along the shoreline to protect it from erosion.
• Breakwaters: Breakwaters are structures that are built offshore
to break the waves before they reach the shoreline. This can
help to reduce erosion by reducing the energy of the waves.
• Vegetative buffers: Vegetative buffers are areas of vegetation
that are planted along the shoreline to help protect it from
erosion. Vegetation can help to bind the soil and reduce the
impact of waves.
• Artificial reefs: Recreation of the coral reefs colonies to
dissipate wave energy by wave breaking and protect coasts
also augment the amount of sea life such as fish, algae,
barnacles, corals, oysters, and cause shoreline to accrete.
Government Initiatives to Conserve Coastal Areas:
• Coastal Regulation Zone (CRZ) notification, 2019: To conserve
and protect coastal stretches and marine areas, and to ensure
livelihood security to fisherfolk and other local communities.
 The notification also provides for No Development Zones
(NDZ) along various categories of coastal areas to protect
India’s coastline from encroachment and erosion.
• Coastal Zone Management Plan (CZMP): It includes mapping
of erosion prone areas and preparation of a shoreline
management plan for identified eroding stretches.
• The Ministry of Environment, Forest & Climate Change has
delineated the hazard line for the entire coast of the country.
• Indian National Centre for Ocean Information Services (INCOIS)
has estimated Coastal Vulnerability Index (CVI) for the Indian
coastline.
• Under 15th Finance Commission, the recovery and
reconstruction window of National Disaster Response Fund
(NDRF) for Rs. 1000 crore is earmarked for resettlement of
displaced people affected by erosion.

NATIONAL CENTRE FOR COASTAL RESEARCH (NCCR)
• Mandate: To carry out all multidisciplinary research under
the central domain: Marine Pollutions, Coastal processes
and Hazards, Coastal Habitats and Ecosystem and Capacity
Building and Training.
• Mission: To offer scientific and technical support to
coastal communities and stakeholders for integrated and
sustainable use of resources towards the socio-economic
benefit of the society.
• Research Areas: Earth, Atmosphere & Environment Sciences
• Parent Ministry: Ministry of Earth Sciences (MoES)
• Headquarters: Chennai, Tamil Nadu
Way Ahead:
• It is important to address the underlying causes of coastal
erosion, such as sea level rise and human activities.
• This can be done by reducing greenhouse gas emissions
to slow the rate of sea level rise, and by adopting more
sustainable coastal development practices.
CHAR DHAM PROJECT AND ENVIRONMENTAL
IMPACT ASSESSMENT (EIA)
The Union Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate
Change (MoEFCC) said that the Char Dham project in
Uttarakhand does not need EIA.
EIA and Char Dham Project: Background
• Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is needed for the
expansion of National Highways greater than 100 km involving
additional right of way or land acquisition.
• Earlier, MoEFCC had constituted a High-Powered Committee
to consider the impact of Char Dham Projects on the entire
Himalayan valleys under the directions of the Supreme Court
of India.
 The committee is mandated to consider the impact of
Char Dham Projects on the entire Himalayan valleys and
give directions to conduct EIA and rapid EIA.
• However, the MoEFCC said that the Char Dham Project is
being developed in smaller parcels of 53 projects, each with
a length of less than 100 km, and each project is independent,
having distinct start and end points.
Chardham Road Project:
• It envisages all-weather connectivity to four major pilgrimage
sites in Uttarakhand - Kedarnath, Badrinath, Yamunotri and
Gangotri.
• Administered by: Union Ministry of Road Transport and
Highways (MoRTH)
In-Shorts | Environment Current Affairs
Edition: January 2024
• Construction by: Border Roads Organization (BRO)
 It works under the administrative control of the Ministry of
Defence.
• Length: 889 km
• Established in: 1960
• Significance
 To boost tourism, which is the backbone of the state of
Uttarakhand.
 To reduce the rate of accidents.
 To improve border security deployment of India armed
forces to the Chinese border.
Concerns related to the Project:
• Disturbing Himalayan Ecosystem: Unregulated cutting
of trees and scooping up land at the base of the hills is
irreversibly damaging the ecosystem as well as making the
regions the project passes through dangerously prone to
landslides.
ROAD TO DISASTER
Environmentalist concerns that have been highlighted by NGT
include:
• Many sites of the mountain slopes along Char Dham
highways have become unstable, and critical landslip
zones have been activated.
• There have been flash floods in Alaknanda valley and
and Bhagirathi valley, and earthquakes in Chamoli and
Uttarkashi.
• Road widening activity is a major trigger for landslips.
• Cutting of trees loosens the soil and makes slopes unstable,
and the project involves cutting the base of steep mountain
slopes and Devdhar, Ton and Kail trees.
• Delayed Implementation: The project was originally
scheduled for completion by March 2022. However, it
was delayed mainly due to litigation related to forest and
environment clearance in various Courts of Law.
• Unplanned Urbanisation: The unplanned and unauthorised
construction has led to the blocking of the natural flow of
water, which eventually results in frequent landslides.
 Himalayan slopes have become extremely unstable in
the last few decades due to increased construction,
hydroelectric projects, and the widening of the National
Highway.
• Vulnerability to extreme conditions: Himalayas are inherently
vulnerable to extreme weather conditions such as heavy
rains, flash floods, and landslides and are seismically active.
 Climate change has added another layer of vulnerability
to this ecosystem.
93
 Current Affairs In-Shorts | Environment
Edition: January 2024
ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT (EIA)
• It is one of the processes defined by the United Nations
Environment Programme (UNEP) as a tool to identify the
environmental, social, and economic impacts of a project
before it is implemented.
• EIA is a crucial process employed to evaluate the potential
environmental consequences of proposed projects,
policies, programs, or activities.
• Its primary goal is to ensure sustainable development
by identifying, predicting, and mitigating the adverse
environmental effects of human actions.
EIA Process:
• The EIA process would need comprehensive, reliable data
and would deliver results only if it is designed to seek
the most appropriate, relevant and reliable information
regarding the project.
• Screening: Determines if a project requires a full EIA. Small-
scale projects with minimal environmental impact may not
necessitate a comprehensive assessment.
• Scoping: Defines the boundaries of the assessment,
identifying potential environmental impacts and key
stakeholders. This phase helps in developing the Terms of
Reference (ToR) for the EIA study.
• Baseline Study: Assesses the existing environmental
conditions in the project area before the proposed activity
begins.
• Impact Prediction: Evaluates the potential environmental
effects of the project based on the identified alternatives
and scenarios.
• Mitigation Measures: Recommends measures to minimize
or offset adverse environmental impacts.
• Public Participation: Involves engaging the public,
including affected communities, in the decision-making
process, ensuring their concerns are considered.
• Environmental Management Plan (EMP): Outlines measures
to monitor, manage, and mitigate environmental impacts
during and after project implementation.
EIA in India:
• In January 1994, the MoEFCC under the Environment
(Protection) Act 1986, promulgated the first EIA notification
making Environmental Clearance mandatory for setting
up some specified new projects and also for expansion or
modernisation of some specific activities.
 This was later replaced by the EIA 2006 notification.
• The Union Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate
Change floated a draft EIA in 2020 for public comments
which faced criticisms as it was perceived to be pro
industry and compromising the ecological concerns.
94
Way Forward:
• The Char Dham project involves balancing the need for
improved infrastructure with the imperative to protect the
environment, which includes adhering to environmental
norms and regulations, treating slopes to prevent landslides,
and responsibly managing construction debris.
GLOBAL COOLING WATCH REPORT 2023
At the COP28, the United Nations Framework Convention
on Climate Change, the United Arab Emirates and the Cool
Coalition launched the Global Cooling Pledge.
About:
• The Global Cooling Watch report, Keeping it Chill: How to
meet cooling demands while cutting emissions was released
by the UN Environment Programme led Cool Coalition.
 The report is released in support of the Global Cooling
Pledge.
• It lays out sustainable cooling measures in three areas: passive
cooling, higher-energy efficiency standards, and a faster
phase down of climate-warming refrigerants.
• The Global Cooling Watch report demonstrates the potential
and the pathways to achieve near-zero emissions from
cooling.
Key Finding:
• The cooling sector accounts for 20 percent of electricity use.
Implementing a slew of measures to make the global cooling
sector sustainable could cut predicted 2050 greenhouse gas
emissions by 60 percent.
• The G20 countries, according to the report, represent 73 per
cent of the potential for reducing cooling emissions by 2050.
• In the case of India effective life-cycle refrigerant management
could mitigate around 2 billion tonnes of CO2e emissions by
2050.
Pathways to get to Near-Zero Emissions:
• The world can deploy nature-based and passive cooling
measures such as insulation, natural shading and ventilation.
Adopt higher efficiency standards, including minimum energy
performance standards and labeling.
• It proposed to accelerate the phasedown of climate-warming
hydrofluorocarbon (HFC) faster than what is required under
the Kigali Amendment to the Montreal Protocol.
• Steps such as accelerating the uptake of low-global warming
potential technologies in all new equipment and refrigerant
life-cycle management to prevent leakages and end-of-life
emissions can reduce HFC emissions by 50 per cent in 2050.

• The report also highlights that more than 40 countries,
including India, have developed National Cooling Action Plans
(NCAPs), and 25 others are at various stages of preparing
theirs as well.
KIGALI AGREEMENT
• The Kigali Amendment is an international agreement to
reduce the consumption and production of HFC.
• Objective: The main goal of the Kigali Amendment is to
address climate change by reducing the global use of
HFCs.
 HFCs, while not harmful to the ozone layer, are potent
greenhouse gases with a high global warming potential
(GWP).
 It builds on the earlier success of the Montreal Protocol,
which successfully phased out many ozone-depleting
substances like chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs) and
hydrochlorofluorocarbons (HCFCs).
 It marks a shift from HCFCs to alternative substances
with lower environmental impact.
• This is expected to prevent the emissions of up to 105
billion tonnes of CO2 of greenhouse gasses, avoiding up to
0.5 degree Celsius of global temperature rise by 2100.
National Cooling Action Plans (NCAPs):
• NCAPs are an important tool to assist countries in identifying
pathways to integrate comprehensive action to reduce energy
related emissions from cooling, aligned with plans related to
emissions from refrigerant transition.
• They also offer an opportunity for a country to consider how
to improve access to cooling and address additional SDGs.
India Cooling Action Plan (ICAP):
• ICAP was launched in 2019.
• Objective: It provides an integrated vision towards cooling
across sectors encompassing inter alia reduction of cooling
demand, refrigerant transition, enhancing energy efficiency
and better technology options with a 20 year time horizon.
• The India Cooling Action seeks to;
 Reduce cooling demand across sectors by 20% to 25% by
2037-38,
 Reduce refrigerant demand by 25% to 30% by 2037-38,
 Reduce cooling energy requirements by 25% to 40% by
2037-38,
 Recognize “cooling and related areas” as a thrust area of
research under national S&T Programme,
 Training and certification of 100,000 servicing sector
technicians by 2022-23, synergizing with Skill India
Mission.
In-Shorts | Environment Current Affairs
Edition: January 2024
GLOBAL STATUS OF MULTI-HAZARD EARLY
WARNING SYSTEMS 2023
The United Nations Office for Disaster Risk Reduction
(UNDRR) and the World Meteorological Organization
(WMO) have released the 'Global Status of Multi-Hazard
Early Warning Systems 2023' report.
Background:
• The report ‘Status of Multi-Hazard Early Warning Systems 2023’
focuses on the continued efforts made by governments in
developing national and local disaster risk reduction (DRR)
strategies, aligning them to the Sendai Framework, and
fostering integration between DRR, climate change, and
sustainable development.
• It confirms the Sendai Framework’s principle that Target E is
the foundation for achieving other targets and has triggered
concrete DRR implementation.
Key Findings of the Report:
• The 'Global Status of Multi-Hazard Early Warning Systems 2023'
report analyses the latest data one year into the Early Warnings
for All Initiative.
 The Early Warnings For All Initiative (EW4All) was formally
launched at the COP27 in 2022 meeting in Sharm El-Sheikh.
 It is a groundbreaking initiative to ensure that everyone
on Earth is protected from hazardous weather, water, or
climate events through life-saving early warning systems
by the end of 2027.
• It reveals that 101 countries now have multi-hazard early
warning systems, which is based on more complete data from
the Sendai Framework Monitor.
• The report calls for investments of US$ 3.1 billion over five
years – just 50 cents per person per year – to strengthen disaster
risk knowledge and management, observation and forecasting,
dissemination and communication of warnings, and preparedness
and response capabilities.
• It aligns with the priorities of the Paris Agreement and
supports key provisions of the Sendai Framework for Disaster
Risk Reduction, particularly Target G on availability and
accessibility of multi-hazard early warning systems.
• It also contributes to delivering the targets of the 2030 Agenda
for Sustainable Development on poverty, hunger, health,
water, clean energy, climate action and sustainable cities.
Significance of multi-hazard Early Warning Systems:
• These are an important component of disaster risk
management strategies, and are designed to issue warnings
when a disaster is imminent or already occurring. These are
cost-effective tools that save lives, reduce economic losses,
and provide a nearly tenfold return on investment.
95
 Current Affairs In-Shorts | Environment
Edition: January 2024
• Early warning systems have helped decrease the number of
deaths and have reduced losses and damages resulting from
hazardous weather, water or climate events.
• The Global Status Report (2022) reveals that countries with
substantive-to-comprehensive early warnings coverage have
disaster mortality eight times lower than countries with limited
coverage.
• According to the Global Commission on Adaptation, giving
just 24 hours’ notice of an impending hazardous event can
reduce damage by 30%.
 Investing just US$800 million in such systems in
developing countries would prevent losses of $3 to $16
billion annually.
SENDAI FRAMEWORK FOR DISASTER RISK
REDUCTION (2015-2030)
• It was the first major agreement of the post-2015 development
agenda and provides Member States with concrete actions
to protect development gains from the risk of disaster.
Targets:
• Reduce global disaster mortality
• Reduce the number of affected people globally
• Reduce direct economic loss in relation to GDP
• Reduce disaster damage to critical infrastructure and
disruption of basic services
• Increase the number of countries with national and local
disaster risk reduction strategies
• Substantially enhance international cooperation to
developing countries
• Increase the availability of and access to multi-hazard
early warning systems
The Four Pillars:
• Disaster risk knowledge and management: Ensuring all
countries have access to reliable, understandable and
relevant risk information, science and expertise (led by
UNDRR).
• Detection, observation, monitoring, analysis, and forecasting:
Ensuring all countries have robust forecast and monitoring
systems (both soft and hardware infrastructure) and enabling
policies to support optimization and sustainability of hazard
monitoring and early warning systems (led by WMO).
• Warning dissemination and communication: Using a
people-centred approach to ensure that early warnings
are effectively and timely disseminated to reach everyone,
especially those most at risk (led by ITU).
• Preparedness and response capabilities: Ensuring local
governments, communities and individuals at risk have the
knowledge and means to take pre-emptive early actions
to prepare for and respond to incoming disasters upon
receiving warnings (led by IFRC).
96
Challenges:
• Inadequate installed systems: Despite the urgent need, only
half of the countries worldwide report having adequate
multi-hazard early warning systems. And even fewer have
regulatory frameworks that connect early warnings to
emergency and response plans.
• Climate Vulnerability: Climate, weather and water-related
extremes have led to 15 times more deadly hazards for
people in Africa, South Asia, South and Central America, and
small island states.
 Vulnerable, least-developed countries that have not
contributed significantly to the climate crisis are bearing
the brunt.
 Over the last 50 years, nearly 70% of all deaths from
climate-related disasters have occurred in the 46 poorest
countries.
Solutions:
• Using Technology: With 95% of the world's population having
access to mobile broadband networks and nearly 75% owning
a mobile phone, mobile networks have become powerful
communication channels that can effectively target those in
at-risk areas.
• Coordination and Collaboration: The Early Warnings for
All initiative brings together the broader UN system,
governments, civil society and development partners across
the public and private sectors to enhance collaboration and
accelerated action to address gaps and deliver people-
centred, end-to-end multi-hazard early warning systems that
leave no one behind.
CARBON CAPTURE SEQUESTRATION AND
STORAGE (CCSS) TECHNOLOGIES
According to a recent Oxford University study, relying on
CCSS technologies to achieve net-zero carbon emissions is
not viable.
About:
• CCSS process: It involves capturing carbon emissions from
sources like power plants, cement factories , etc; transporting
it via ship or pipeline and then storing them underground in
geological formations.
• Carbon Capture, Sequestration and Storage (CCSS) is a suite
of technologies designed to capture carbon dioxide (CO2)
emissions produced from the use of fossil fuels in electricity
generation and industrial processes.
 The goal of CCSS is to mitigate climate change by
preventing CO2 from being released into the atmosphere,
where it contributes to the greenhouse effect.

• Carbon Capture:
 Post-Combustion Capture: Captures CO2 from flue gases
after fossil fuels have been burned. This is applicable to
existing power plants and industrial facilities.
 Pre-Combustion Capture: Involves capturing CO2 before
combustion, typically in the process of converting fossil
fuels into synthetic gas.
 Oxy-Fuel Combustion: Burns fossil fuels in oxygen,
producing a flue gas predominantly composed of CO2
and water vapor, making capture easier.
Limitations of CCSS:
• Cost Inefficiencies: Emission pathways requiring the storage
of up to 20 billion tonnes of carbon dioxide underground in
2050 to achieve net-zero could cost at least US$ 30 trillion.
 Further, there have been no cost reductions in any part of
the CCS process over the last 40 years.
• Limited Capacity: Currently, all CCS projects worldwide have
a combined capacity to store about 49 million tonnes of
carbon dioxide annually, which is a small fraction of the total
annual CO2 emissions.
• Availability of better alternatives: The study suggests that
there are more cost-effective and efficient alternatives,
such as the replacement of fossil fuels with renewables and
afforestation.
• Parasitic Energy Consumption: Many carbon capture methods
require a portion of the energy produced by a facility for
the capture process itself, reducing the net efficiency of the
power plant or industrial process.
Benefits of CCSS:
• Prevent Global Warming: CCSS directly reduces greenhouse
gas emissions at the source.
• Simultaneous Pollutant Removal: Oxyfuel combustion (during
CO2 compression) reduces nitrogen oxide (NOx) and sulphur
dioxide(SOx) gases, providing dual benefits by addressing
multiple pollutants.
• Economic Benefits: Creates jobs for skilled professionals,
contributes to economic growth through applications in
In-Shorts | Environment Current Affairs
Edition: January 2024
power generation, geothermal energy, manufacturing, and
infrastructure.
• Enhanced Power Generation: Increases power generation
efficiency through carbon dioxide-based steam cycles,
requiring less energy for steam compression.
• Sustainable Geothermal Energy: Utilises geologically stored
carbon dioxide for sustainable geothermal energy generation.
BEST PRACTICES
• Canada: Quest Project
 Integration with Oil Sands Operations.
 The Quest project in Alberta captures CO2 from an
oil sands upgrading facility. It has been successfully
capturing and storing one million tons of CO2 annually
since 2015.
• United States: Petra Nova Project
 Petra Nova, located in Texas, retrofits an existing coal-
fired power plant to capture CO2. The captured CO2 is
used for enhanced oil recovery.
• Australia: Gorgon Project
 Gorgon project in Western Australia is one of the world's
largest integrated CCUS projects. It captures CO2 from
a natural gas facility and stores it underground.
Way Forward:
• Investment in Innovation: Supporting ongoing research and
development efforts to improve the efficiency and reduce the
costs of CCSS technologies.
 Funding should be allocated to explore and pilot new
capture, transportation, utilization, and storage methods.
• Clear Regulatory Frameworks: Establish clear and consistent
regulatory frameworks to provide certainty for investors.
 Implement policies that incentivize the development and
deployment of CCSS, such as carbon pricing mechanisms,
tax credits, or feed-in tariffs.
• Integration with Climate Policies: Integrate CCSS into broader
climate policies and commitments to ensure that CCSS is
recognized as a viable and necessary tool for achieving
emission reduction goals.
GREEN TURTLES
As per a study in Scientific Reports, rising global
temperatures could lead to an increase in the nesting range
of green turtles in the Mediterranean Sea.
About:
• Climate Change and Sea Turtles: Human-induced climate
change has led to a global increase in sea surface
temperatures.
97
 Current Affairs In-Shorts | Environment
Edition: January 2024
 Sea turtles, especially green turtles, are vulnerable as the
sex of their offspring depends on incubation temperature.
• Environmental Impacts: Climate-induced shifts may disrupt
existing ecological balances in the Mediterranean.
 Urbanization and human activities along the expanded
nesting range pose threats to both turtles and coastal
ecosystems.
Green Turtles:
• Scientifically known as Chelonia mydas, are a species of sea
turtle found in tropical and subtropical coastal waters around
the world.
• Green turtles are named for the greenish color of their fat, not
their shells. The coloration is due to their herbivorous diet,
primarily consisting of seagrasses and algae.
• Green turtles are known for their extensive migrations. They
travel long distances between feeding and nesting areas.
Turtles Types:
• Seven species of sea turtle: Green Sea Turtle, Hawksbill Sea
Turtle, Loggerhead Sea Turtle, Olive Ridley Sea Turtle, Kemp’s
Ridley Sea Turtle, Leatherback Sea Turtle and Flatback Sea
Turtle.
 Five species in Indian waters (Leatherback, Loggerhead,
Hawksbill, Green and Olive Ridley)
 Hawksbill turtle is listed as 'Critically Endangered' and
Green Turtle is listed as 'Endangered' on the IUCN Red List.
BUDGETT’S FROG
A study conducted by researchers of the Indian Institute of
Science has unveiled that peptides extracted from the skin
of Budgett's frog demonstrate the capability to counteract
enzymes produced by pathogens responsible for causing
diseases.
About:
• The frog’s skin secretions contain LL-TIL, a specific peptide
studied by the researchers.
• LL-TIL was found to inhibit two key enzymes, subtilisin
carlsberg and proteinase K, which are produced by
pathogens and play a crucial role in promoting infections by
breaking down specific protective proteins in the host.
Budgett’s Frog:
• Budgett's frog, scientifically known as Lepidobatrachus
laevis, is a unique and distinctive species of frog native to
South America.
• Budgett's frog is known for its unique vocalizations, which can
include grunts and growls.
98
40 YEARS SINCE INDIA BECAME PERMANENT
RESIDENT OF ANTARCTICA
December marks exactly 40 years since India became a
permanent resident of Antarctica.
About:
• In 1983, India established the first permanent base in
Antarctica named Dakshin Gangotri.
• India presently has two research stations at Antarctica
namely ‘Maitri’ and ‘Bharati’. Dakshin Gangotri is no longer in
operation.
• In Antarctica scientific studies and investigations are
undertaken on the continental part and contiguous shelf ice
area to understand the Polar processes and phenomenon.
• The National Centre for Polar and Ocean Research (NCPOR),
Goa—an autonomous institute under the Ministry of Earth
Sciences—manages the entire Indian Antarctic program.
DO YOU KNOW
• Maitri: It has been in operation since 1989 and is located in
a rocky mountainous region known as Schirmacher Oasis in
Queen Maud Land.
• Bharati: The new station was constructed and established
in 2013. It is located between Thala Fjord & Quilty bay, east
of Stornes Peninsula in Antarctica.
Significance of Research in Antarctica:
• Climate Change and Global Warming: Antarctica plays a
crucial role in regulating Earth's climate. The Research helps
scientists understand the dynamics of ice melting, sea level
rise, and the impact of climate change on the polar regions
and beyond.
• Ozone Layer Depletion: Research in Antarctica monitors the
recovery of the ozone layer and helps assess the effectiveness
of international agreements, such as the Montreal Protocol, in
addressing ozone-depleting substances.
• Space Analog: Antarctica's extreme conditions, including
low temperatures and isolation, make it an ideal analog for
studying the challenges humans might face in future space
exploration, such as missions to Mars.
• Scientific Discovery: Antarctica provides opportunities for the
discovery of the remains of ancient organisms, meteorites,
and insights into Earth's geological history.
India and Antarctica:
• Antarctic Treaty: The Treaty covers the area south of 60°S
latitude. It was signed at Washington D.C. in 1959 with the
objective of the Demilitarisation of Antarctica.
 In-Shorts | Environment Current Affairs
Edition: January 2024

 The signatories are supposed to bring laws so that no

• Mount Erebus, located on Antarctica’s Ross Island, is the
activity in contravention of the treaty takes place. India
southernmost active volcano on Earth.
signed the treaty in 1983.
• Longest River: Onyx
• The Convention on the Conservation of Antarctic Marine Living
• Largest Lake: Vostok
Resources (CCAMLR): CCAMLR was signed in Canberra in
1980 to protect and preserve the Antarctic environment and,
particularly, for the preservation and conservation of marine
living resources in Antarctica.
 India ratified the CCAMLR in 1985.
• Madrid Protocol: The Protocol on the Environmental
Protection to the Antarctic Treaty (Madrid Protocol) was
signed in Madrid in 1991. It aims to strengthen the Antarctic
Treaty system and develop a comprehensive regime for the
protection of the Antarctic environment and dependent and
associated ecosystems.
 India ratified the Madrid Protocol in 1998.
• Council of Managers of the National Antarctic Programme
(COMNAP)
 India is also a member of the COMNAP and the Scientific
Committee of Antarctica Research (SCAR), which shows
the significant position that India holds among the nations
involved in Antarctic research.

Indian Antarctic Bill, 2022:

• Objective: To demilitarize Antarctica; use of Antarctica
for peaceful purposes; promote international scientific
cooperation in Antarctica. INDIA’S FIRST-EVER HIMALAYAN AIR SAFARI
• Applicability: The provisions of the Bill will apply to any
Tourists in Uttarakhand are able to fly in a gyrocopter
person, vessel or aircraft that is a part of an Indian expedition
enjoying the natural beauty of the Himalayas.
to Antarctica under a permit issued under the Bill.
• Prohibited activities: The Bill prohibits certain activities in About:
Antarctica including:
• The Uttarakhand government aims to revolutionise state
 Nuclear explosion or disposal of radioactive wastes,
tourism with the launch of India’s first-ever Himalayan Air
 Introduction of non-sterile soil, and
Safari using compact, agile aircraft known as gyrocopters.
 Discharge of garbage, plastic or other substances into the
• Plans are underway to develop specialised airstrips across
sea which is harmful to the marine environment.
various locations in collaboration with the Civil Aviation
ANTARCTICA Department and district authorities.

• Antarctica is the world’s southernmost and fifth largest

HIMALAYAN AIR SAFARI SCHEME
continent. It is also the world’s highest, driest, windiest,
coldest, and iciest continent. • It is a part of the Breakfast Tourism initiative started by the
Tourism department of Uttarakhand.
• The continent is divided into East Antarctica (Greater
Antarctica) and West Antarctica (Lesser Antarctica).They are Significances:
separated by Transantarctic Mountains.
• It connects tourists to the lesser-known places in
• East Antarctica is composed of older, igneous and
Uttarakhand.
metamorphic rocks whereas West Antarctica, is made up
• Tourists will fly from one place to another in a gyrocopter
of younger, volcanic and sedimentary rock.
 West Antarctica, is part of the “Ring of Fire,” a tectonically enjoying the natural beauty of the Himalayan peaks and
active area around the Pacific Ocean. rivers.

99
 Current Affairs In-Shorts | Environment
Edition: January 2024
Gyrocopters:
• These are introduced by the Uttarakhand Tourism Development
Board, in collaboration with Rajas Aerosports and Adventures
Pvt Ltd.
• These are equipped with the latest technology and imported
from Germany, are expected to revolutionise the way tourists
experience the breathtaking landscapes of the Himalayan
region.
PESTICIDE HAZARD
Many farmers in Maharashtra suffer from the pesticide
poisoning.
Data Analysis:
• In 2017, reports of pesticide poisoning emerged from
Maharashtra, drawing global criticism against India’s
pesticide regulation policies.
 The Maharashtra government introduced a Bill in 2023, to
amend the Insecticide Act, 1968 in the State.
• In 2021, Pesticide Action Network (PAN) International released
a list of highly hazardous pesticides, of which over 100 are
currently approved for use in India.
About Pesticide:
• Pesticides are substances or mixtures of substances that are
used to prevent, destroy, repel, or mitigate pests.
• Pests can include insects, rodents, fungi, weeds, and other
organisms that can negatively impact agriculture.
• Pesticides are commonly used in agriculture to protect crops
from pests and increase yields.
• The main categories of pesticides include:
 Insecticides: Designed to control or kill insects.
 Herbicides: Used to control or eliminate unwanted plants
(weeds).
 Fungicides: Target fungi and prevent or control fungal
diseases.
 Rodenticides: Designed to control rodents, such as mice
and rats.
 Bactericides and Virucides: Target bacteria and viruses,
respectively.
 Nematicides: Control nematodes, which are microscopic
worms that can damage plant roots.
Concerns with Use of Pesticides in India:
• Health Risks: Pesticide exposure can pose serious health
risks to farmers, and communities living in close proximity to
agricultural areas.
 Short-term effects may include nausea, dizziness, and
skin irritation, while long-term exposure may lead to
100
chronic health problems, including respiratory issues and
certain types of cancer.
• Environmental Impact: Runoff from fields treated with
pesticides can contaminate water sources, leading to water
pollution.
 This contamination can harm aquatic ecosystems and
affect non-target species.
• Residue in Food: Residues of pesticides can remain on crops
and find their way into the food supply.
 This can raise concerns about food safety and the
potential for chronic exposure to low levels of pesticides
through the diet.
• Pesticide Misuse: In some cases, pesticides are misused
due to lack of awareness, inadequate training, or improper
storage.
 This can lead to overuse or incorrect application,
exacerbating environmental and health risks.
• Impact on Non-Target Organisms: Beneficial insects,
pollinators, and natural predators can be harmed by pesticide
applications, disrupting ecosystems and agricultural
sustainability.
• Resistant Pests: Over time, pests can develop resistance to
certain pesticides, rendering them less effective. This can
result in a cycle of increased pesticide use, which may further
contribute to environmental and health issues.
• Farmers' Economic Burden: Some farmers face economic
challenges associated with the high cost of purchasing
pesticides.
Steps Taken by Government of India to Address the
Concerns:
• The Insecticides Act, 1968 and the Insecticides Rules of 1971,
form the legal framework for the manufacture and use of
pesticides.
 The primary objective of these regulations is to ensure
the quality of pesticides, their safe use, and protection of
human health, animals, and the environment.
 The Central Insecticides Board (CIB) and Registration
Committee (RC) are central regulatory bodies responsible
for the implementation of the Insecticides Act.
 Pesticides must be registered with the Registration
Committee before they can be imported, manufactured,
formulated, sold, or distributed in India.
• Promotion of Integrated Pest Management (IPM): IPM involves
a combination of biological, cultural, physical, and chemical
control methods to manage pests in an environmentally
sustainable manner.
 This approach aims to reduce reliance on chemical
pesticides and minimize their impact on human health
and the environment.

• Training and Education: There has been an increased focus
on providing training and education to farmers about safe
and judicious pesticide use.
• Regulatory Measures: The government of India regulates
the sale, distribution, and use of pesticides through the
Insecticides Act, 1968.
 The Central Insecticides Board and Registration Committee
(CIB&RC) oversee the registration of pesticides, setting
permissible limits for residues, and ensuring compliance
with safety standards.
• Research and Development: Efforts are directed toward the
discovery and promotion of safer and more environmentally
friendly pesticide alternatives.
 This includes the development of biopesticides, which are
derived from natural sources such as plants, bacteria,
and fungi.
• Monitoring and Surveillance: Regular monitoring and
surveillance programs are conducted to assess pesticide
residues in food, water, and the environment.
 This helps in identifying areas of concern and taking
corrective measures to mitigate risks.
• Biopesticides: The government is promoting use of
biopesticides, which are generally safer than chemical
pesticides.
• Grow Safe food: Campaign has been initiated to create
awareness about the safe and judicious use of pesticides
among the various stakeholders.
INDIAN FOREST & WOOD CERTIFICATION
SCHEME (IFWCS)
The Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change
has launched the Indian Forest & Wood Certification
Scheme (IFWCS).
About IFWCS:
• Aim: It is the national forest certification scheme and is
designed to promote sustainable forest management and
sustainable management of Trees outside Forests in the
country.
• Voluntary: It offers voluntary third-party certification designed
to promote agroforestry in the country.
 It will offer an alternative to the private foreign certification
agencies that have been operating in the Indian market
for the last two decades.
• Scope: IFWCS is applicable across the country, both in
forest areas and Trees outside Forests (TOF) plantations on
government, private, agroforestry and other lands.
 The certification is applicable for both timber and non-
timber forest produce (NTFP).
In-Shorts | Environment Current Affairs
Edition: January 2024
• Need: Europe and the United States happen to be the largest
export markets for India’s forest-based products, particularly
handicraft and furniture.
 These markets have been tightening the rules for import
of forest products because of greater sensitivity around
deforestation on climate change concerns.
• Significance: The Scheme can provide market incentives to
various entities that adhere to responsible forest management.
 This includes state forest departments, individual farmers,
or Farmer Producer Organizations engaged in agroforestry.
 It will bring greater trust and transparency into the
processes, and grant greater acceptability to Indian
forest-based products in international markets.
• Compliance and Legal Status: The certification may be
recognized by various regulatory authorities but in no way
is intended to serve as legal advice on compliance with any
law, regulation or requirement.
• Basis: The Forest Management certification is based on the
Indian Forest Management Standard, which is an integral part
of the National Working Plan Code 2023, launched this year.
• Advisory Body: It will be overseen by the Indian Forest and
Wood Certification Council, which will act as a multistakeholder
advisory body.
 The Council is represented by members from eminent
institutions such as Indian Council of Forestry Research
and Education, Forest Survey of India, Indian Institute of
Forest Management including representatives from the
Ministries.
• Operating Agency: Indian Institute of Forest Management,
Bhopal will act as the scheme operating agency.
• Certification Body: The National Accreditation Board for
Certification Bodies under the Quality Council of India
will accredit the certification bodies which will carry out
independent audits.
NATIONAL WORKING PLAN CODE-2023
• The Ministry of Environment, Forest & Climate change
released the “National Working Plan Code-2023” for scientific
management of forests and evolving new approaches.
• National Working Plan Code was first adopted in 2004 with
a subsequent amendment in 2014.
 It brought uniformity and acted as the guiding principle
for the preparation of the working plan for scientific
management of different forest divisions of the country.
• National Working Plan Code-2023 deals in detail with the
essentials of forest management planning, incorporating
the principles of sustainable management of forests.
 It has prescribed state forest departments to engage
in continuous data collection and its updation in a
centralized database.
101
 Current Affairs In-Shorts | Science & Technology
Edition: January 2024
SCIENCE &
TECHNOLOGY
XPOSAT
Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO) launched its first
X-Ray Polarimeter Satellite (XPoSat) on 1st January,2024.
About:
• The XPoSat was launched by the Polar Satellite Launch
Vehicle (PSLV) C-58 from the Satish Dhawan Space Center in
Sriharikota.
• It is aiming to investigate the polarisation of intense X-Ray
sources.
• XPoSat is only the second space-based experiment to study
X Ray polarisation after NASA’s Imaging X Ray Polarimetry
Explorer.
What is Polarisation of X-Ray Sources?
• Polarisation is regarded as one of the intrinsic properties of
light.
 The information on polarization provides a deeper insight
to the processes, as well as the local anisotropies of the
fields (electric/magnetic/gravitational).
• X-Ray polarization serves as a crucial diagnostic tool for
examining the radiation mechanism and geometry of celestial
sources.
X-Ray Polarimeter Satellite (XPoSat) Mission:
• XPoSat (X-ray Polarimeter Satellite) is India’s first dedicated
polarimetry mission.
• The XPoSat spacecraft is designated for observation from
Low Earth Orbit (non-sun synchronous orbit of ~650 km
altitude, low inclination of approximately six degree), carrying
two scientific payloads.
• POLIX: POLIX (Polarimeter Instrument in X-rays) is designed
to measure polarimetry parameters —specifically the degree
and angle of polarization — in the medium X-ray energy
range of 8-30 keV photons.
 XSPECT: The secondary payload is the XSPECT (X-ray
Spectroscopy and Timing) payload, which will provide
spectroscopic information within the energy range of 0.8-
15 keV.
• The payloads will observe the X-Ray sources during the
spacecraft’s transit through the Earth’s shadow, i.e., during
the eclipse period.
• After launching XPoSat in a 650 km circular orbit around
the earth, the fourth stage of the rocket lowered itself into
102
a 350 km high orbit and unfurled solar panels, becoming a
rudimentary satellite and orbital testbed for the 10 payloads it
carried.
• The mission life is expected to be approximately five years.
Significance:
• Analyzing X-Ray polarization signatures enables
measurements of the mass and spin of accreting black holes,
comprehension of the source's geometric arrangement and
local properties.
• The emission mechanism from various astronomical sources
such as black holes, neutron stars, active galactic nuclei,
etc. originates from complex physical processes and are
challenging to understand.
• The polarimetry measurements add two more dimensions to
our understanding, the degree of polarization and the angle
of polarization and thus is an excellent diagnostic tool to
understand the emission processes from astronomical sources.
LAUNCH VEHICLES
• Launchers or Launch Vehicles are used to carry spacecraft
to space.
• India has three active operational launch vehicles: Polar
Satellite Launch Vehicle (PSLV), Geosynchronous Satellite
Launch Vehicle (GSLV), Geosynchronous Satellite Launch
Vehicle Mk-III (LVM3).
• PSLV: PSLV has been a versatile launch vehicle deployed
for launching all the three types of payloads viz. Earth
Observation, Geo-stationary and Navigation. It has got the
highest success rate and is considered as the workhorse
of ISRO.
• GSLV with indigenous Cryogenic Upper Stage has enabled
the launching up to 2 tonne class of communication
satellites.
• The LVM3 is the next generation launch vehicle capable of
launching 4 tonne class of communication satellites and 10
tonne class of payloads to LEOs.
 The vehicle was developed with completely indigenized
technologies including the C25 cryo stage.
 The Human rated LVM3 is identified as the launch vehicle
for Gaganyaan mission, which is named as HRLV.
• The Small Satellite Launch Vehicle (SSLV) is being developed
with complete indigenous technologies to meet the small
satellite launch market on a demand driven basis.
 In-Shorts | Science & Technology
DISCOVERY OF SIX NEW EXOPLANETS
Six exoplanets orbiting around a nearby bright star HD
110067 in the Coma Berenices constellation have been
discovered.
What is an Exoplanet?
• An exoplanet is any planet beyond our solar system.
• Most orbit other stars, but free-floating exoplanets, called
rogue planets, orbit the galactic center and are untethered to
any star.
About the Discovery:
• HD 110067 is a bright star in the Coma Berenices constellation
(around 100 light-years away), which is visible from Earth’s
Northern Hemisphere.
• Observations of HD 110067 made by NASA’s Transiting
Exoplanet Survey Satellite (TESS) in 2020 and 2022 revealed
several dips in the star’s brightness, and with additional
observations from the ‘CHaracterising ExOPlanets Satellite’
(CHEOPS) the signals were interpreted as six planets passing
in front of the star.
Physical Characteristics of Exoplanets:
• The newly discovered exoplanets have radii between that
of Earth and Neptune. The mass and density of the planets are
low.
Current Affairs
Edition: January 2024
• The reason for low densities could be due to large, hydrogen-
rich atmospheres on the exoplanets.
• All six exoplanets are in resonant orbits, in which the planets
exert regular forces on each other as they orbit. This feature
suggests that the system remains practically unchanged
since its birth, at least four billion years ago.
TESS (Transiting Exoplanet Survey Satellite):
• TESS is a Space Telescope launched by NASA in 2018.
• The mission aim is to detect small planets with bright host stars
in the solar neighborhood, so that detailed characterizations
of the planets and their atmospheres can be performed.
How does TESS find Planets?
• TESS detects exoplanets by looking for periodic dips in
stars' brightness as planets cross in front of them along our
sightline.
• The larger the planet, the further the drop in brightness during
the transit.
• How long it takes a planet to pass in front of the star and
come back tells us the shape of its orbit.
India’s Efforts to Discover Exoplanets:
India doesn't currently have its own dedicated satellite for
exoplanet hunting. However, Indian scientists are actively
involved in exoplanet research using other means:
103
 Current Affairs In-Shorts | Science & Technology
Edition: January 2024

• Ground-based telescopes: India has several powerful

DEPARTMENT OF BIOTECHNOLOGY
telescopes equipped with instruments that can detect
exoplanets. One notable example is the PRL Advanced Radial- • It was established in 1986 with the aim of promoting and
velocity Abu-sky Search (PARAS) spectrograph at the Mt Abu regulating biotechnology research and development in
Observatory. PARAS has played a crucial role in confirming the country.
the existence of several exoplanets, including the first one • It is under the Ministry of Science and Technology.
discovered by Indian scientists in 2018.
• Collaborations with international missions: Indian scientists
are actively involved in analyzing data from space missions ANTHROBOTS
like NASA's Kepler and TESS telescopes, which have
Recently, researchers have developed miniature robots
discovered thousands of exoplanets.
called anthrobots using human cells.
• ExoWorlds Mission: ISRO is planning to launch ExoWorlds
mission in 2025 to discover exoplanets.
About:
• ExoWorlds will delve deep into the cosmos, targeting
• The term "anthrobots" refers to tiny biological robots created
exoplanets orbiting distant stars.
from human cells, particularly human tracheal or lung cells.
• Its primary objective is to characterize exoplanets in the
• These bioengineered entities, consisting of several hundred
habitable zone, the region around a star where liquid water, a
cells, are capable of autonomous movement and have the
key ingredient for life as we know it, could potentially exist.
ability to heal damaged tissue.
• A high-resolution spectrometer will dissect the light coming from
• They are being developed for potential applications in
the host star and its orbiting exoplanets, revealing the chemical
regenerative medicine, wound healing, and disease
composition of their atmospheres. By analyzing the presence
treatment.
of gases like oxygen, methane, and water vapor, scientists can
• Measure between the width of a human hair and the tip of a
deduce clues about the planet's potential for habitability.
sharpened pencil.

BIOTECHNOLOGY RESEARCH AND Anthrobots vs Xenobots

INNOVATION COUNCIL (BRIC) Features Xenobots Anthrobots

First Society Meeting of Biotechnology Research and Source Embryonic stem cells Human tracheal cells
Innovation Council (BRIC) was held recently. of frogs
Self- Capable of self- Spontaneous fusion
About: organization organizing cells for to form superbots
• The Union Minister of Science and Technology launched the tasks
‘Zero Waste Life on Campus’ program. Applications Drug delivery, Regenerative
• It is aimed at achieving sustainability through application and environmental medicine, wound
adoption of knowledge and technologies, and promotion of cleanup, medical healing, disease
management models focused on co-responsibility, on each procedures treatment
BRIC campus.

About BRIC:
• The Department of Biotechnology has merged 14 autonomous
institutions under it into an apex body called the Biotechnology
Research and Innovation Council (BRIC).
• Aim: To achieve centralised and unified governance and
maximise the impact of biotech research.
• Each of the 14 subsumed BRIC Institutions will maintain their
distinct research mandates, governed by one Governing
Body, at BRIC.
• BRIC and its Institutes can engage in public-private research
partnerships and receive endowments including funds from
non-Governmental resources for research-related activities.
JT-60SA : LARGEST NUCLEAR FUSION
REACTOR
Japan has unveiled the world's largest operational
experimental nuclear fusion reactor, JT-60SA, in Naka, near
Tokyo.
About:
• JT-60SA is a joint international fusion experiment being built
and operated by Japan and the European Union.
• It is a six-story-high tokamak, designed to contain and control
plasma heated to a staggering 200 million degrees Celsius.

104
 In-Shorts | Science & Technology
 It is an upgrade to the previous JT-60. SA stands for
‘Super, Advanced’.
• Objective of JT-60SA: To investigate the feasibility of fusion as
a safe, large-scale and carbon-free source of net energy –
with more energy generated than is put into producing it.
Nuclear Energy:
• It is a form of energy released from the nucleus, the core
of atoms, made up of protons and neutrons. This source of
energy can be produced in two ways:
 Fission: when nuclei of atoms split into several parts, and
 Fusion: when nuclei fuse together.
• The fusion of two nuclei of a heavier isotope of hydrogen,
called tritium produces at least four times as much energy as
the fission of a uranium atom which is the normal process of
generating electricity in a nuclear reactor.
• Fusion differs from fission, the technique currently used in
nuclear power plants, by fusing two atomic nuclei instead of
splitting one.
Advantages of Fusion over Fission reactors:
• Fusion energy stands out for its safety advantages over
fission, as it carries no risk of catastrophic accidents like
the Fukushima disaster in 2011 and generates minimal
radioactive waste.
• Fusion has the potential to become a key component for
energy mix in the second half of this century
• Nuclear power and climate change: Nuclear power is a low-
carbon source of energy, because unlike coal, oil or gas
Current Affairs
Edition: January 2024
power plants, nuclear power plants practically do not produce
CO2 during their operation.
 Nuclear reactors generate close to one-third of the world’s
carbon free electricity and are crucial in meeting climate
change goals.
Challenges associated with Fusion:
• Achieving High Temperatures: Nuclear fusion requires
extremely high temperatures, millions of degrees Celsius, to
allow atoms that would otherwise repel each other to fuse.
• Sustaining the Reaction and shorter time for the experiment:
Once the reaction starts, it needs to be self-sustaining
(referred to as a burning plasma).
 The fusion reactions currently being run in labs last for
barely a few seconds. It is difficult to sustain such extreme
high temperatures for prolonged periods.
• Creating a Viable Technology: The technology has long
struggled with daunting challenges. The goal is to turn
nuclear fusion into a cheap and carbon-free energy source.
• Handling the Fuel: Current efforts focus on fusing a pair of
hydrogen isotopes — deuterium and tritium — which releases
much more energy than most fusion reactions and requires
less heat to do so.
• Infrastructure Challenges: Different techniques are being
used to recreate nuclear fusion.
 Tokamak uses powerful magnets to turn fuel into a
superheated plasma where fusion may occur.
 Another technique involves firing a laser at a small capsule
filled with deuterium-tritium fuel.
• Future potential: Use of the fusion process for generating
electricity at a commercial scale is still two to three decades
away.
105
 Current Affairs In-Shorts | Science & Technology
Edition: January 2024
INTERNATIONAL THERMONUCLEAR
EXPERIMENTAL REACTOR (ITER)
• It is the world's largest tokamak, a magnetic fusion device
that has been designed to prove the feasibility of fusion as
a large-scale and carbon-free source of energy based on
the same principle that powers our Sun and stars.
The tokamak is an experimental machine designed to harness
the energy of fusion.
• The ITER Members: China, the European Union, India,
Japan, Korea, Russia and the United States.
• Objective: To investigate and demonstrate burning plasmas
in which the energy of the helium nuclei produced by the
fusion reactions is enough to maintain the temperature of
the plasma, thereby reducing or eliminating the need for
external heating.
PACE MISSION
The National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA)
is going to launch the PACE mission in 2024 to boost our
understanding of Earth's atmosphere.
About:
• Plankton, Aerosol, Cloud, Ocean Ecosystem (PACE) Mission
aims to enhance the understanding of Earth's oceans and
atmosphere by studying key components, like light, aerosols,
and clouds.
• The mission will make global measurements of ocean color to
improve our understanding of the carbon cycle and ocean
ecosystem responses to a changing climate.
Elements of Mission:
• Ocean Color Instrument (OCI): It will be capable of measuring
the color of the ocean from ultraviolet to shortwave infrared.
• Advanced Polarimeters: PACE will also include two polarimeters.
They are the Spectro-polarimeter for Planetary Exploration
(SPEXone) and the Hyper Angular Research Polarimeter (HARP2).
 Together they will provide "complementary spectral and
angular sampling, polarimetric accuracy, and spatial
coverage".
 They are used to measure how the oscillation of sunlight
within a geometric plane – known as its polarization – is
changed by passing through clouds, aerosols, and the
ocean.
• Orbital height: PACE will orbit Earth at an altitude of about 850
kilometers, providing daily global coverage. This will enable
scientists to track changes in the ocean, atmosphere, and
climate system over time and space.
• Launch vehicle: SpaceX Falcon 9 rocket
106
• Launch site: Cape Canaveral Space Force Station, Florida
• Mission duration: At least five years.
WHAT IS AEROSOL?
• Aerosols are very small particles in the air like those of
smoke, dust, sea salt and other pollutants.
• Aerosols absorb as well as scatter sunlight. This decides
how much solar energy reaches the surface of Earth.
HEMOPHILIA
The Haemophilia and Health Collective of North (HHCN) has
recommended the use of prophylaxis as the standard of care
in haemophilia patients to prevent them from bleeding.
About:
• HHCN is a registered body of India’s leading healthcare
professionals working in the domain of haemophilia care for
over two decades.
• It is a rare genetic disorder that impairs the body's ability to
control blood clotting or coagulation.
• People with hemophilia experience prolonged bleeding, even
from minor injuries.
• India has the second-largest population of haemophilia
patients in the world.
• The two main types of hemophilia are hemophilia A and
hemophilia B, and they differ based on the deficient clotting
factor.
 Hemophilia A: Hemophilia A is the more common form and
is caused by a deficiency of clotting factor VIII.
 Hemophilia B: Hemophilia B is less common and is caused
by a deficiency of clotting factor IX.
• Inheritance: Hemophilia is usually inherited in an X-linked
recessive pattern. This means that the gene mutation causing
hemophilia is located on the X chromosome.
 Since males have one X and one Y chromosome, a
mutation on the X chromosome they inherit from their
mother will result in hemophilia. Females, with two X
chromosomes, are typically carriers.
• Treatment: preventative treatment, where medicine is used to
prevent bleeding and subsequent joint and muscle damage,
 on-demand treatment, where medicine is used to treat
prolonged bleeding.
AMRIT TECHNOLOGY
IIT-Madras has developed a technology called ‘AMRIT’
(Arsenic and Metal Removal by Indian Technology) for the
removal of Arsenic and Metal ions from water.
 In-Shorts | Science & Technology
About:
• The technology uses nano-scale iron oxy-hydroxide, which
selectively removes arsenic when water is passed through it.
• Significance: The technology will help to achieve the goal of
Government of India to provide safe water supply in adequate
quantity, under Jal Jeevan Mission.
Jal Jeevan Mission:
• Aim: Creating water supply infrastructure so that every rural
household has Functional Tap Connection (FHTC) by 2024 and
water in adequate quantity of prescribed quality.
• The Mission was launched in 2019 under the Ministry of Jal
Shakti.
• Focus Areas: The programme also focuses on:
 Recharge and reuse through gray water management
 Water conservation
 Rain water harvesting
WHAT IS ARSENIC (As)?
• Arsenic is a naturally occurring trace element that occurs
in many minerals, usually in combination with sulfur and
metals.
• It is highly toxic in its inorganic form.
Effects on health:
• Long-term exposure to arsenic can cause cancer, skin
lesions, cardiovascular disease, diabetes etc.
• In-utero and early childhood exposure have been linked to
negative impacts on cognitive development and increased
deaths in young adults.
• In Taiwan, arsenic exposure has been linked to “Blackfoot
disease”. It is a severe disease of blood vessels leading to
gangrene.
Permissible Limits:
• The World Health Organization’s provisional guideline value
for arsenic in drinking water is 0.01 mg/l (10 μg/l).
• In India the permissible limit of arsenic in the absence of an
alternative source is 0.05 mg/l (50 μg/l).
Status of Arsenic Contamination in India:
• The occurrence of Arsenic in groundwater was first
reported in 1980 in West Bengal in India.
• Maximum number of the arsenic-affected habitations are in
the Ganga and Brahmaputra alluvial plains.
USE OF MRNA AS MEDICINE
The therapeutic use of mRNA has fueled great hope to
combat a wide range of incurable diseases.
Current Affairs
Edition: January 2024
What is mRNA?
• mRNA, stands for messenger RNA, is a form of nucleic acid
which carries genetic information.
• mRNA, in cells, carries codes from the DNA in the nucleus to
the sites of protein synthesis in the cytoplasm (the ribosomes).
 Information in DNA cannot be decoded directly into
proteins, it is first transcribed, or copied, into mRNA.
• Each molecule of mRNA encodes the information for one
protein, with each sequence of three nitrogen-containing
bases in the mRNA specifying the incorporation of a particular
amino acid within the protein.
Benefits of mRNA-bsed Medicine:
• Scalability: scientists can make large amounts of mRNA in
the lab as the method to make one mRNA is the same for all
mRNAs, unlike typical drugs where each compound has its
own unique chemistry and requires different manufacturing
methods.
• Meet the needs of the patient: Cells have the natural ability
to destroy mRNAs, when they aren’t needed. Since mRNAs
aren’t permanent, doses can be easily changed to meet the
changing needs of the patient.
• Cure for a large number of diseases: Many diseases arise from
cells making the wrong protein, a mutant version of protein
or too little of the normal protein. If scientists can deliver a
corrected version of the mRNA to enough affected cells, then
the mRNA will provide the means to make the proper protein.
Future of mRNA-based Medicine:
• mRNA-based medicine can be used to treat heart disease,
neurode- generative disease, bone loss etc.
• mRNA drugs can increase the formation of new blood vessels,
which can improve wound healing in diabetic patients who
have poor blood circulation and higher amputation risks.
• It can also be used to treat propionic acidaemia, a disease
where children have low levels of two liver proteins that
normally prevent toxic by-products from building up in the
body.
Challenges in Developing mRNA based Medicines:
• Drug delivery issue: As per an article published in Nature
Reviews material, 2023 mRNA molecules are delicate and
easily degraded by enzymes in our bodies. Researchers are
exploring various approaches, including lipid nanoparticles,
polymeric vectors, and even viral vectors.
• Inflammatory Response: As per a research published in
Nature Nanotechnology,2020 mRNA delivery can activate
inflammatory pathways in the body, leading to side effects
like fever and fatigue. Optimizing delivery systems and
developing anti-inflammatory agents are crucial to mitigate
these effects.
107
 Current Affairs In-Shorts | Science & Technology
Edition: January 2024

• Storage temperature: Requirement of specialized freezers  There are indications that abuse may also lead to cognitive
and dry ice for transport of mRNA vaccines/medicines impairment.
increases the cost of delivery of drugs. E.g.- Pfizer-BioNTech
Covid-19 vaccines require ultra-cold temperatures of -90°C to
-60°C, commonly -80°C (equivalent to -112°F to -76°F). R21/MATRIX-M MALARIA VACCINE
The World Health Organization (WHO) added the R21/
Way Ahead:
Matrix-M malaria vaccine to its list of prequalified vaccines.
• The ability to easily customize and produce mRNA increases
their potential as effective, personalized therapies – with
About R21/Matrix-M:
fewer side effects – that can help many people.
• The R21 vaccine is the second malaria vaccine recommended
• However, therapeutics based on mRNA technology are still
by WHO, following the RTS,S/AS01 vaccine, which received
in their infancy and hurdles remain as mRNA is short-lived in
a WHO recommendation in 2021.
cells and protein is only made for a short time. Increasing the
lifespan of mRNA in cells would reduce the amount of mRNA • Both vaccines are shown to be safe and effective in preventing
required. malaria in children.
• R21/Matrix-M developed by Oxford University and
manufactured by Serum Institute of India.
KETAMINE
• The targeted age group for the R21/Matrix-M vaccine is
In recent years, ketamine has been a subject of widespread currently children aged 5 to 17 months. 4 doses of R21
debate due to its growing use for treating depression and vaccines are recommended by WHO starting from the 5
other serious mental health issues. month age of the child.

About: DO YOU KNOW ?

• It is an anaesthetic that has been listed as a hallucinogen by The prequalification means larger access to vaccines as a key
the US Drug Enforcement Administration. tool to prevent malaria in children, with it being a prerequisite
 It’s referred to as a “dissociative anaesthetic hallucinogen” for vaccine procurement by UNICEF and funding support for
because it creates a feeling of detachment from pain and deployment by Gavi, the Vaccine Alliance.
the environment.
Malaria:
• In the US, ketamine was first used as an anaesthetic for animals
• It is a mosquito-borne disease which mostly spreads to
in the 1960s.
people through the bites of some infected female Anopheles
 Around a decade later, the US Food and Drug
mosquitoes.
Administration approved it for humans.
 Blood transfusion and contaminated needles may also
• Usage : The drug’s use for treating depression and other transmit malaria.
mental illnesses is recent.
• It is mostly found in tropical countries.
 It is also used as a recreational drug, popularly known as
• The infection is caused by a parasite and does not spread
K or Special K among clubgoers.
from person to person.
• Effects: Pleasant visualisations, sometimes accompanied by
• Symptoms: The most common early symptoms of malaria are
a sense of existing outside themselves and melding with the
fever, headache and chills.
universe.
• Disease burden: According to the latest World malaria report,
 It affects brain receptors that traditional antidepressants
there were 249 million cases of malaria in 2022 compared to
do not target.
244 million cases in 2021. The estimated number of malaria
 If taken in high doses, Some may find it difficult to move
deaths stood at 608 000 in 2022 compared to 610 000 in 2021.
and may feel numb, and can experience more graphic
hallucinations. • Prevention: Malaria can be prevented by avoiding mosquito
bites and by taking medicines.
• Safety : ketamine is safe to consume and very effective in
treating mental illnesses if taken only for medicinal purposes
and in the right doses NATIONAL MATHEMATICS DAY
 The drug can be addictive and, when taken chronically in
Recently, National Mathematics Day was observed.
high doses, can cause severe bladder damage.

108
 In-Shorts | Science & Technology
About:
• It is observed on December 22 each year to commemorate
the birth anniversary of the great Indian mathematician
Srinivasa Ramanujan (1887-1920). It was started in 2012.
About:
• Ramanujan was Born in the town of Erode in Madras Presidency
(Tamil Nadu).
 As a child, his mathematical aptitude was apparent.
• By 1910, Ramanujan was gaining popularity in Madras’
mathematical circles.
• He began sending his work to mathematicians in Britain.
 His breakthrough arrived in 1913, when the Cambridge-
based GH Hardy wrote back.
 In 1917, Ramanujan was elected to be a member of the
London Mathematical Society.
 In 1918, he also became a Fellow of the Royal Society,
becoming one of the youngest to ever achieve the feat.
Major Achievements:
• Infinite series for pi: In 1914, Ramanujan found a formula for
infinite series for pi, which forms the basis of many algorithms
used today.
 Finding an accurate approximation of π (pi) has been
one of the most important challenges in the history of
mathematics.
• Game theory: Ramanujan discovered a long list of new ideas
for solving many challenging mathematical problems that
have given great impetus to the development of game theory.
 His contribution to game theory is purely based on intuition
and natural talent and is unmatched to this day.
• Mock theta function: He elaborated on the mock theta function,
a concept in the field of modular forms of mathematics.
• Ramanujan number: 1729 is known as the Ramanujan number
which is the sum of the cubes of two numbers 10 and 9.
• Circle Method: Ramanujan, along with GH Hardy, invented
the circle method which gave the first approximations of the
partition of numbers beyond 200.
 This method contributed significantly to solving the
notorious complex problems of the 20th century, such as
Waring's conjecture and other additional questions.
• Theta Function: Theta function is a special function of several
complex variables. German mathematician Carl Gustav
Jacob Jacobi invented several closely related theta functions
known as Jacobi theta functions.
 Theta function was studied extensively by Ramanujan
who came up with the Ramanujan theta function, which
generalizes the form of Jacobi theta functions and also
captures general properties. Ramanujan theta function
is used to determine the critical dimensions in Bosonic
string theory, superstring theory, and M-theory.
Current Affairs
Edition: January 2024
• Other notable contributions by Ramanujan include
hypergeometric series, the Riemann series, the elliptic
integrals, the theory of divergent series, and the functional
equations of the zeta function.
NEMATOCYST
Recent study found that the Nematocysts serve as potent
weapons to hunt prey and fend off predators.
About:
• Nematocysts are found in some animals, but especially
jellyfish, corals, sea anemones, and hydras, that serve as
potent weapons to hunt prey and fend off predators.
 These are special stinging cells used to capture food.
• Each nematocyst consists of a capsule containing a coiled,
thread-like tubule and a bulbous structure with toxins.
• Predation and Defence:
 Nematocysts play a crucial role in the feeding and defence
strategies of cnidarians in particular.
  Cnidarians are animals that contain cells called
cnidocytes that have been known to use a combination
of toxins to ensure the success of its predatory or
defensive efforts.
 When stressed, the nematocyst rapidly ejects the tubule,
often with an acceleration surpassing that of a bullet.
 This mechanism is one of the fastest processes in the
animal kingdom.
 These are remarkable cellular weapons used for both
predation and defence.
• The toxins effects: Paralytic; immobilising the prey; cytolytic
(breaking down of cells).
ELECTRONIC SOIL
A newly developed eSoil in the Laboratory of Organic
Electronics at Linköping University that stimulated root
systems helped barley seedlings grow an average of 50
percent more in a new study.
About:
• eSoil is a low-power bioelectronic growth substrate that can
electrically stimulate the root system and growth environment
of plants.
• This novel substrate is not only environmentally friendly,
being derived from cellulose and a conductive polymer
called PEDOT, but also offers a low energy, safe alternative
to previous methods that required high voltage and non-
biodegradable materials.
• Significance: This research promotes more effective and
sustainable development while increasing the variety of crops
that can be grown hydroponically.
109
 Current Affairs In-Shorts | Science & Technology
Edition: January 2024
Hydroponics:
• In hydroponics, plants are grown without soil, requiring only
water, nutrients and a substrate - something for their roots to
attach to.
 This closed system allows water to be recirculated,
ensuring that each seedling receives exactly the nutrients
it needs.
 As a result, very little water is used and all the nutrients
remain in the system.
• To maximise the use of space, hydroponics also allows
vertical production in huge towers.
 Crops currently grown in this way include lettuce, herbs
and some vegetables.
• Hydroponics is not usually used to grow grains other than
animal feed.
 In this paper, the scientists show that barley seedlings can
be grown hydroponically and that electrical stimulation
improves the plants' growth rate.
FEAST SOFTWARE
The Vikram Sarabhai Space Centre (VSSC) of the Indian
space agency ISRO, has developed an analysis software
that is used to perform Finite Element Analysis (FEA) of
various types of structures including rockets, aircraft,
satellites, buildings, etc.
About:
• An FEA software known as FEAST (Finite Element Analysis of
Structures).
• FEA is a computerised method for predicting how a
component or a structure reacts to real-world forces- like
various types of structural loads, thermal conditions and
other physical effects that a structure experiences while in
operation.
• During the design and development phase of a product, FEA
is carried out to evaluate how well and safely the structure/
component can withstand the various loads, and perform its
intended function without any failure.
110
• It empowers engineers across diverse fields, from
architects crafting skyscrapers to civil engineers building
robust bridges, and mechanical engineers shaping high-
performance machines.
Benefits:
• Cost-effective infrastructure development: Currently users
have mostly depended on expensive software versions from
foreign firms for this function. With FEAST offering, Indian
Space Research Organisation (ISRO) hopes to take this
indigenous and customisable FEA software to the Indian user
base at a fraction of cost.
• Enhanced safety and reliability: It will ensure that structures
can withstand real-world stresses, leading to safer buildings,
bridges, and machines.
• Boosting innovation: It will empower engineers to push the
boundaries of design and create groundbreaking structures.
• Self-reliance in critical technology: It will reduce dependence
on foreign software, strengthening India's tech ecosystem.
SMART LANDER FOR INVESTIGATING MOON
(SLIM) MISSION
The Japan Aerospace Exploration Agency (JAXA) announced
that its “Smart Lander for Investigating Moon” (SLIM)
successfully went into lunar orbit.
What is SLIM?
• SLIM is an experimental mission designed to demonstrate
precise and accurate lunar landings.
• It was developed and launched by the Japan Aerospace
Exploration Agency (JAXA) in September 2023.
• SLIM was launched together with XRISM, a next-generation
X-ray space telescope, onboard an H-2A rocket.
Features of SLIM:
• SLIM includes crushable, 3D-printed aluminum lattice landing
legs to absorb the impact of touchdown and ensure proper
orientation on the crater slope.
• SLIM will deploy two small rovers called Lunar Excursion
Vehicle (LEV), 1 and 2, just before it landing.
 LEV-1, LEV-2, and SLIM will together study the lunar surface
near the landing point, collect temperature and radiation
readings, and attempt to study the moon’s mantle.
• SLIM will attempt to soft-land on the lunar surface in January
with an aim to touch down within a 100 meters of its target point.
 The chosen site is near the Shioli Crater, at 13.3º S and
25.2º E.
 In-Shorts | Science & Technology Current Affairs
Edition: January 2024

Significance of the Mission:
• If successful, Japan will become the fifth country to soft-land
a robotic craft on the Moon.
• SLIM's technology could revolutionize future lunar and
planetary missions, allowing for targeted landings at
scientifically significant sites.
LUNAR POLAR EXPLORATION (LUPEX)
• LUPEX is a planned joint lunar mission by the Indian Space
Research Organisation (ISRO) and Japan Aerospace
Exploration Agency (JAXA).
• The mission would send an uncrewed lunar lander and
rover to explore the south pole region of the Moon in 2026.
• JAXA is likely to provide the under-development H3 launch
vehicle and the rover, while ISRO would be providing the
lander.
COVID STRAIN JN.1 TERMED 'VARIANT OF
INTEREST'
The WHO has tagged JN.1 strain as ‘Variant of Interest
(VOI)’ as Covid cases rise across several countries.
• It was detected first in the US and then it gradually spread,
reaching over 41 countries by December 2023.
ABOUT WORLD HEALTH ORGANIZATION
• It is a specialized agency of the United Nations responsible
for international public health. It was established in 1948,
and is headquartered in Geneva, Switzerland.
• It is an intergovernmental organization and works in
collaboration with its member states usually through the
Ministries of Health.
• The WHO operates as a coordinating authority on
international public health issues, providing leadership
on global health matters, shaping the health research
agenda, setting norms and standards, providing technical
support to countries, and monitoring health trends.
Why is this variant a cause of concern?
• One key characteristic of JN.1 is a single mutation in its spike
protein, the part that allows the virus to enter human cells.
• This mutation had raised concerns about immune evasion,
meaning JN.1 might be able to bypass some of the protection
offered by previous Covid infections or vaccinations.
However, the extent of this immune escape remains unclear.

About: Effectiveness of Vaccines against this Vaccine:

• The World Health Organization (WHO) and other public health
agencies use a system to categorize variants based on
their potential impact, such as Variants of Interest (VOIs) and
Variants of Concern (VOCs).
• Variant of Interest (VOI): A VOI typically refers to specific
genetic markers that have been associated with changes to
receptor binding. This implies that variants of interest may be
more difficult to treat, be at risk for more severe symptoms, or
have a heightened rate of transmission.
• Existing vaccines and treatments appear to retain their
effectiveness against JN.1. While some immune evasion might
occur, studies suggest current vaccines still offer significant
protection against serious illness and hospitalization.
Conclusion:
• JN.1's emergence reminds us that the Covid-19 story is far
from over. While it's not yet a cause for panic, continued
vigilance and research are essential.

• Variant of Concern (VOC): When there is evidence for increased • Maintaining responsible practices like mask-wearing, hand
transmissions through field and clinical investigations, a hygiene, and physical distancing, in addition to staying
variant becomes a VOC. Variants of Concern have one or vaccinated and boosted, remain the gold standard for
more of the following characteristics. navigating this ongoing dance with the virus.

Variant Name First Identified Characteristics and Concerns

Increased transmissibility; associated with higher viral loads in respiratory
Alpha B.1.1.7 September 2020
samples.

Beta B.1.351 May 2020 Reduced neutralization by some antibodies; potential impact on vaccine efficacy.

Gamma P.1 November 2020 Associated with reinfections; potential immune escape.

Delta B.1.617.2 October 2020 Increased transmissibility; potential increased severity; partial vaccine escape.

High number of mutations in spike protein; increased transmissibility and

Omicron B.1.1.529 November 2021
immune escape.

111
 Current Affairs In-Shorts | Geography
Edition: January 2024
WARMER WINTER IN INDIA
India Meteorological Department (IMD) has forecast a
warm winter season across the country, saying minimum
temperature could remain higher than normal.
About:
• The sudden spike in warming in 2023 comes from a
combination of factors – climate change, a strong El Nino,
sea ice failing to reform after winter, reduced aerosol pollution
and increased solar activity.
 In September, the world passed 1.5°C of warming, and
two months later, hit 2°C of warming.
 World is now 2°C hotter than it was in the pre-industrial
period.
 As per the recent observations by the IMD, the region
remained 2.4°C above the threshold.
• It is aggravated by, in addition, the regional factors like
western disturbances and the upcoming cyclone developing
in the Bay of Bengal.
 There are chances of higher-than-normal minimum
temperatures, making it a warm winter season in the
country.
Factors associated with winter warming:
• Climate Change: Greenhouse gases trap heat, which is why
the Earth is not a snowball. But the 2 trillion tonnes of fossil
carbon in the atmosphere are trapping more heat, and it will
continue until world countries stop burning fossil fuels for
heat or power.
 Anthropogenic emissions and other activities have
contributed about 1.2°C of warming.
• El Nino: The El Nino-Southern Oscillation (ENSO) climate
cycle in the Pacific has the biggest natural influence on
climate.
 El Nino will likely peak in the next two months, but its
effects may well persist throughout 2024, driving global
average temperatures higher by perhaps 0.15°C.
• Melting of Antarctic sea ice: The declines in Arctic sea ice and
its failing to recover affects the winter warming.
 Normally, the ring of frozen seawater around the ice
continent reaches maximum extent in September.
 In summer, more dark water is exposed which absorbs
more heat. It means more heat goes into the oceans
rather than back out to space.
112
GEOGRAPHY
EL NINO CONDITION
• It begins with the abnormal warming of the central and
eastern equatorial Pacific Ocean.
• Warmer-than-average sea surface temperatures disrupt
the typical oceanic and atmospheric circulation patterns.
• It is often associated with the Southern Oscillation, which
is part of the larger El Nino-Southern Oscillation (ENSO)
climate pattern.
• During El Nino, the Southern Oscillation Index (SOI) tends
to be negative.
• It causes shifts in global rainfall patterns. Regions that
typically experience dry conditions may receive increased
rainfall, while areas with regular rainfall may face drought
conditions.
• Increased solar activity: The solar maximums were forecast
for 2025 and a clear increase is occurring that adds extra
heat into the atmosphere. However, the effect is only around
0.05°C, about a third of an El Niño.
• The volcanic activity: Usually, volcanic eruptions cool the
planet, as their vast plumes of aerosols block sunlight. But
the largest volcanic eruption this century near Tonga in 2022
did the opposite.
 It is because Hunga Tonga-Hunga Ha’apai volcano was
under the sea, and its explosive force evaporated vast
volumes of seawater – and water vapour is a greenhouse gas.
It is estimated that it will add 0.035°C for about five years.
• Cutting aerosol pollution: New international shipping rules
came into force in 2020, mandating low-sulphur fuels by
cutting sulphur dioxide emissions by about 10%.
 Aerosols in the atmosphere block heat and have added
to atmospheric warming. However, the effect is small,
adding an estimated 0.05°C of warming by 2050.
Impacts of winter warming:
• Extreme Heat: Under 4°C warming, the west coast and
southern India are projected to shift to new, high-temperature
climatic regimes with significant impacts on agriculture.
• Changing Rainfall Patterns: A 2°C rise in the world’s average
temperatures will make India’s summer monsoon highly
unpredictable.
 At 4°C warming, an extremely wet monsoon that currently
has a chance of occurring only once in 100 years is
projected to occur every 10 years by the end of the century.

 Dry years are expected to be drier and wet years wetter.
• Droughts: Droughts are expected to be more frequent
especially in areas of north-western India, Jharkhand, Orissa
and Chhattisgarh.
 Crop yields are expected to fall significantly because of
extreme heat by the 2040s.
• Agriculture and food security: Seasonal water scarcity, rising
temperatures, and intrusion of seawater would threaten crop
yields, jeopardising the country’s food security.
 Under 2°C warming by the 2050s, the country may need
to import more than twice the amount of food-grain than
would be required without climate change.
• Glacier Melt: At 2.5°C warming, melting glaciers and the loss
of snow cover over the Himalayas are expected to threaten
the stability and reliability of northern India’s primarily glacier-
fed rivers, particularly the Indus and the Brahmaputra.
• Sea level rise and related issues: With India close to the equator,
the sub-continent would see much higher rises in sea levels
than higher latitudes.
 Sea-level rise and storm surges would lead to saltwater
intrusion in the coastal areas, impacting agriculture,
degrading groundwater quality, contaminating drinking
water, and possibly causing a rise in diarrhoea cases
and cholera outbreaks, as the cholera bacterium survives
longer in saline water.
• Migration and conflict: Climate change impacts on agriculture
and livelihoods can increase the number of climate refugees.
What Does a Warmer Winter Mean for Indian States?
• The higher temperatures are likely to lead to glacier melting
in mountainous regions, such as Jammu and Kashmir,
Himachal Pradesh, Arunachal Pradesh and Uttarakhand.
• On the other hand, in the plains, Rajasthan, Haryana and
Punjab are expected to see a 75% chance of above usual
maximum temperatures, which would make warmer days
prevalent over a much larger area.
• South Indian states are expected to see colder days and
nights, in comparison to northern mountainous and plain
regions.
‘GLOBAL DROUGHT SNAPSHOT’ BY UNCCD
According to the ‘Global Drought Snapshot’ launched
by the UNCCD at the outset of COP28 climate talks in the
UAE, drought causes more economic loss and affects more
sectors of societies.
Key highlights of the report:
• Social Dimensions: 85% of people affected by droughts live in
low- or middle-income countries.
In-Shorts | Geography Current Affairs
Edition: January 2024
 23 million people deemed severely food insecure across
the Horn of Africa in December 2022.
 170 million people are expected to experience extreme
drought if average global temperatures rise 3°C above
pre-industrial levels, 50 million more than expected if
warming is limited to 1.5°C.
• Agriculture and Forests: About 70% cereal crops were
damaged by drought in the Mediterranean between 2016 to
2018.
 About 33% loss of grazing land in South Africa due to
drought. Africa’s drought-related economic losses in the
past 50 years at $70 billion.
• Five consecutive rainfall season failures in the Horn of Africa
(Ethiopia, Kenya and Somalia) caused the region’s worst
drought in 40 years, contributing to reduced agricultural
productivity, food insecurity and high food prices.
 Water Conditions: 75% reduction of cargo capacity of some
vessels on the Rhine due to low river levels in 2022, leading
to severe delays to shipping arrivals and departures.
 5 million people in southern China are affected by record-
low water levels in the Yangtze River due to drought and
prolonged heat.
THE UNITED NATIONS CONVENTION TO
COMBAT DESERTIFICATION (UNCCD)
• It is the sole legally binding international agreement
linking environment and development to sustainable land
management.
• UNCCD is one of three Conventions originated at the 1992
Earth Summit in Rio de Janeiro, and adopted in 1994.
 The other two address Climate Change (UNFCCC) and
Biodiversity (UNCBD).
• The Convention addresses specifically the arid, semi-arid,
and dry sub-humid areas, known as the drylands, where
some of the most vulnerable ecosystems and peoples can
be found.
• Parties to the Convention meet in Conferences of the Parties
(COPs) every two years, as well as in technical meetings
throughout the year, to advance the aims and ambitions of
the Convention and achieve progress in its implementation.
Remedies highlighted in the report:
• Global Drought Snapshot highlighted several findings as
critical aspects of building global drought resilience and it
includes land restoration, sustainable land management and
nature positive agricultural practices etc.
• Adopting nature-positive farming techniques: It includes
drought-resistant crops, efficient irrigation methods, no-till
and other soil conservation practices, that the farmers can
reduce the impact of drought on their crops and incomes.
113
 Current Affairs In-Shorts | Geography
Edition: January 2024
 Up to 25% CO2 emissions could be offset by nature-
based solutions including land restoration.
• Efficient water management: It includes investing in
sustainable water supply systems, conservation measures
and the promotion of water-efficient technologies.
 20 to 50% potential reduction in water waste if conventional
sprinkler systems were replaced by micro-irrigation (drip
irrigation), which delivers water directly to plant roots.
• Disaster preparedness and Early warning systems: Investing
in meteorological monitoring, data collection and risk
assessment tools can help respond quickly to drought
emergencies and minimise impacts.
 Building global drought resilience requires international
cooperation, knowledge sharing as well as environmental
and social justice.
DROUGHT
• Drought is a prolonged dry period in the natural climate
cycle that can occur anywhere in the world.
• It is a slow-onset disaster characterised by the lack of
precipitation, resulting in a water shortage.
• Drought can have a serious impact on health, agriculture,
economies, energy and the environment.
Data related to drought:
• An estimated 55 million people globally are affected by
droughts every year, and they are the most serious hazard
to livestock and crops in nearly every part of the world.
• Water scarcity impacts 40% of the world’s population,
and as many as 700 million people are at-risk of being
displaced as a result of drought by 2030.
Types of drought:
• Meteorological: It happens when dry weather patterns
dominate an area.
• Hydrological: It occurs when low water supply becomes
evident, especially in streams, reservoirs, and groundwater
levels, usually after many months of meteorological drought.
114
 Meteorological drought can begin and end rapidly,
while hydrological drought takes much longer to
develop and then recover.
• Agricultural: Agricultural drought links various characteristics
of meteorological (or hydrological) drought to agricultural
impacts, focusing on precipitation shortages, differences
between actual and potential evapotranspiration, soil water
deficits, reduced groundwater or reservoir levels, and so
forth.
• Ecological Drought: A more recent effort focuses on
ecological drought, defined as "a prolonged and
widespread deficit in naturally available water supplies —
including changes in natural and managed hydrology —
that create multiple stresses across ecosystems."
• Socio-economic: Socioeconomic definitions of drought
associate the supply and demand of some economic
good with elements of meteorological, hydrological, and
agricultural drought. It differs from the aforementioned
types of drought because its occurrence depends on
the time and space processes of supply and demand to
identify or classify droughts.
Way Forward:
• The report stressed that there is no alternative to move
forward in a way that respects the planet’s boundaries and
the interdependencies of all forms of life.
• There is a need to reach binding global agreements for
proactive measures that are to be taken by nations to curtail
the spells of drought.
INDIA’S FIRST WINTER ARCTIC EXPEDITION
Raman Research Institute (RRI) from India will participate
in the first winter Indian expedition to the Arctic region.
About:
• RRI said that this will be for the first time that researchers
will examine the characterisation of the radio frequency
environment in the Svalbard region of the Arctic.
• The survey will help astronomers assess the suitability of this
uniquely located region, for carrying out precision astronomy
measurements.
DO YOU KNOW?
• India has its own research station- Himadri in the Arctic
region since 2008.
• It also have research stations at Antarctica:
 Dakshin Gangotri
 Maitri
 Bharati
 In-Shorts | Geography Current Affairs
Edition: January 2024

SARAS: • The convergence between the upward monsoonal winds

• RRI have been working on the development of SARAS (Shaped
Antenna measurement of the background Radio Spectrum)
series of experiments.
• SARAS aims to study the faint cosmological signal from
hydrogen, commonly referred to as the ‘21-cm signal’,
emerging from the Cosmic Dawn and the Epoch of Reionization.
 Cosmic Dawn denotes the period when the first stars and
galaxies were born in the universe.
 The “Epoch of Reionization” is a period in the history of the
universe that likely arose as a result of the arrival of the first
stars and galaxies.
 Prior to this, the universe was dark, suffused with a dense,
obscuring fog of primordial gas.
and the downhill winds causes the monsoonal moisture to be
lifted, generating a decent amount of rain, snow, sleet or hail
over the glaciers.
Implication of Katabatic Winds:
• The enhanced katabatic winds are to drive the convergence
line between upslope and downslope winds further down the
mountain.
• This means that precipitation has increased at lower elevations,
but decreased at the higher elevations where glaciers are
situated.
• The decrease in precipitation over the glaciers has caused
them to lose mass over the past few decades.

THE RAMAN RESEARCH INSTITUTE

• Founded in: 1948, by the Indian physicist and Nobel ICELAND VOLCANO ERUPTION
Laureate, Sir C V Raman, to continue his studies and basic
research after he retired from the Indian Institute of Science. Fagradalsfjall volcano located on the Reykjanes peninsula
in southwest Iceland, erupted after weeks of intense
• In 1972, the RRI was restructured to become an aided
earthquakes and tremors. Iceland is one of the most
autonomous research institute receiving funds from the
volcanically active regions on the planet.
Department of Science and Technology of the Government
of India.
About:
• Main areas of research: Astronomy & Astrophysics, Light &
• Volcanoes are geological formations on the Earth's crust that
Matter Physics, Soft Condensed Matter, and Theoretical
result from the eruption of magma (molten rock), ash, and
Physics.
gases from beneath the Earth's surface.
• Volcanoes are often found near tectonic plate boundaries,
KATABATIC WINDS where the Earth's plates interact.
• Volcanoes can be active, dormant, or extinct.
In a report published on Nature Geoscience, researchers  Active volcanoes are volcanoes that have had recent
have found downslope winds have been helping cool the
eruptions or are expected to have eruptions in the near
Himalayan glaciers.
future.
 Dormant volcanoes no longer produce eruptions, but
What are Katabatic Winds?
might again sometime in the future.
• Katabatic winds are downslope winds that are generated
 Extinct volcanoes will likely never erupt again.
when the surface of a mountain is cooler than the adjacent
atmosphere.
• When a temperature gap is created between the air flowing
above the mountains and the cooler air directly in contact
with ice masses, it creates a pressure gradient.
• This leads to an increase in turbulent heat exchange at the
glacier’s surface and stronger cooling of the surface air
mass.
• As the warm air gets cooler and denser, it sinks, triggering
the katabatic winds in neighboring areas down the slope.

Role of Katabatic Winds:

• Winds from the monsoon season are drawn upwards in the
daytime and are met with the katabatic winds.

115
 Current Affairs In-Shorts | Geography
Edition: January 2024
Types of Volcanoes:
• The three main types of volcanoes are stratovolcanoes
(composite volcanoes), shield volcanoes, and cinder cone
volcanoes.
Stratovolcanoes (Composite Volcanoes):
• Structure: These are large, conical mountains with steep
slopes. They are characterized by alternating layers of
solidified lava flows, volcanic ash, and other volcanic debris.
• Eruption Style: They often exhibit explosive eruptions due to
the high viscosity of their magma, which can trap gas and
build up pressure.
Shield Volcanoes:
• Structure: Shield volcanoes have broad, gently sloping
profiles resembling a warrior's shield. They are formed by the
accumulation of low-viscosity basaltic lava flows.
• Eruption Style: Shield volcanoes usually have non-explosive
eruptions, and lava flows easily cover large areas.
Cinder Cone Volcanoes:
• Structure: Cinder cone volcanoes are relatively small, steep-
sided mounds built from the accumulation of volcanic debris,
such as volcanic ash, cinders, and volcanic rocks.
• Eruption Style: They often have short-lived and relatively
explosive eruptions, producing pyroclastic material that falls
around the vent.
THE PACIFIC RING OF FIRE
• The Pacific Ring of Fire is a horseshoe-shaped zone around
the edges of the Pacific Ocean basin that is characterized by
high seismic and volcanic activity.
• This region is home to about 75% of the world's active and
dormant volcanoes and experiences a significant number
of earthquakes.
• The term "Ring of Fire" was coined to describe this area
due to the shape formed by the numerous volcanoes and
tectonic plate boundaries.
• Countries and Regions: The Ring of Fire encompasses a
large number of countries and regions, including the west
coasts of North and South America, parts of Asia, Japan,
Indonesia, the Philippines, New Zealand, and the western
coasts of North America.
Why is Iceland so Volcanically Active?
• Iceland sits on the Mid-Atlantic Ridge (part of the longest
mountain range in the world) in the North Atlantic Ocean,
where the Eurasian and North American plates are moving
apart a few centimetres every year.
 This produces volcanic rift zones, regions where the
Earth’s crust is being pulled apart and fractured, and here
116
molten rock, or magma, rises up, and some reaches the
surface and erupts as lava and/or ash.
• The island sits over a hot zone which leads to enhanced
volcanic activity in the region.
RED TIDE
A three-member committee appointed by the National
Green Tribunal (NGT) inspected the Puducherry beach near
Kuruchikuppam to analyze the cause behind the Red tide.
About:
• A red tide is an event that occurs on the coastline when
algae—a plant-like organism—grows out of control.
• The name “red tide” comes from the fact that overgrown
algae can cause the water to change color. Red tides can be
hazardous to human health and sea life.
Harmful Effects of Red Tides:
• Toxin Production: It produces toxins, such as brevetoxins,
saxitoxins, and domoic acid.
 These toxins can have harmful effects on marine life and
can be transferred through the food chain.
• Shellfish Poisoning: Filter-feeding shellfish, such as mussels,
clams, and oysters, can accumulate the toxins produced by
red tide algae.
 When humans consume contaminated shellfish, they
experience poisoning, such as paralytic shellfish
poisoning (PSP) or amnesic shellfish poisoning (ASP).
• Marine Life Mortality: Fish, shellfish, and other marine animals
may suffer from mass mortalities during red tide events.
• Economic Impact: Red tide events can have severe economic
consequences for coastal communities that rely on fishing
and aquaculture.
 Closures of fisheries and shellfish harvesting areas due
to toxin contamination can lead to financial losses for
fishermen, shellfish farmers, and related industries.
IONOSPHERIC OBSERVATIONS IN
ANTARCTICA
The cold winters and the bright sunny summer of Antarctica
holds crucial information in the ionosphere that scientists
have traced recently.
About:
• A team of scientists from the Indian Institute of Geomagnetism
(IIG), an autonomous body of the Department of Science and
Technology (DST) have examined the long-term seasonal
ionospheric observations.
 In-Shorts | Geography Current Affairs
Edition: January 2024

• At Indian Antarctica station Bharati, between 2010 and 2022, • It is rich in natural resources, including bauxite, iron ore,
they examined seasonal ionospheric observations with solar gold, diamonds, and other minerals. Bauxite, in particular, is
activity following the Sun's 11-year cycle. a significant export for the country.

Observations:
• They found a substantial seasonal variation with maximum
Total Electron Count (TEC) in equinoctial months followed by
the summer and winter.
• The day-night ionospheric density varied regardless of 24
hours of sunlight in summer and complete darkness in winter.
 Also, the maximum ionospheric density in the summer
months where 24 hours sunlight is present (polar days),
was about twice more than that of polar nights at the
Bharati region.
• It was observed that though there was no sunlight incidence
throughout the day in winter months (polar nights) at Bharati
station; a diurnal pattern was observed with peak ionospheric
density near local noon.
 The scientists attributed the peak ionization to particle
precipitation and transportation of convectional plasma
from high latitudes.
MADAGASCAR
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
• The ionosphere is a part of Earth’s upper atmosphere, which Madagascar is being impacted by climate change, making
is partially ionized extending from 100-1000 km. life harder for millions of people.
• The ionosphere at polar regions is highly dynamic and
acts as a major energy sink for space weather events, and About:
related processes in magnetosphere-ionosphere systems • It is Located off the coast of East Africa in the Indian Ocean
as the magnetic field lines are vertical in this region. with the nearest mainland African country being Mozambique.
• The ionospheric observations in Antarctica are few compared • It is the world’s fourth-largest island and its second-largest
to the Arctic region due to geographic limitations and island country, Antananarivo is the capital and largest city of
limited number of stations. Madagascar.
• The island country of Mauritius and Réunion lie to the east of
Madagascar.
GUINEA • To the northwest are the French territory of Mayotte and the
island country of Comoros.
Several killed and dozens injured after powerful explosion
• Madagascar consists of three parallel longitudinal zones—
in Guinea.
the central plateau, the coastal strip in the east, and the zone
of low plateaus and plains in the west.
About:
• Maromokotro is the highest peak in Madagascar.
• The Republic of Guinea, located in western Africa.
• Madagascar is renowned for its extraordinary biodiversity,
• It is bounded on the north by Guinea-Bissau, Senegal, and
with a high level of endemism.
Mali;
 The island is home to unique species of flora and fauna,
 on the east and south-east by Côte d'Ivoire;
including lemurs, chameleons, and various types of
 on the south by Liberia and Sierra Leone; and
orchids and baobab trees.
 on the west by the Atlantic Ocean.
• It is home to numerous national parks and wildlife reserves
• Major rivers the Gambia, the Niger, and the Sénégal—rise in
that protect its unique ecosystems and endemic species.
Guinea.
 Examples include Andasibe-Mantadia National Park,
• Fouta Djallon mountains is in Guinea. Ranomafana National Park, and Tsingy de Bemaraha
• French is the official language of Guinea. National Park.

117
 Current Affairs In-Shorts | Culture & History
Edition: January 2024

CULTURE & HISTORY

HORNBILL FESTIVAL AND STATEHOOD DAY
OF NAGALAND
Nagaland is celebrating the 24th edition of the Hornbill
Festival.
About:
• There will be an exhibition featuring the Mithun (the State
Animal) and Tenyi Vo (a native breed of Pig) from rural
Nagaland.
• Nagaland Beekeeping and Honey Mission is launching the
first ‘Bee Tourism' to showcase Nagaland’s rich beekeeping
tradition and unique practices carried out across the state.
Hornbill Festival:
• It is an annual event and the largest celebration of the
Indigenous Warrior Tribes of Nagaland.
• It was conceptualized in the year 2000 to showcase
Nagaland’s rich and traditional cultural heritage, traditional
and contemporary, in all its ethnicity, diversity, and grandeur.
• The festival is named after the hornbill, the bird which is
displayed in folklore in most of the state’s tribes.
• It is also called the ‘Festival of Festivals’ and is celebrated to
encourage inter-tribal interaction and to promote the cultural
heritage of Nagaland.
• It is organized by the State Tourism and Art & Culture
Departments.
Nagaland’s Festivals Linked to Agriculture:
• Nagaland is the Land of Festivals, with each tribe having its
festivals and customs.
• Most of Nagaland’s festivals revolve around agriculture as
that is the main occupation of the people in Naga society.
• Over 71% population of Nagaland is directly dependent on
agriculture.
 On 4th September 1962 with the bill for the formation of
Nagaland receiving the President’s consent, the State
of Nagaland Act, 1962 was passed.
 Nagaland was formally inaugurated on December 1,
1963, as the 16th state of India.
• Since then, December 1 has been celebrated annually as
Nagaland Statehood Day.
Present Status:
• Nagaland, with Kohima as the capital city, is bound by
Assam in the west, Myanmar in the east, Arunachal Pradesh
and part of Assam in the North, and Manipur in the South.
• It consists of 16 administrative districts, inhabited by 17
major tribes like Angami, Ao, Chakhesang, Chang, Kachari,
Khiamniungan, Konyak, Kuki, Lotha, Phom, Pochury, Rengma,
Sangtam, Sumi, Tikhir, Yimkhiung, and Zeliang and along with
other sub-tribes.
• Official language: English.
HAUZ-I-SHAMSI
Recently, the Ministry of Jal Shakti organized a ‘Jal Itihas
Utsav’ in Hauz-i-Shamsi to raise public consciousness about
safeguarding water heritage sites.
About:
• Situated in Mehrauli near the Jahaz Mahal, Hauz-i-Shamsi,
also known as the Shamsi Talab, is a water reservoir built
between 1211 - 1236 AD by Sultan Iltutmish.
• Sultan Firoz Shah Tughlaq got it repaired later on and refilled it
with water.
• The reservoir also finds mentions in the works of famed
traveler Ibn Batuta who had described the Hauz-i-Shamsi
as a rectangular-shaped reservoir that was spread across an
area of one mile by two miles.

STATEHOOD OF NAGALAND 2000-YEAR-OLD COPPER COINS DISCOVERED

• Until 1957, the present Nagaland was just a district of the AT MOHENJO DARO
state of Assam, and known as ‘The Naga Hills’.
Archaeologists in Pakistan have discovered an unusual cache
• The leaders of various Naga tribes formed the Naga
of 2000-year-old coins at the historic site of Mohenjo Daro.
People’s Convention (NPC) in August 1957.
• In July 1960, a party delegation met with the then Prime About:
Minister and demanded a separate state for the Nagas
• The copper coins are thought to be from the ruins of a
within the Indian Union to be known as ‘Nagaland’.
Buddhist shrine of the Kushan.

118
 In-Shorts | Culture & History
• Empire built at Mohenjo Daro in Pakistan.
• The Kushan Empire ruled the region from about the 2nd
century B.C. until the 3rd century A.D. and conquered the
Greco-Bactrian kingdom established in Central Asia by
Alexander the Great.
Significance:
• These findings mark the first artifacts discovered at the stupa's
ruins since 1931.
• The coins bear resemblance to earlier discoveries from the
1920s and 1930s, featuring depictions of a standing figure
and, on the reverse side, representations of the Hindu god
Shiva and other symbols, reflecting the syncretism of Buddhist
beliefs with Hindu origins.
MOHENJO DARO (MOUND OF THE DEAD)
• It was built entirely of unbaked brick in the 3rd millennium
B.C. and lies in the Indus Valley, in Larkana district of Sindh
(Pakistan), about 5 km away from the River Indus.
• It is one of the largest of the Indus Valley Civilization sites.
• Discovery: It was discovered by archaeologists Rakhaldas
Banerji and Sir John Marshall.
• Features: The acropolis, set on high embankments, the
ramparts, and the lower town, which is laid out according
to strict rules, provide evidence of an early system of town
planning.
 Its excavations revealed findings like the Great Bath,
Great Granary, a large assembly hall, a temple-like structure,
the seal of Pashupati, and a bust of a bearded man.
 The city is divided into a citadel and a lower city.
• It was inscribed as World Heritage Sites of Outstanding
Universal Value by UNESCO in 1980.
• Although Mohenjodaro is the most well-known site, the first
site to be discovered was Harappa.
Mohenjo-Daro and the Influence of Buddhism:
• Mohenjo Daro was once a thriving city of the Harappan
civilization, abandoned around 1800 BC, possibly due to
climate change leading to a drying environment.
• The Buddhist stupa at the site was constructed around 150
AD, during the Kushan Empire's rule.
MAHAPARINIRVAN DIWAS
The death anniversary of Dr BR Ambedkar is observed as
the Mahaparinirvan Diwas.
About:
• Parinirvana represents a fundamental concept in Buddhism,
signifying the attainment of nirvana or liberation during one's
lifetime and even after death.
Current Affairs
Edition: January 2024
• The term "Parinibbana" in Pali is employed to convey the
fulfillment of nirvana.
About Dr. BR Ambedkar:
• Dr. Ambedkar was a social reformer, jurist, economist, author,
scholar and thinker.
• He also known as the "Father of the Indian Constitution," made
significant contributions across various domains in the socio-
political landscape of India.
Contributions of Dr. BR Ambedkar:
• Advocacy for Social Justice: Ambedkar was a prominent
advocate for the rights of marginalized and oppressed
communities, especially Dalits (formerly known as
untouchables).
 Bahishkrit Hitakarini Sabha: It was founded by him in
1924 to spread education and awareness among the
Dalits.
 Mahad Satyagraha: He led the Satyagraha in 1927 in
Maharashtra to challenge the regressive customs of the
Hindu.
 Kalaram Satyagraha: A temple entry movement in Nashik
for the untouchables started by him in 1930.
 Round Table Conferences: He participated in all three
Round Table Conferences in 1930, 1931, and 1932,
voicing for untouchables and the depressed class.
 Independent Labour Party: It was formed in 1936 and was
later known as the Scheduled Castes Federation.
• Role in the Poona Pact: In 1932 on behalf of untouchables,
he signed the Poona Pact with Mahatma Gandhi, who was
representing Congress.
 The pact provided provisions for reserved seats for the
depressed class in the regional legislative assemblies
and Central Council of States.
• Labour and Industrial Reforms: He was involved in formulating
policies related to labor and industrial issues. Between 1942-
46 he worked as Minister of Labour in the Viceroy’s Executive
Council.
• Architect of the Indian Constitution: Dr. Ambedkar was the
Chairman of the Drafting Committee of the Constitution and
played a pivotal role in drafting the Constitution of India.
• Bharatiya Bauddha Mahasabha: He established the Bharatiya
Bauddha Mahasabha in 1955 to propagate Buddhism as a
means of social and spiritual emancipation.
• International Representation: Dr. Ambedkar represented
India in the inaugural session of the United Nations General
Assembly in 1946. He raised issues related to human rights
and social justice on the international stage.
119
 Current Affairs In-Shorts | Culture & History
Edition: January 2024
• In 1956 he embraced Buddhism along with many of his
followers in a public ceremony in Nagpur.
BOOKS AND PUBLICATIONS
• Annihilation of Caste
• The Problem of the Rupee: Its Origin and Its Solution
• Thoughts on Linguistic States
• The Buddha and His Dhamma
• The Untouchables: Who Were They and Why They Became
Untouchables?
• Mooknayak: It was a fortnightly newspaper, started by him
In 1920 with the support of Shahu Maharaj of Kolhapur.
GARBA DANCE OF GUJARAT MAKES IT TO
UNESCO LIST
Gujarat’s traditional dance form ‘Garba’ was recently
included in the list of Intangible Cultural Heritage by UNESCO.
About:
• The popular dance form Garba is the 15th cultural item from
India to make it to the UNESCO list.
• The 14 other elements from India are Ramlila; yoga; Vedic
chanting; Kutiyattam, Sanskrit theatre of Kerala; Ramman,
religious festival and ritual theatre of the Garhwal Himalayas;
Mudiyettu, ritual theatre and dance drama of Kerala; Kalbelia
folk songs and dances of Rajasthan; Chhau dance of eastern
India; Buddhist chanting of Ladakh; Sankirtana, ritual
singing, drumming and dancing of Manipur; traditional brass
and copper craft of utensil making in Punjab; Nowruz; Kumbh
Mela and Durga Puja in Kolkata.
UNESCO INTANGIBLE CULTURAL HERITAGE LIST
• It derives from the 2003 UNESCO Convention for the
Safeguarding of Intangible Cultural Heritage.
• The UNESCO Intangible Cultural Heritage list is a compilation
maintained by the United Nations Educational, Scientific
and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) that recognizes and
safeguards cultural practices, traditions, knowledge, and
skills that are considered intangible cultural heritage.
About Garba:
• Garba is celebrated for nine days during the festival of
Navratri.
 The Garba is a unique manifestation of worshipping
the divine feminine energy or Shakti — the primordial
goddess.
 The cultural, performative, and visual expressions of
this feminine energy are expressed through the Garba
dance.
120
• The performative and visual celebration of Garba takes place
within homes and temple courtyards, public spaces in villages
and urban areas.
• There are different types of garba like Mataji Garba, Krishna
Garba, and Lok Garba.
SANTINIKETAN
The controversial plaques at Santiniketan that did not
feature Rabindranath Tagore's name have been removed
by the Visva-Bharati University.
Geography:
• Location: Santiniketan, popularly known today as a university
town, is located in the Birbhum district in West Bengal.
• Rivers: The area is flanked on two sides by the rivers, the Ajay
and the Kopai.
History:
• Santiniketan was earlier known as Bhubadanga. It was
established by Maharshi Debendranath Tagore in 1862 and
later expanded by his son, Rabindranath Tagore.
• In 1901, Rabindranath Tagore chose a vast tract of land and
started a school on the ‘Brahmacharya Ashram’ modeled
on the ancient Indian Gurukul system. The school was
upgraded to a University and was renamed Visva Bharati in
1921.
• In 1951, Visva Bharati was declared to be a central university
and an institute of national importance.
Cultural Significance:
• Rabindranath Tagore penned many of his literary classics
(namely Tagore songs, poems, novels, etc) here.
• The Santiniketan campus is adorned by splendid sculptures,
frescoes, murals, and paintings of Rabindranath Tagore,
Nandalal Bose, Ramkinkar, Binodbehari Mukhopadhyay, and
others.
• Santiniketan stands out as a unique cultural destination,
where Rabindranath Tagore tried to bring the world together
through architecture, arts, and landscape design.
HANUKKAH
The Prime Minister of India has extended Hanukkah
greetings to Jewish people in India and around the world.
About:
• Hanukkah (or Chanukah in Hebrew) is the Jewish Festival of
Lights.
 In-Shorts | Culture & History
 The word ‘Hanukkah’ means ‘Dedication’ in Hebrew.
• It starts on the 25th day of Kislev, the ninth month of the
Hebrew calendar. It is celebrated in November or December
every year and lasts for eight days.
• It is celebrated with a nightly menorah lighting, playing
dreidel, singing songs, and preparing delicious food.
CHANNAPATNA TOYS
Toys made in Channapatna now become part of children’s
academic activities in Afghanistan.
About:
• In the native language Channapatna is also called as
"Goombegala Ooru" meaning toys town in English.
 Channapatna taluk comes under Ramanagara District.
• The history of Channapatna toys can be traced back to the
time of Tipu Sultan, who encouraged the Persians to come
down to India and teach the artisans the art.
 Bavas Miyan is known as the Father of Channapatna Toys for
his commitment to helping the local artisans and bringing
in new technologies to improve the craft.
 Channapatna Toys has received the Geographical
Indication (GI) tag.
• Features: The toys are made mainly from Dhoodi Wood or
Milkwood, as it is easy to carve out the shapes. However,
craftsmen now use other types of hardwood like rubberwood,
sycamore, silver wood and red cedar.
 Channapatna crafts park is India's first craft park and
located at Channapatna in Karnataka, South India.
YOGMAYA TEMPLE
Yogmaya Temple is believed to have come up during the
period of the Mahabharata that does not exist anymore.
Current Affairs
Edition: January 2024
About:
• Location: It is situated in the Mehrauli Archaeological Park,
near the Qutub Minar complex in South Delhi.
• Architecture: It has a simple and elegant design, with a spire
(shikhara) crowning the sanctum sanctorum.
 The temple is built using red sandstone, reflecting the
architectural style prevalent during the medieval period in
Delhi.
• Lala Sidhu Mal, also known as Sed Mal, a noble in the court of
Mughal Emperor Akbar II, built the temple between 1806 and
1837.
 It is believed that the temple was a focal point of Akbar II’s
rule.
 It is believed that an ancient Yogini Temple had existed
here, that had been patronised by Prithviraj Chauhan.
 The region around the temple was known as Yoginipura in
ancient Jain texts.
Importance:
• The Yogmaya Temple is an integral part of the annual Phool
Walon Ki Sair, an interfaith festival of Delhi.
• The temple is close to the Iron Pillar in the Qutb Complex,
and within the Lal Kot walls, the first fortress citadel of Delhi,
constructed by the Tomar/Tanwar Rajput King Anangpal I
around AD 731.
• Religious Significance: The temple is associated with the
Mahabharata, one of the ancient Indian epics.
 According to legend, it is believed that after the
Mahabharata war, the Pandavas constructed this temple
to seek the blessings of Goddess Yogmaya.
VIKSIT BHARAT SANKALP YATRA, AND KASHI
TAMIL SANGAMAM
Recently, the Prime Minister of India addressed the Viksit
Bharat Sankalp Yatra in Varanasi and also inaugurated the
second edition of the Kashi Tamil Sangamam.
About:
• Viksit Bharat Sankalp Yatra is a government initiative being
undertaken across the country, to raise awareness and
track the implementation of flagship central schemes, such
as Ayushman Bharat, Ujjwala Yojana, PM Surkasha Bima, PM
SVANidhi, etc.
• It is being undertaken with the active involvement of various
Union ministries and state governments.
• Objectives: It aims to create awareness among citizens about
various welfare schemes and seek their participation in the
spirit of “Jan Bhagidari” to ensure 100% saturation of schemes.
121
 Current Affairs In-Shorts | Culture & History
Edition: January 2024

 It is the largest-ever outreach initiative of Government

of India and will cover 2.60 lakh Gram Panchayats and
4000+ urban local bodies across the nation by January
25, 2024.
 In a short span of just one month, the Yatra has reached
more than 2.50 crore citizens across 68,000 Gram
Panchayats (GPs) in the country.
Kashi Tamil Sangamam:
• It will celebrate, reaffirm and rediscover the age-old links
between Tamil Nadu and Kashi – two of the country’s most
important and ancient seats of learning.
SHRI JAGANNATH PURI TEMPLE
• It is one of the most impressive monuments of the Indian
State Odisha and It is one of the most revered Vaishnava
sites of worship in India.
• It was constructed by a famous king of Ganga Dynasty
Ananta Varman Chodaganga Deva dating back to the 12th
century at the seashore Puri.
• The main temple of Shri Jagannath is an impressing and
amazing structure constructed in Kalinga architecture, with
a height of 65 meters placed on an elevated platform.

• It is led by the Ministry of Education and is supported by the • It is one of the Dhamas (Holiest of the holy place) out of four
State Government of Uttar Pradesh and the Central Ministries Dhamas i.e. Puri, Dwarika, Badrinath & Rameswar, in India.
of Culture, Railways, Tourism, Information and Broadcasting • It has been the epicenter of Jagannath cult and sees
besides academic and cultural institutions in the Central and pilgrims flocking the temple town of Puri from all corners of
State sphere.
the world throughout the year.
• Themes: Centred around a series of themes that cover various
• There are so many festivals of Sri Jagannath during the
facets of knowledge – literature, ancient texts, philosophy,
year observed in Puri.
spirituality, music, dance, drama, yoga,
 The most important festivals are the World famous Rath
 Ayurveda, handlooms, handicrafts as well as the modern
Yatra (Car Festival) & Bahuda Yatra.
innovations, trade exchanges, edutech and other gen-
next technology etc.
• Objectives: It aims to bring these two traditions of knowledge
and culture closer together.
 It also has the objective of rediscovering and strengthening
the ancient intellectual, cultural, spiritual and artisanal
connection between the two cultures.”

SHREE MANDIRA PARIKRAMA PROJECT

Shree Mandira Parikrama Project (SMPP) is poised to be
unveiled in January 2024.

About:
• Developed at an investment of Rs 943 crore,
• It will create an unobstructed 75-metre corridor around the
outer wall of the Jagannath Temple.
• It adjoins Meghanada Pacheri (grand boundary around
Jagannath Temple) as the security zone plan.
 It is broadly divided into nine zones on the northern,
southern, and western side. KOLATTAM DANCE
• Features: The SMPP includes a 7-metre green buffer zone and
In Vijayawada, Andhra Pradesh Girls performed Kolattam
a 10-metre pedestrian-only Antar (inner) Pradakshina that will
dance during Balotsav, a children’s festival.
be used for parikrama (clockwise circumambulation) of the
temple.
 The eight-meter outer circumambulation path would be
About:
covered by trees on either side. There will be a 10-meter • The Kolattam dance is predominantly a dance performed by
public convenience zone. women, in Southern India.

122
 In-Shorts | Culture & History
 Men mostly take up the role as drummers or play the
background music.
• In Tamil Nadu and Kerala the dance is known as Kummi and in
Andhra Pradesh it is known as Kolannalu.
• The dance form resembles the Dandiya and garba folk dances
of Gujarat.
Performance of Dance:
• The group comprises dancers in the range of 8 to 40. It
is performed by using sticks to represent the rhythm of the
dance.
 The sticks are stroked against each other in a calibrated
form for creating harmony.
• The dancers are led by a leader and move about in two
circles. The inner circle receive the strikes on their sticks from
the artists in the outer circle that deliver them.
PANDIT MOTIRAM PANDIT MANIRAM
SANGEET SAMAROHA
The Union Home Minister recently released a
commemorative Postal Stamp, to mark 50 years of Pandit
Jasraj’s music festival – ‘Pandit Motiram Pandit Maniram
Sangeet Samaroha’.
Pandit Jasraj:
• Pandit Jasraj was of the greatest all time Indian classical
vocalist, belonging to the Mewati gharana, a school of thought
in Hindustani classical music.
• His legacy includes memorable performances of classical and
semi-classical vocal music, devotional music, albums and film
soundtracks, innovations in various genres including Haveli
Sangeeth and popularizing the Mewati Gharana.
• He took Indian classical music, Pushtimargiya music and Bhakti
Pad of Vaishnav tradition to greater heights and contributed to
the strengthening of Indian Classical and Bhakti music.
Current Affairs
Edition: January 2024
Pandit Motiram Pandit Maniram Sangeet Samaroha:
• This music festival was started by Pandit Jasraj in 1972 to
musically express love to his Father, Sangeet Ratna Pandit
Motiram ji and his elder brother and later his Guru, Sangeet
Mahamahopadhyaya Pandit Maniram ji.
 During his lifetime, for 47 years, without a single break,
Pandit Jasraj ji hosted this annual Sangeet Samaroh
himself.
• It is the oldest festival of Hyderabad, and this legacy is carried
forward by Pandit Jasraj Cultural Foundation. For this unique
contribution he was called “Son of Hyderabad”.
VEER BAAL DIVAS
The Prime Minister addressed the program marking ‘Veer
Bal Diwas’ at Bharat Mandapam in New Delhi.
About:
• The day is commemorated on December 26 to mark the
martyrdom of Sri Guru Gobind Singh’s sons Sahibzadas Baba
Zorawar Singh Ji and Baba Fateh Singh Ji.
 They attained martyrdom after being sealed alive in a wall
in 1705, at an early age to defend the dignity and honor of
Sikhism.
• The Guru’s mother Mata Gujari and his two elder sons,
Sahibzaada Ajit Singh and Sahibzaada Jujhar Singh, were also
killed within a week.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
• Sahibzada Baba Zorawar Singh Ji was born on November
28, 1696, in Anandpur Sahib, Punjab, India.
• He was the third son of Guru Gobind Singh Ji and Mata
Jito Ji.
• Battle of Chamkaur (1704):
 At the tender age of eight, Baba Zorawar Singh Ji,
along with his elder brother Baba Ajit Singh Ji, faced
the Battle of Chamkaur (1704).
 Despite being outnumbered, they displayed
tremendous courage and determination.
• Capture by Wazir Khan: After the Battle of Chamkaur, Baba
Zorawar Singh Ji, along with his brother and grandmother,
were captured by Wazir Khan, the governor of Sirhind.
• Martyrdom:
 Baba Zorawar Singh Ji, at the age of about 9, along with
Baba Fateh Singh Ji, faced martyrdom on December
26, 1705.
 The young Sahibzadas were bricked alive by the orders
of Wazir Khan when they refused to convert to Islam.
123
 Current Affairs In-Shorts | Miscellaneous
Edition: January 2024

MISCELLANEOUS

INDIRA GANDHI PRIZE Conclusion:

• The Indira Gandhi Prize is more than just an award; it is a
The Indira Gandhi Prize for Peace, Disarmament and
vibrant torch illuminating the path toward a more peaceful
Development for 2023 has been jointly awarded to Daniel
and just world. By recognizing and uplifting the tireless efforts
Barenboim and Ali Abu Awwad for Israel-Palestine conflict
of individuals and organizations on the frontline of social
resolution efforts.
change, it inspires hope and action.

About:
• It is an annual award established by the Indira Gandhi
Memorial Trust in India.
• It consists of a cash prize of Rs. 25 lakh rupees along with a
citation.
• The prize is named in honor of the late Prime Minister of India,
Indira Gandhi, and it was instituted in 1986.
• The award is presented to individuals or organizations that have
made significant contributions to the promotion of international
understanding and peace, the development of new international
economic order, and the strengthening of democracy.
• Categories: The award is presented in three categories:
 Peace: Recognizes efforts to promote and maintain
international peace and security.
 Disarmament: Acknowledges contributions to the
reduction and elimination of weapons of mass destruction.
 Development: Honors work in promoting economic and
social development.
• The award ceremony typically takes place on November 19th,
the birth anniversary of Indira Gandhi.
Notable Personalities getting this Award:
• Nelson Mandela: The 1993 laureate's dedication to dismantling
apartheid in South Africa through peaceful means remains a
beacon of hope in the fight against oppression.
• Aung San Suu Kyi: The 1997 recipient's unwavering advocacy
for democracy and human rights in Myanmar continues to
inspire freedom movements worldwide.
• Muhammad Yunus: The 2009 laureate's pioneering work in
microfinance empowering women and small businesses has
had a profound impact on poverty reduction and economic
development.
• Challenges and the Road Ahead: As the world grapples with
new and evolving challenges, from climate change to rising
inequalities, the relevance of the Indira Gandhi Prize remains
as profound as ever. Continued commitment to its ideals and
active engagement with the communities it champions are
crucial in ensuring its effectiveness.
UNESCO ASIA-PACIFIC AWARDS FOR
CULTURAL HERITAGE CONSERVATION 2023
Three heritage projects from Punjab and Haryana have
secured prestigious spots among the UNESCO Asia-Pacific
Awards for Cultural Heritage Conservation.
About:
• In 2023 edition, Rambagh Gate in Amritsar, Punjab received
the highest honour- the Award of Excellence, the Church of
Epiphany in Gurugram, Haryana earned the Award of Merit
and Pipal Haveli, Gurdaspur, Punjab was honoured for its
sustainable development.
 Earlier in 2022, Chhatrapati Shivaji Maharaj Vastu
Sangrahalaya, Mumbai, Domakonda Fort, Telangana, and
Byculla Station, Mumbai accorded special recognition.
• Additionally, three projects received the Award of Distinction,
including
 the Fanling Golf Course in Hong Kong SAR, China;
 Dongguan Garden Residences in Yangzhou, China; and
 Karnikara Mandapam at Kunnamangalam Bhagawati
Temple in Kerala, India.
• Five projects earned the Award of Merit, namely
 Yan Nan Yuan at Peking University, Beijing, China;
 Pan Family Residence in Suzhou, China;
 Church of Epiphany in Haryana, India;
 David Sassoon Library and Reading Room in Mumbai,
India; and
 Bikaner House in New Delhi, India.
UNESCO ASIA-PACIFIC AWARDS FOR CULTURAL
HERITAGE CONSERVATION PROGRAMME
• Established since: 2000
• Objective: Recognizing the efforts of private individuals and
organizations in restoring, conserving, and transforming
structures and buildings of heritage value in the region.

124

 By acknowledging private efforts, the Awards
programme encourages others to undertake
conservation projects within their own communities.
• UNESCO introduced the new category, ‘Special
Recognition for Sustainable Development’, in 2020, together
with an updated set of Awards Criteria to acknowledge
the role and contribution of cultural heritage to sustainable
development within the broader framework of the UN 2030
Agenda.
• The awarded projects serve as a testament to how cultural
heritage can be successfully preserved whilst at the
same time mobilized to be integrated into various local
development strategies.
Insights about the winning projects in Punjab and
Haryana:
• Rambagh Gate & Ramparts, Amritsar:
 The Rambagh Gate is situated at the convergence of
Maharaja Ranjit Singh’s 19th-century city wall and Amritsar’s
new city.
 This three-storied structure now serves the historical gate
community as a traditional market, a government school,
and a municipal printing press.
• Church of Epiphany, Gurgaon: The Church of the Epiphany was
originally built to cater to the spiritual needs of the few British
civil and military officers posted in Gurgaon during the 1860s.
• Pipal Haveli, Gurdaspur:
 Pipal Haveli represents a contemporary, community-
centred, multi-use educational building deeply rooted in
sustainable principles.
 Situated in rural Punjab, it emphasises ecological and
traditional building methods, utilising locally sourced
materials and vernacular architectural language.
 Pipal Haveli supports women’s empowerment through
initiatives like the BaRi Collective, offering programmes
that strengthen women’s livelihoods via environmentally
conscious craft practices.
NATIONAL SPORTS AWARDS 2023
The Ministry of Youth Affairs & Sports announced the
National Sports Awards 2023.
About:
• The awardees will receive their awards from the President of
India at Rashtrapati Bhavan.
• National Sports Awards are given every year to recognize and
reward excellence in sports.
• Announced by: Ministry of Youth Affairs & Sports.
In-Shorts | Miscellaneous Current Affairs
Edition: January 2024
• Major Dhyan Chand Khel Ratna Award: The award is conferred
for the most outstanding performance in the area of sports
by a sportsperson over the time period of the last four years.
For the 1st time in history this award was jointly awarded to
two athletes- badminton stars Satwiksairaj Rankireddy and
Chirag Shetty.
• Arjuna Awards for Outstanding Performance in Sports and
Games: The award is conferred for great performance
over the last four years and for demonstrating qualities of
sportsmanship, a sense of discipline, and leadership. Total
26 athletes were awarded with this award.
• Dronacharya Award for Outstanding Coaches in Sports and
Games: The award is conferred to coaches for demonstrating
outstanding work consistently and for making it possible for
sportspersons to ace in International events.
• Dhyan Chand Award for Lifetime Achievement in Sports and
Games: The award is conferred to honor the sportspersons
who have actually contributed to the field of sports through
their performance, and who contribute to sports even post-
retirement.
 It was given to Halwinder Singh Bawa, Legendary hockey
player and captain of 1980 world cup winning team.
• Maulana Abul Kalam Azad (MAKA) Trophy: The award is given
to the overall high-performing university in inter-university
tournaments.
Conclusion:
• The National Sports Awards 2023 serve as a beacon of
inspiration, not just for the athletes and coaches recognized,
but for every aspiring star across the nation. The stories of
grit, determination, and passion showcased on this stage
offer a roadmap for future generations to emulate. As India's
sporting landscape continues to evolve, these awards
provide a vital platform to acknowledge and celebrate these
heroes.
NAMDAPHA FLYING SQUIRREL
A nocturnal flying squirrel has resurfaced in Arunachal
Pradesh after going missing for 42 years.
About:
• The Namdapha flying squirrel (Biswamoyopterus biswasi) is an
arboreal (living in trees), nocturnal flying squirrel endemic to
Arunachal Pradesh in northeast India, where it is known from a
single specimen collected in Namdapha National Park in 1981.
• Appearance: It has reddish, grizzled fur with white above.
 Its crown is pale grey, its patagium is orangish and its
underparts are white.
125
 Current Affairs In-Shorts | Miscellaneous
Edition: January 2024
• Threats: Poaching and potential habitat destruction,
highlighting the need for robust conservation strategies.
• Conservation Status: Critically endangered by the IUCN.
 The Wildlife Protection Act of India placed it under
Schedule I, indicating the highest level of protection.
NAMDAPHA NATIONAL PARK
• Namdapha National Park is situated in the eastern
Himalayan range in the northeastern state of Arunachal
Pradesh established in 1983.
• It is crossed from east to west by the Noa Dihing River, a
tributary of Brahmaputra River.
• The park is inhabited by species, such as the Bengal
tiger, clouded leopard, snow leopard, red panda, Indian
elephant, and various species of deer and primates.
• Namdapha National Park has been designated as a Tiger
Reserve to protect its significant tiger population.
• It is also a part of the Eastern Himalaya Biodiversity Hotspot
and has been recognized as a biodiversity hotspot by
Conservation International.
• It is also on the Tentative Lists of UNESCO World Heritage
Sites in India.
PANTOEA TAGOREI
A group of researchers from Visva-Bharati University have
discovered a bacteria capable of boosting plant growth
and named it 'Pantoea Tagorei' after Nobel laureate
Rabindranath Tagore.
About:
• Pantoea Tagorei bacteria, classified within the Pantoea
genus, are a member of the Enterobacteriaceae family. These
bacteria can be found in diverse settings such as water, soil,
humans, animals, and plants.
• The bacteria is named MR1 (Mine Rhizosphere), is a Gram-
negative, short-rod, non-motile, facultatively anaerobic,
potassium-solubilising species isolated from the rhizospheric
soil of an open-cast coal mine in Jharia, Jharkhand.
• Pantoea Tagorei' efficiently extracts potassium from soil
which enhances plant growth.
Benefits:
• The bacteria has immense potential to revolutionise
agricultural practices.It efficiently unlocks potassium from the
soil, a crucial nutrient for plant growth, making fertilizers less
necessary.
126
• It is a plant growth promoting bacteria which will prove to
be a game-changer in agriculture. It has shown immense
capability to boost the cultivation of paddy, pea and chilli.
• Phosphorus and Nitrogen Fixer: It solubilizes these essential
nutrients, further boosting plant health and yield.
HIGH FAT SUGAR SALT (HFSS) FOODS
The consumption of High Fat Sugar Salt (HFSS) foods is
one of the major risk factors for a host of health issues that
include obesity, diabetes, and high blood pressure.
About:
• HFSS foods are processed or packaged products that are high
in unhealthy fats, added sugars, and sodium.
• These elements contribute to various health problems like
obesity, diabetes, heart disease, and certain cancers.
• HFSS foods are:
 High in saturated and trans fats, which raise bad cholesterol
levels and increase the risk of heart disease.
 High in added sugars which contributes to weight gain,
diabetes, and tooth decay.
 High in sodium which leads to high blood pressure,
increasing the risk of heart disease and stroke.
 Low in fiber, vitamins, and minerals, leading to nutritional
deficiencies.
Implications:
• Cardiovascular Health: High intake of saturated fats and
excess salt can contribute to high blood pressure and
atherosclerosis.
• Type 2 Diabetes: Diets high in sugar and unhealthy fats are
associated with insulin resistance and an increased risk of
developing type 2 diabetes.
• Metabolic Syndrome: A diet high in fat, sugar, and salt can
contribute to metabolic syndrome, a cluster of conditions that
includes abdominal obesity, high blood pressure, high blood
sugar, and abnormal lipid levels.
• Nutrient Deficiency: Diets high in processed foods may lack
essential nutrients despite being calorically dense.
Current Scenario:
• According to a World Bank report of 2019, worldwide, 70% of
all overweight and obese people live in Low- and Middle-Income
Countries, with a 55% rise in rural areas across the globe.
• The Non-Communicable Diseases (NCDs) burden in India
has skyrocketed from 38% in 1990 to 65% in 2019.
 India logged 31 million new diabetes patients in 2019-21
alone, as per a recent study.
• The global burden of diseases study shows that annually, 1.2
million deaths in India can be attributed to dietary risks alone.

DATA RECAP
• COP 28: It concluded in the UAE, bringing together nations
that are signatories to the UNFCCC to tackle the issues
arising from the climate crisis collectively.
• History of Post Office: The genesis of this extensive postal
network dates back to 1727 AD when the first post office
was established in Calcutta (Kolkata). General Post Offices
(GPOs) were set up in Calcutta in 1774, Madras in 1786, and
Bombay in 1793.
• ECI: Article 324 states that the Election Commission will comprise
the Chief Election Commissioner (CEC) and such number of
Election Commissioners (ECs), as the President may decide.
NCRB REPORT FINDINGS:
• Crime Against Women:
 There was a 4% increase in the number of cases registered
in 2022 as compared to 2021.
 The majority of cases were registered under ‘cruelty by
husband or his relatives’ (31.4%) followed by ‘kidnapping
and abduction of women’ (19.2%), ‘assault on women with
intent to outrage her modesty’ (18.7%), and ‘rape’ (7.1%).
• Crime Against Children:
 Registration of cases of crimes against children showed
an increase of 8.7% over 2021.
 A total of 30,555 cases have been registered against
Juveniles during 2022, depicting a decline of 2.0% over
2021. The crime rate depicts a decline from 7.0 in 2021 to
6.9 in 2022.
• Crime Against Senior Citizens: The registered cases showed
an increase of 9.3% over 2021.
• Cyber Crime: During 2022, 64.8% of the cybercrime cases
registered were with the motive of fraud, followed by extortion
at 5.5%, and sexual exploitation at 5.2%. A total of 65,893
cases were registered under cyber crimes, showing an
increase of 24.4% in registration over 2021.
• International Incidence of oil spill:
 Venezuela: In 2020 oil leakage from the El Palito refinery in
Venezuela.
 Japanese ship MV Wakashio carrying fuel oil split into two
parts near Blue Bay Marine Park in south-east Mauritius.
 Russia: Arctic (Norilsk diesel fuel spill) Oil Spill
• Indian incidents of oil spill:
 Ennore Oil Spill 2023: In Ennore, Tamil Nadu Kosasthalaiyar
River has witnessed an oil spill from the Chennai Petroleum
Corporation Limited post Cyclone Michaung.
In-Shorts | Data Recap Current Affairs
Edition: January 2024
 Chennai 2017: Two ships collided off Kamarajar Port
Limited’s (KPL) harbor and resulted in a major oil spill
disaster.
 Sundarban 2014: The oil spill in Sela River, Bangladesh
created an environmental concern for India too. ONGC
Uran Plan leaked oil in the Arabian Sea in 2013.
 Mumbai coast: In 2010 two ships collided causing the 800
tonnes of the oil spill.
• Child Marriage data:
 The all-India prevalence of child marriage in girls declined
from 49.4 percent in 1993 to 22.3 percent in 2021 while
that among the boys declined from 7.1 percent in 2006 to
2.2 percent in 2021.
 According to National Family Health Survey-5 (NFHS-5)
2019- 21: Women in the age group of 20-24 years who
were married before they turned 18, are 14.7% in urban
and 27% in rural areas.
• Global AI market: It is expected to reach $1.5 trillion by 2025.
• India-Oman:
 The economic interdependence between India and Oman
is robust and buoyant. Bilateral trade during FY 2021-
2022 reached US$ 9.988 billion and for the year 2022-
2023 reached US$ 12.388 billion.
 Investment flows, both ways, have been robust as there
are over 6000 India-Oman joint ventures in Oman with an
estimated investment of over US$ 7.5 billion.
 The bilateral trade was USD 13.229 bn in 2021-22,
(53.86% increase over the previous financial year).
• India-Italy:
 Italy is India's 4th largest trading partner in the EU, after
Germany, Belgium and the Netherlands.
 India ranks 15th as the country of origin of Italian imports,
accounting for 1.5% of Italian imports.
 Indian companies in Italy are mainly in the IT, electronics,
and engineering sectors. Italy ranks 17th in FDI inflows in
India from April 2000 to June 2022 with an FDI inflow of US
$3.20 bn during this period.
• The total annual groundwater recharge for the entire country
is 449.08 billion cubic meters (BCM), marking an increase
of 11.48 BCM compared to 2022 and annual groundwater
extraction for the entire country is 241.34 BCM.
• 13.5 cr Indians escape Multidimensional Poverty in 5 years.
Steep decline in the number of multidimensionally poor from
24.85% to 14.96% between 2015-16 and 2019-21.
127
 Current Affairs
Test Yourself
Test Yourself
Edition: January 2024

Objective Questions
Visit: www.nextias.com for monthly compilation of Current based MCQs
Mains Questions
GS PAPER - I governance. Propose policy recommendations for ensuring
1. Discuss the significance and rationale behind the demand for ef-fective and inclusive reforms in these financial institutions.
paid menstrual leave. Evaluate the potential socio-economic  (15 Marks, 250 Words)
benefits and challenges associated with imple-menting such GS PAPER - III
policies. (10 Marks, 150 Words)
12. Discuss the key outcomes of COP28, highlighting its significance
2. Discuss the measures taken by governments to address child in addressing climate change and the global commitments
marriage, and propose ef-fective strategies for its prevention made to mitigate its impacts. (15 Marks, 250 Words)
and eradication. (15 Marks, 250 Words)
13. Discuss the implications of emerging cyber threats on national
3. Evaluate the impact of malnutrition on public health and overall security and suggest strategies for effective cybercrime
development. Propose comprehensive strategies to address management. (10 Marks, 150 Words)
the multifaceted challenges associated with mal-nutrition in the
14. In light of the recent security breach in the Indian Parliament,
country. (15 Marks, 250 Words)
discuss the recommenda-tions put forth by past committees
4. Analyze the causes and consequences of coastal erosion in to enhance security measures. Analyze the historical
India, taking into account natural processes, anthropogenic instances of security lapses and the responsibilities of various
activities, and climate change. (10 Marks, 150 Words) security forces in safe-guarding the Parliament building.
 (15 Marks, 250 Words)
GS PAPER - II
15. Discuss the challenges posed by the opium trade and its
5. Analyze the key features of Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita, 2023, potential impact on India's in-ternal security, highlighting the
emphasizing its implications for issues such as cybercrime, measures that India could take to address these con-cerns.
juvenile justice, and human rights. (15 Marks, 250 Words)  (10 Marks, 150 Words)
6. Evaluate the significant provisions of the recently passed 16. Discuss the key challenges and threats faced by India in
Post Office Bill along with the concerns associated with it. securing its maritime domain and suggest measures to
 (10 Marks, 150 Words) enhance maritime security, both regionally and globally.
7. Discuss the importance of Universal Declaration of Human  (15 Marks, 250 Words)
Rights (UDHR) in gaining in-ternational recognition and 17. Examine the environmental and economic implications of the
preventing human rights violations, particularly in the af-termath recent oil spill in India. Propose measures to prevent and
of World War II. (15 Marks, 250 Words) manage such oil spills in the future, ensuring the pro-tection of
8. Critically examine the key provisions of the Chief Election coastal ecosystems and livelihoods. (10 Marks, 150 Words)
Commissioner and other Elec-tion Commissioners (Appointment, 18. Analyze the significance and challenges of bioethanol
Conditions of Office, and Terms of Office) Bill, 2023. production in India. Evaluate its potential as a renewable energy
 (15 Marks, 250 Words) source, considering environmental, economic, and as-pects.
9. Analyze the significant provisions of the Telecom Bill, 2023,  (15 Marks, 250 Words)
and assess its implications on the telecommunications sector in 19. Discuss the significance of international collaboration in
India. Evaluate the potential benefits and concerns associated shaping the future of AI and recommend measures for
with it. (10 Marks, 150 Words) effective global governance in the field of artificial intelli-gence.
10. Discuss the challenges and opportunities in India-US  (10 Marks, 150 Words)
relations, considering geopolitical shifts and shared interests. GS PAPER - IV
 (10 Marks, 150 Words)
20. Examine the ethical imperative of achieving a global
11. Examine the need for reforms in Multilateral Development consensus on climate change for securing a common future.
Banks (MDBs) and their im-pact on global economic  (10 Marks, 150 Words)

128